english 12.5 mm engine oil recommendation: automatic … · 2018-01-03 · this owner’s manual...

Part No. 99011-66J22-03EJuly, 2007

OWNER’S MANUAL

99011-66J22-03EG

RA

ND

VIT

AR

A

Printed in Japan

See page 1-1

12.5 mm

Keep With Vehicle At All Times.Contains Important InformationOn Safety, Operation & Maintenance.

SERVICE STATION INFORMATION

Fuel recommendation: Brake and clutch fluid:

Engine oil recommendation: Automatic transmission fluid:

Tire cold pressure:For further details, see “Engine Oil and Filter” in the“INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE” section.

DOT3

See the “Tire Information Label” located on thedriver’s door lock pillar.

2008Engine oil with “Starburst” symbol

Made from 100% recycled paper,except for cover.

ENGLISH

Suzuki Red: PANTONE 485Suzuki Blue: PANTONE 294

SUZUKI ATF 3317 or Mobil ATF 3309

66J22-03E

This owner’s manual applies to the GRAND VITARA series:

66J001

NOTE: The illustrated model is one of the GRAND VITARA series.

© COPYRIGHT SUZUKI MOTOR CORPORATION 2007

66J22-03E

INTh one; SUZUKI products are a great valuetha

Th ence with your SUZUKI. In it you will learnab it carefully before operating your vehicle.Af

Sh

In vehicle’s warranties. We recommend youre

W your local SUZUKI dealership. Their fac-tor rts and accessories.

TRODUCTIONank you for choosing SUZUKI and welcome to our growing family. Your choice was a wiset will give you years of driving pleasure.

is Owner’s Manual was prepared to help you have a safe, enjoyable, and trouble-free experiout the vehicle’s operation, its safety features and maintenance requirements. Please readterwards, keep this Manual in the glove box for future reference.

ould you resell the vehicle, please leave this Manual with it for the next owner.

addition to the Owner’s Manual, the other booklets provided with your SUZUKI explain the ad them as well to familiarize yourself with this important information.

hen planning the regular scheduled maintenance of your SUZUKI, we recommend you visity-trained technicians will provide the best possible service and use only genuine SUZUKI pa

66J22-03E

S

1

66J190

1

9

3

10

ERVICE STATION GUIDE1. Fuel (see section 1)2. Engine hood (see section 5)3. Tire changing tools (see section 5)4. Engine oil dipstick <Yellow>

(see section 9)5. Automatic transmission fluid dipstick

<Red> (see section 9)6. Engine coolant (see section 9)7. Windshield washer fluid

(see section 9)8. Battery (see section 9)9. Tire pressure (see tire information

label on driver’s door lock pillar)0. Spare tire (see section 9)

2 5

2

4

7

6

8

66J22-03E

TA

Ca

Eenkco

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

BLE OF CONTENTS

lifornia Proposition 65 Warning

WARNINGngine exhaust, some of its constitu-nts, and certain product compo-ents contain or emit chemicalsnown to the State of California toause cancer and birth defects orther reproductive harm.

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

BEFORE DRIVING

STEERING COLUMN CONTROLS

INSTRUMENT PANEL

OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE

DRIVING TIPS

VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

EMERGENCY SERVICE

APPEARANCE CARE

GENERAL INFORMATION

FUSES AND PROTECTED CIRCUITS

SPECIFICATIONS

INDEX

66J22-03E

LMReetcunveanmeha

1111111

66J251

1

2

8

13

414

11

14

13

13

5

Driver Passenger

Location of Warning Messages: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 14

OCATION OF WARNINGESSAGESad and follow all of the warnings (labels.) on your vehicle. Make sure youderstand all of them. Keep them on thehicle. Do not remove the messages fory reason. If a label comes off or thessages become difficult to be read,

ve it corrected by your SUZUKI dealer.

1. Air bag warning labels (on both sun visors)

2. Rollover warning label3. Passenger seat belt warning label4. Jacking warning label5. Jacking warning label6. Fuel filler cap message7. Transfer switch warning label8. Brake fluid cap message9. Engine cooling fan warning label0. Radiator cap warning label1. Air conditioner warning label2. Battery label3. Side air bag warning label4. Rear outboard seat belt warning label5. Rear center seat belt warning label6. Luggage compartment cover warning

label

3

6

12

16

15

14

7

9

10

13

13

0-1

66J22-03E

FYodeforYovepastrtypreacclepawhizethi

AlonabimmtioSUrechwimve

YOU HAVE ANY PROBLEMS WITHOUR SUZUKI:

lease review the New Vehicle Warrantyformation booklet supplied with yourUZUKI. Should you have a question orroblem regarding the warranty or servicef your vehicle, please take the followingction:

onsult the Service Manager and thewner of the Suzuki Automotive Dealer-

hip. Explain your problem and ask foreir assistance in resolving your problem.he Owner of the dealership is in the veryest position to assist you as he or she isitally concerned with your continued satis-ction.

you are still in need of additional informa-on, or if you are dissatisfied, request thatour dealer arrange a meeting with youristrict Service Manager.

, after doing so, you still require furtherssistance, and you purchased yourUZUKI in the continental United States,lease contact the American Suzuki Cus-mer Relations Department by telephonet 1-800-934-0934 or in writing at:

merican Suzuki Motor Corporationutomotive Customer Relations251 East Imperial Highwayrea, CA 92821-6795

OREWORDur SUZUKI multipurpose vehicle issigned and built to be capable of per-ming both on pavement and off road.u should therefore remember that yourhicle is distinctly different from ordinaryssenger cars in handling as well as inucture. As with other vehicles of thise, failure to operate this vehicle cor-

ctly may result in loss of control or ancident. Be sure to read “Important Vehi- Design Features to Know” and the “on-vement” and “off-road” driving guidelinesich follow. It is very important to familiar- yourself with the proper operation ofs vehicle before you start driving.

l information in this manual is based the latest product information avail-le at the time of publication. Due toprovements or other changes, thereay be discrepancies between informa-n in this manual and your vehicle. ZUKI MOTOR CORPORATION

serves the right to make productionanges at any time, without notice andthout incurring any obligation toake the same or similar changes tohicles previously built or sold.

SUZUKI MOTOR CORPORATIONbelieves in conservation and protection ofEarth’s natural resources.

To that end, we encourage every vehicleowner to recycle, trade in, or properly dis-pose of, as appropriate, used motor oil,coolant, and other fluids, batteries andtires.

IFY

PInSpoa

COsthTbvfa

IftiyD

IfaSptoa

AA3B

0-

66J22-03E

If pletomat wr

SuCu10RiL4

In to linyotomcoati

PllowIderieanhadeOwre

FoStadbo

75F135

he circle with a slash in this manualeans “Don’t do this” or “Don’t let this hap-en”.

2

you purchased your SUZUKI in Canadaase contact the Suzuki Canada Cus-er Relations Department by telephone1-905-889-2677 extension 2254 or in

iting at:

zuki Canada Inc.stomer Relations0 East Beaver Creek Roadchmond Hill, OnB 1J6

the event you require assistance relatedyour SUZUKI, while temporarily travel-

g in either the United States or Canada,u may wish to contact the Suzuki Cus-

er Relations Department directly of theuntry in which you are temporarily oper-ng your vehicle.

ease be certain to provide us with the fol-ing information: the model, Vehiclentification Number, mileage, accesso-s involved, event dates, your concern,d any other comments which you mayve. When we receive your correspon-nce, we will be pleased to contact thener of your dealership and assist in

solving your concern.

r owners outside the continental Unitedates, please refer to the distributor’sdress listed in your Warranty Informationoklet.

IMPORTANTWARNING/CAUTION/NOTE

Please read this manual and follow itsinstructions carefully. To emphasize spe-cial information, the symbol and thewords WARNING, CAUTION and NOTEhave special meanings. Pay special atten-tion to the messages highlighted by thesesignal words:

NOTE:Indicates special information to makemaintenance easier or instructions clearer.

Tmp

WARNINGIndicates a potential hazard thatcould result in death or injury.

CAUTIONIndicates a potential hazard thatcould result in vehicle damage.

0-3

66J22-03E

M

Dtihatmmu

Immlaretpdfoc

ODIFICATION WARNING LEAK DETECTION PUMPNOTE:Your vehicle has a pump to regularly checkthe vehicle’s evaporative emission controlsystem for leaks. This check is performedapproximately five hours after the engine isturned off. During this leak check, you mayhear a sound coming from the vehicle forseveral minutes. This sound is normal anddoes not indicate a malfunction.

WARNINGo not modify this vehicle. Modifica-on could adversely affect safety,andling, performance or durabilitynd may violate governmental regula-ions. In addition, damage or perfor-ance problems resulting fromodification may not be covered

nder warranty.

CAUTIONproper installation of mobile com-

unication equipment such as cellu-r telephones or CB (Citizen’s Band)

adios may cause electronic interfer-nce with your vehicle’s ignition sys-em, resulting in vehicle performanceroblems. Consult your SUZUKIealer or qualified service technicianr advice on installing such mobile

ommunication equipment.

0-

66J22-03E

M

4

EMO

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

1

66J22-03E

65D394

FUEL RECOMMENDATIONFuel Recommendation ........................................................ 1-1

1-1

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

66J22-03E

Fuel Recommendation

60A004

Your vehicle requires regular unleadedgasoline with a minimum rating of 87 pumpoctane ((R + M)/2 method). In some areas,the only fuels that are available are oxy-genated fuels.

Oxygenated fuels which meet the mini-mum octane requirement and the require-ments described below may be used inyour vehicle without jeopardizing the NewVehicle Limited Warranty.

NOTE:Oxygenated fuels are fuels which containoxygen-carrying additives such as MTBEor alcohol.

Gasoline Containing MTBEUnleaded gasoline containing MTBE(methyl tertiary butyl ether) may be used inyour vehicle if the MTBE content is notgreater than 15%. This oxygenated fueldoes not contain alcohol.

Gasoline/Ethanol blendsBlends of unleaded gasoline and ethanol(grain alcohol), also known as gasohol,may be used in your vehicle if the ethanolcontent is not greater than 10%.

Gasoline/Methanol blendsFuels containing 5% or less methanol(wood alcohol) may be suitable for use inyour vehicle if they contain cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors. Do NOT USE fuelscontaining more than 5% methanol underany circumstances. Fuel system damageor vehicle performance problems resultingfrom the use of such fuels are not theresponsibility of SUZUKI and may not becovered under the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty.

Fuel Pump LabelingIn some states, pumps that dispense oxy-genated fuels are required to be labeled forthe type and percentage of oxygenate andwhether important additives are present.Such labels may provide enough informa-tion for you to determine if a particularblend of fuel meets the requirements listedabove. In other areas, pumps may not beclearly labeled as to the content or type ofoxygenate and additives. If you are notsure that the fuel you intend to use meetsthese requirements, check with the servicestation operator or the fuel supplier.

NOTE:To help clean the air, SUZUKI recom-mends you use the oxygenated fuels.However, if you are not satisfied with thedriveability or fuel economy of your vehiclewhen you are using an oxygenated fuel,switch back to the regular unleaded gaso-line.

CAUTIONBe careful not to spill fuel containingalcohol while refueling. If fuel isspilled on the vehicle body, wipe it upimmediately. Fuels containing alco-hol can cause paint damage, which isnot covered under the New VehicleLimited Warranty.

Fuel Recommendation: 1, 2

BEFORE DRIVING

2

66J22-03E

60G404

BEFORE DRIVINGKeys ...................................................................................... 2-1Spare Tire Nut Lock (if equipped) ...................................... 2-1Door Locks .......................................................................... 2-2Windows .............................................................................. 2-14Mirrors .................................................................................. 2-16Seat Adjustment .................................................................. 2-17Head Restraints ................................................................... 2-19Seat Belts and Child Restraint Systems ........................... 2-20Supplemental Restraint System (air bags) ....................... 2-37

2-

BE

66J22-03E

K

YokeOnve

ThonKeyohabe

pare Tire Nut Lock if equipped)

64J172

nut lock is used for the spare tire. Tonlock the spare tire nut, insert the ignitioney into the lock as far as the key will gond remove the lock with the key in. To locke spare tire nut, put the lock on the nutnd push the lock in.

K

E

To LOCK

To UNLOCK

Keys: 8Spare Tire Nut Lock: 5

1

FORE DRIVING

eys

54G489

ur vehicle comes with a pair of identicalys. Keep the spare key in a safe place.e key can open all of the locks on the

hicle.

e key identification number is stamped a metal tag provided with the keys.ep the tag in a safe place. If you loseur keys, you will need this number tove new keys made. Write the numberlow for your future reference.

Ignition Key ReminderA buzzer sounds intermittently to remindyou to remove the ignition key if it is in theignition switch when the driver’s door isopened.

S(

Aukatha

EY NUMBER:

XAMPLE

2-2

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

D

Si

Tocle•

•

ower Door Locking System f equipped)

64J003

ou can lock and unlock all doors (includ-g the tailgate) simultaneously by:Turning the key in the driver’s door lock,orPushing the power door locking switchlocated on the door panel of either frontdoor.

hen using the key)o lock all doors simultaneously, insert theey in the driver’s door lock, and turn theey to the LOCK side.

o unlock all doors simultaneously, inserte key in the driver’s door lock and turne key to the UNLOCK side twice.

ALothdt

UNLOCK

Rear

Front

LOCK

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

oor Locks

de Door Locks

60A009

lock a front door from outside the vehi-:

Insert the key and turn the top of the keytoward the front of the vehicle, orTurn the lock knob forward and close thedoor.

To unlock a front door from outside thevehicle, insert the key and turn the top ofthe key toward the rear of the vehicle.

64J002

To lock a door from inside the vehicle, turnthe lock knob forward. Turn the lock knobrearward to unlock the door.

To lock a rear side door from outside thevehicle, turn the lock knob forward andclose the door.

P(i

Yin•

•

(wTkk

Tthth

WARNINGlways lock all doors when driving.ocking the doors helps to preventccupants from being thrown frome vehicle in the event of an acci-

ent. It also helps prevent unin-ended opening of the doors.

Rear

Front

LOCK

UNLOCK

UNLOCK LOCK

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Dr

Fr

eyless Start System Remote ontroller/Keyless Entry System ransmitter

66J111

our vehicle is equipped with either a key-ss start system remote controller (Type) or a keyless entry system transmitterype B). The remote controller has a key-ss entry system and a keyless start sys-m. The transmitter has only a keylessntry system. For details, refer to the fol-wing explanations.

eyless Start System Remote ontroller (Type A)he remote controller enables the followingperations:You can lock or unlock the doors byoperating the LOCK/UNLOCK buttonson the remote controller. Refer to theexplanation in this section.

E

Type A Type B

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

3

FORE DRIVING

iver’s side

64J004

ont passenger’s side

66J012

(when using the power door lockingswitch)To lock or unlock all the doors simulta-neously, depress the front or rear of theswitch respectively.

NOTE:• If your vehicle is equipped with the key-

less entry system, you can also lock orunlock all doors by operating the trans-mitter. Refer to “Keyless Start SystemRemote Controller/Keyless Entry Sys-tem Transmitter” in this section.

• If your vehicle is equipped with the key-less start system, you can also lock orunlock all doors by pushing the requestswitch on the door handle. Refer to “Key-less Start System Remote Controller/Keyless Entry System Transmitter” inthis section.

KCT

YleA(Tleteelo

KCTo•

XAMPLE

UNLOCK LOCK

UNLOCKLOCK

2-4

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

•

•

(((

“L(2Yothethe

ignition key is inserted in the ignitionswitch.If any door is open, you cannnot lock thedoor by operating the remote controller,however unlock the door.You cannot lock the door unless all ofthe doors are closed completely.If you lose one of the remote controllers,ask your SUZUKI dealer as soon as pos-sible for a replacement. Be sure to haveyour dealer program the new remotecontroller code in your vehicle’s memoryso that the old code is erased, or per-form the programming procedure your-self according to the instructions in thissection.

PANIC” button (3) functionhis function is to get the attention of oth-rs.ress the “PANIC” button (3) for more than second. The headlights and taillights willlink for about 30 seconds. Also, the hornill sound intermittently for about 30 sec-nds at the same time.o cancel the “PANIC” mode, press anyutton (PANIC, LOCK or UNLOCK) on themote controller. You can also insert the

ey in the ignition switch and turn to theN” position to cancel the “PANIC” mode.

OTE:he “PANIC” button function will not acti-ate when the key is in the ignition switch.

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

You can lock or unlock the doors bypushing the request switch on the doorhandle. For details, refer to the explana-tion in this section.You can start the engine without usingan ignition key. For details, refer to “Igni-tion Switch” in the “STEERING COL-UMN CONTROLS” section and “Startingthe Engine” in the “OPERATING YOURVEHICLE” section.

66J114

1) “LOCK” button2) “UNLOCK” button3) “PANIC” button

OCK” button (1) / “UNLOCK” button) functionu can lock or unlock all doors (including tailgate) simultaneously by operating remote controller near the vehicle.

• To lock the doors, push the “LOCK” but-ton (1).

• To unlock the driver’s door, push the“UNLOCK” button (2) once.

• To unlock other doors, wait a second ortwo, then push the “UNLOCK” button (2)a second time. If you “double-click” toofast, the doors will not unlock.

When the doors are locked, the turn signallights will flash once.

When the doors are unlocked:• The turn signal lights will flash twice.• If the interior light switch is in the middle

position, the interior light will turn on forabout 15 seconds and then fade out. Ifyou push in the ignition switch or insertthe key during this time, the light willstart to fade out immediately.

Be sure the doors are locked after youoperate the “LOCK” button. If no door isopened within about 30 seconds after the“UNLOCK” button is operated, the doorswill automatically lock again.

NOTE:• The maximum operating distance of the

remote controller is about 5 m (16 ft.),but this can vary depending on the sur-roundings, especially near other trans-mitting devices such as radio towers orCB (Citizen’s Band) radios.

• The door locks can not be operated withthe remote controller if the ignition switchis in a position other than “LOCK”, or the

•

•

“TeP1bwoTbrek“O

NTv

(1)

(2)

(3)

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Kere

Wopyoingdledo

Toun•

Ththe

To•

•

66J163

(1) 80 cm (2 1/2 feet)

hen the remote controller is withinpproximately 80 cm (2 1/2 feet) from aont door handle or the tailgate switch, youan lock or unlock the doors by pushinge request switch.

OTE:If the remote controller is outside therequest switch operating rangedescribed above, you will not be able tooperate the request switch.If the battery of the remote controllerruns down or there are strong radiowaves or noise, the request switch oper-ating range may be reduced or theremote controller may be inoperative.If the remote controller is too close to thedoor glass, the request switches may notoperate.

(1)

(1)

(1)

EXAMPLE

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

5

FORE DRIVING

yless unlocking/locking using thequest switches

64J006

hen the remote controller is within theerating range described in this section,u can lock or unlock the doors by push- the request switch (1) on the door han- of the driver’s door, front passenger’sor or tailgate.

lock all doors when all doors arelocked:Push the request switch on one of thedoor handles once.

e turn signal lights will flash once when doors are locked.

unlock a door or all doors:Push the request switch on the doorhandle once to unlock only one door.Push the request switch on the doorhandle twice to unlock all doors.

When the doors are unlocked:• The turn signal lights will flash twice.• If the interior light switch is in the middle

position, the interior light will turn on forabout 15 seconds and then fade out. Ifyou push in the ignition switch or insertthe key during this time, the light willstart to fade out immediately.

Be sure the doors are locked after youoperate the request switch to lock thedoors.

NOTE:• The door locks can not be operated by

the request switch under the followingconditions: – If any door is open or is not completely

closed.– If the ignition switch is in a position

other than “LOCK”.– If the ignition key is inserted in the igni-

tion switch.• If no doors are opened within about 30

seconds after unlocking the doors bypushing the request switch, the doorswill be locked again automatically.

Wafrcth

N•

•

•

(1)EXAMPLE

2-6

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

•

•

NOThcocefol•

63J281

o stow the ignition key into the remoteontroller, push the key in the remote con-oller until you hear a click.

63J282

o remove the key from the remote control-r, push the button (A) in the direction ofe arrow and pull the key out from themote controller.

Tea•

•

(A)

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

If a spare remote controller is in the vehi-cle, the request switches may not oper-ate normally.The remote controller will only operate arequest switch if it is within the switch’soperating range. For example, if theremote controller is within the operatingrange of the driver’s door request switchbut not the front passenger’s doorrequest switch or the tailgate requestswitch, the driver’s door switch can beoperated but the front passenger’s doorswitch or tailgate switch can not be oper-ated.

TE:e keyless start system may not functionrrectly in certain environments or underrtain operating conditions such as thelowing:When there are strong signals comingfrom a television, power station or a cel-lular phone.

• When the remote controller is in contactwith or covered by a metal object.

• When a radio wave type remote keylessentry is used nearby.

• When the remote controller is placednear an electronic device such as per-sonal computer.

Some additional precautions you shouldtake and information you should be awareof are: • Make sure the ignition key is stowed in

the remote controller. If the remote con-troller becomes unreliable, you will notbe able to lock or unlock the doors orstart the engine.

• Be sure that the driver always carries theremote controller.

• If you lose one of the remote controllers,ask your SUZUKI dealer as soon as pos-sible for a replacement. Be sure to haveyour dealer program the new remotecontroller code in your vehicle’s memoryso that the old code is erased, or per-form the programming procedure your-self according to the instructions in thissection.

• You can use up to four remote controllersand ignition keys for your vehicle. Askyour SUZUKI dealer for details.

• The battery life of the remote controlleris about two years, but it can varydepending on usage conditions.

Tctr

Tlethre

CAUTIONhe remote controller is a sensitivelectronic instrument. To avoid dam-ging the remote controller:Do not expose it to impacts, mois-ture or high temperature such asby leaving it on the dashboardunder direct sunlight.Keep the remote controller awayfrom magnetic objects such as atelevision.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Re

If tunsoanon•

•

Thseis tha

If tansewi

eplacement of the battery the remote controller becomes unreli-ble, replace the battery.

o replace the battery of the remote con-oller:

66J016

) Insert a flat blade screw driver coveredwith a soft cloth in the slot of the remotecontroller and pry it open.

E

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

7

FORE DRIVING

minder function

66J022

he remote controller is not in the vehicleder the following conditions, a buzzerunds intermittently for about 2 secondsd the keyless start system indicator light the instrument cluster blinks in red:When the vehicle speed is over 10 km/h(6 mph).When one or more doors are openedand all of the doors are later closed withthe ignition switch in a position otherthan “LOCK”.

e red indicator light will turn off withinveral seconds after the remote controllerreturned to an area of the vehicle othern the rear luggage area.

he remote controller is left in the vehicled you lock the driver’s door or front pas-nger’s door as described below, the doorll be automatically unlocked.

• If you open the driver’s door and lock thedoor by turning the lock knob forward orpushing the power door locking switch,the driver’s door will be automaticallyunlocked.

• If you open a door other than the driver’sdoor and lock the front passenger’s doorby turning the lock knob forward or push-ing the power door locking switch, thefront passenger’s door will be automati-cally unlocked.

NOTE:• The reminder will not operate when the

remote controller is on the instrumentpanel, in the glove box, in the doorpocket, in the sun visor or on the flooretc.

• Be sure that the driver always carries theremote controller.

• Do not leave the remote controller in thevehicle when leaving the vehicle.

RIfa

Ttr

1

XAMPLE

2-8

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

2)

3)4)

5)

rogramming/erasing the remote con-oller code yourselfour new vehicle was originally equippedith two remote controllers.

you have lost one of the remote control-rs, you should change the remote con-oller code in your vehicle’s memory asoon as possible for security. If you pur-hase additional remote controllers, theew remote controllers need to be pro-rammed into your vehicle’s memory. Youan perform this yourself by using the fol-wing procedure:

OTE:You can program up to four remote con-troller codes into your vehicle’s memory.The four codes may be the same or dif-ferent.If you try to program a fifth code, the fourremote controller codes that are pro-grammed will be cleared automatically.If you program a new remote controllercode, all of the old remote controllercodes that are in your vehicle’s memorywill be erased automatically. When youprogram a new remote controller, youshould reprogram any additional remotecontrollers at the same time.To purchase new remote controllers, seeyour SUZUKI dealer.Before you begin programming, have allof your remote controllers available.

Scabfrc

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

66J017

Replace the battery (1) (Lithium disctype CR2032 or equivalent) so its + ter-minal faces the bottom of the case asshown in the illustration.Close the remote controller firmly.Make sure the door locks can be oper-ated with the remote controller.Dispose of the used battery properlyaccording to applicable rules or regula-tions. Do not dispose of lithium batter-ies with ordinary household trash.

PtrYw

Ifletrscngclo

N•

•

•

•

•

WARNINGwallowing a lithium battery mayause serious internal injury. Do notllow anyone to swallow a lithiumattery. Keep lithium batteries awayom children and pets. If swallowed,ontact a physician immediately.

(1)

CAUTIONThe transmitter/remote controller is asensitive electronic instrument. Toavoid damaging it, do not expose it todust or moisture or tamper with inter-nal parts.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

To1)2)

3)4)

) To complete programming, remove thekey from the ignition switch or turn theignition switch to the “ON” position.

) Make sure that the keyless start systemand keyless entry system operate prop-erly by operating each remote control-ler.

you cannot operate the keyless start sys-m and/or keyless entry system, repeatis programming procedure again. you still cannot operate the systems, seeour SUZUKI dealer.

o change the old remote controllerodes in your vehicle’s memory you have lost one of the remote control-rs, you should change the remote con-oller codes in your vehicle’s memory asoon as possible for security.o erase the remote controller code(s) inour vehicle’s memory, you should pro-ram the new remote controller code. Theld codes in your vehicle’s memory will berased automatically. If you have moremote controller(s), you must program all

f the remote controller codes at the sameme. You cannot operate the keyless startystem and keyless entry system usingny remote controller that is not pro-rammed at the same time.or details on how to program, refer to therogramming procedure in this section.hen you complete programming, make

ure that the keyless start system and key-

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

9

FORE DRIVING

program a new remote controllerClose all the doors of the vehicle.Sit in the driver’s seat and confirm thatthe driver’s door is unlocked.Insert the key into the ignition switch.Complete steps 1 through 6 describedbelow within 25 seconds after step 3).

64J004

1. Push the power door locking switchof the driver’s door to the lock posi-tion and then push it to the unlockposition.

2. Repeat step 1 two more times.3. Push the power door locking switch

of the driver’s door to the lock posi-tion.

4. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch and then insert it again.

5. Repeat step 4 three more times.6. To start the engine, turn the ignition

switch to the “START” position.Wait for 3 seconds.

7. Proceed to step 5) within 60 secondsafter the engine has started.

NOTE:You cannot program the remote controllerif you don’t complete steps 1 through 6within 25 seconds.You cannot program the remote controllerif you do not proceed to step 5) within 60seconds after the engine has started.

5) Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”position.A buzzer will sound twice and the doorlock switch will be activated from thelock position to the unlock positionautomatically.

6) Press the “LOCK”, “UNLOCK” or“PANIC” button on the remote control-ler.A buzzer will sound twice and the doorlock switch will be activated from thelock position to the unlock positionautomatically.If you want to program an additionalremote controller, repeat the procedureof step 6) using the additional remotecontroller.

NOTE:Complete step 6) within 30 seconds.You can program up to four remote control-lers.

7

8

IftethIfy

TcIfletrsTygoereotisagFpWs

UNLOCK (2)

LOCK (1)

2-10

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

lesop

1. ThFClow1)

2)

NOChappliop

2. ThStthe1)

2)

ThistIndwe

hen the doors are locked, the turn signalghts will flash once.

hen the doors are unlocked:The turn signal lights will flash twice.If the interior light switch is in the middleposition, the interior light will turn on forabout 15 seconds and then fade out. Ifyou insert the key into the ignition switchduring this time, the light will start to fadeout immediately.

e sure the doors are locked after youperate the “LOCK” button. If no door ispened within about 30 seconds after theNLOCK” button is operated, the doors

ill automatically lock again.

OTE:The maximum operating distance of thekeyless entry system transmitter is about5 m (16 ft.), but this can vary dependingon the surroundings, especially nearother transmitting devices such as radiotowers or CB (Citizen’s Band) radios.The door locks can not be operated withthe transmitter, if the ignition key isinserted in the ignition switch.If you lose one of the transmitters, askyour SUZUKI dealer as soon as possiblefor a replacement. Be sure to have yourdealer program the new transmitter codein your vehicle’s memory so that the oldcode is erased, or perform the program-ming procedure yourself according to theinstructions in this section.

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

s entry system operate properly byerating each remote controller.

For USAis device complies with Part 15 of theC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-ing two conditions:This device may not cause harmfulinterference, andThis device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

TE:anges or modifications not expresslyproved by the party responsible for com-ance could void the user’s authority toerate the equipment.

For Canadais device complies with Industry Canadaandard RSS-210. Operation is subject to following two conditions:This device may not cause interference,andThis device must accept any interfer-ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

e term “IC:” before the certification/reg-ration number only signifies that theustry Canada technical specificationsre met.

Keyless Entry System Transmitter (Type B)

52D209

(1) “LOCK” button(2) “UNLOCK” button(3) “PANIC” button

“LOCK” button (1) / “UNLOCK” button(2) functionYou can lock or unlock all doors (includingthe tailgate) simultaneously by operatingthe transmitter near the vehicle.

• To lock the doors, push the “LOCK” but-ton (1).

• To unlock the driver’s door, push the“UNLOCK” button (2) once.

• To unlock other doors, wait a second ortwo, then push the “UNLOCK” button (2)a second time. If you “double-click” toofast, the doors will not unlock.

Wli

W••

Boo“Uw

N•

•

•

(1)

(2)

(3)

2-

BE

66J22-03E

“PTherPr1 sbliwionTobutrathepo

NOThva

52D211

) Replace the battery (1) (Lithium disc-type CR2025 or equivalent) so its + ter-minal faces the “+” mark of the transmit-ter.

) Close the transmitter firmly.) Make sure the door locks can be oper-

ated with the transmitter.) Dispose of the used battery properly

according to applicable rules or regula-tions. Do not dispose of lithium batter-ies with ordinary household trash.

Ttrt•

•

WARNINGSwallowing a lithium battery maycause serious internal injury. Do notallow anyone to swallow a lithiumbattery. Keep lithium batteries awayfrom children and pets. If swallowed,contact a physician immediately.

(1)

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

11

FORE DRIVING

ANIC” button (3) functionis function is to get the attention of oth-s.ess the “PANIC” button (3) for more thanecond. The headlights and taillights will

nk for about 30 seconds. Also, the hornll sound intermittently for about 30 sec-ds at the same time. cancel the “PANIC” mode, press anytton (PANIC, LOCK or UNLOCK) on thensmitter. You can also insert the key in ignition switch and turn to the “ON”

sition to cancel the “PANIC” mode.

TE:e “PANIC” button function will not acti-te when the key is in the ignition switch.

Replacement of the batteryIf the transmitter becomes unreliable,replace the battery.

To replace the battery of the transmitter:

52D210

1) Put the edge of a coin or a flat bladescrew driver in the slot of the transmitterand pry it open.

2

34

5

CAUTIONhe transmitter is a sensitive elec-onic instrument. To avoid damaging

he transmitter:Do not expose it to impacts, mois-ture or high temperature such asby leaving it on the dashboardunder direct sunlight.Keep the transmitter away frommagnetic objects such as a televi-sion.

2-12

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

PrcoYowi

If yshvesemiprYofol

NO•

•

•

•

52D212

) Press the “UNLOCK” button (2) on thetransmitter one time within 20 seconds(after step 5). All the doors will lock/unlock to confirm that the procedurehas been completed and the transmitterhas been programmed.

) If you want to program an additionaltransmitter, repeat the procedure fromstep 1) through step 6).

) Make sure that the keyless entry sys-tem operates properly by operatingeach transmitter.

Tsadn

(2)

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8

ogramming/removing a transmitterde yourselfur new vehicle was originally equippedth two transmitters.

ou have lost one of the transmitters, youould change the transmitter code in yourhicle’s memory as soon as possible forcurity. If you purchase additional trans-tters, the new transmitters need to beogrammed into your vehicle’s memory.u can perform this yourself by using thelowing procedure:

TE:You can program up to three transmittercodes into your vehicle’s memory. Thethree codes may be the same or differ-ent.If you try to program a fourth code, theoldest code will be cleared automatically.To purchase new transmitters, see yourSUZUKI dealer.Before you begin programming, have allof your transmitters available.

To program a new transmitter1) Confirm that all the doors are closed

and the ignition key is out of the ignitionswitch.

2) Open the driver’s door.3) Insert the key, turn the ignition switch to

the “ON” position, turn the ignitionswitch to the “LOCK” position andremove the key within 10 seconds.

66J018

4) Push and release the driver’s doorswitch (1) 3 times, insert the key, andturn the ignition switch to the “ON” posi-tion within 20 seconds.

5) Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”position and remove the key within 10seconds. All doors will lock/unlock toconfirm that this procedure has beenproperly completed.

6

7

8

CAUTIONhe transmitter/remote controller is aensitive electronic instrument. Tovoid damaging it, do not expose it toust or moisture or tamper with inter-al parts.

(1)

2-

BE

66J22-03E

ToyoIf yshyoforTofrothrcletra

1)

2)

3)

hild Lock System (rear doors)

64J009

ach of the rear doors is equipped with ahild lock which can be used to help pre-ent unwanted opening of the door fromside the vehicle. When the lock lever is ine “LOCK” position (1), the rear door cannly be opened from outside. When theck lever is in the “RELEASE” position (2),e rear door can be opened from inside orutside.

(2)

(1)

Door Locks: 3, 5, 8Windows: 3, 8

13

FORE DRIVING

change the old transmitter codes inur vehicle’s memoryou have lost one of the transmitters, youould change the transmitter codes inur vehicle’s memory as soon as possible security. remove one of the transmitter codesm your vehicle’s memory, first replace allee of the transmitter codes in your vehi-’s memory, then program additionalnsmitters as follows:

Program one of your transmitters threetimes, by repeating the programmingprocedure shown in this section. Thiswill replace all the old transmitter codesin the vehicle’s memory with the codefor the transmitter you are using.If you want to program up to two addi-tional transmitters, repeat the program-ming procedure shown in this section.Make sure that the keyless entry sys-tem operates properly by operatingeach transmitter.

1. For USAThis device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions:1) This device may not cause harmful

interference, and2) This device must accept any interfer-

ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

2. For CanadaThis device complies with Industry CanadaStandard RSS-210. Operation is subject tothe following two conditions:1) This device may not cause interference,

and2) This device must accept any interfer-

ence, including interference that maycause undesired operation of thedevice.

The term “IC:” before the certification/reg-istration number only signifies that theIndustry Canada technical specificationswere met.

C

Ecvintholotho

2-14

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

TaIf disthefro1)

2)

3)4)

indowsower Window Controls f equipped)river’s side

64J011

he power windows can only be operatedhen the ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-on.

he driver’s door has switches (1), (2), (4),), to operate the driver’s window, the

ont passenger’s window, the rear left win-ow and right window, respectively.

(1)

(2)

(4)

(5)

Windows: 3, 8

ilgateyou can not unlock the tailgate due to acharged battery or malfunction, follow procedures below to unlock the tailgatem inside the vehicle.Remove the luggage compartmentcover.Fold the rear seat forward for easieraccess. Refer to the “Folding RearSeats” section for details on how to foldthe rear seat forward.

64J202

Remove the cap (1) by hand.Break the vinyl using a jack handle or aflat blade screw driver to access theemergency lever (2).

64J203

5) Push down on the emergency lever (2)using a jack handle or a flat blade screwdriver. To lock the tailgate, push up onthe emergency lever (2).

After using the emergency lever, be sure tosee your SUZUKI dealer.

WP(iD

Twti

T(5frd

(1) WARNINGTo avoid injury, do not use your fin-ger to push the emergency lever.

(2)

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Pa

Thop

ock switch

64J013

he driver’s door also has a lock switch fore passenger’s window(s). When youush in the lock switch, the passenger’sindow(s) can not be raised or lowered byperating either of the switches (2), (3), (4)r (5). To restore normal operation, releasee lock switch by pushing again.

E EXAMPLE

Windows: 3, 8Mirrors: 3, 8

15

FORE DRIVING

ssenger’s door

66J164

e passenger’s door has a switch (3) toerate the passenger’s window.

81A009

To open a window, push the top part of theswitch and to close the window lift up thetop part of the switch.

The driver’s window has an “auto-down”feature for added convenience (at tollbooths or drive-through restaurants, forexample). This means you can open thewindow without holding the window switchin the “Down” position. Press the driver’swindow switch completely down andrelease it. To stop the window before itreaches the bottom, pull the switch upbriefly.

L

Tthpwooth

(3)

XAMPLE CLOSE

OPEN

2-16

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

NOIf opbythena

•

•

•

WARNING• Always adjust the mirror with the

selector set to the day position.• Only use the night position if it is

necessary to reduce glare from theheadlights of vehicles behind you.Be aware that in this position youmay not be able to see someobjects that could be seen in theday position.

Mirrors: 3, 8

TE:you drive with one of the rear windowsen, you may hear a loud sound caused air vibration. To reduce the sound, open driver’s or front passenger’s window, or

rrow the rear window opening.

MirrorsInside Rearview Mirror

65D410

65D409

You can adjust the inside rearview mirrorby hand so as to see the rear of your vehi-cle in the mirror. To adjust the mirror, setthe selector tab (1) to the day position,then move the mirror up, down or sidewaysby hand to obtain the best view.

When driving at night, you can move theselector tab to the night position to reduceglare from the headlights of vehiclesbehind you.

WARNINGYou should always lock the passen-ger’s window operation when thereare children in the vehicle. Childrencan be seriously injured if they getpart of their body caught by thewindow during operation.To avoid injuring an occupant bywindow entrapment, be sure nopart of the occupant’s body suchas hands or head is in the path ofthe electric windows when closingthem.Always remove the ignition keywhen leaving the vehicle even if ashort time. Also do not leave chil-dren alone in a parked vehicle.Unattended children could use theelectric window switches and gettrapped by the window.

(1)

Day driving Night driving

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Ou

Adcami

Th(cuthithe

eat Adjustment

Bdsaain

WARNINGNever attempt to adjust the driver’sseat or seatback while driving. Theseat or seatback could move unex-pectedly, causing loss of control.Make sure that the driver’s seat andseatback are properly adjustedbefore you start driving.

WARNINGTo avoid excessive seat belt slack,which reduces the effectiveness ofthe seat belts as a safety device,make sure that the seats are adjustedbefore the seat belts are fastened.

Seat Adjustment: 14

17

FORE DRIVING

tside Rearview Mirrors

64J014

just the outside rearview mirrors so youn just see the side of your vehicle in therrors.

e passenger’s side mirror is a convexrved surface) mirror. Objects seen in

s mirror will look smaller and appear far-r away than when seen in a flat mirror.

Power Mirror Control (if equipped)

64J015

The switch to control the power rearviewmirrors is located on the driver’s doorpanel. You can adjust the mirrors when theignition switch is in the “ACC” or “ON” posi-tion. To adjust the mirrors:

1) Move the selector switch to the left orright to select the mirror you wish toadjust.

2) Press the outer part of the switch thatcorresponds to the direction in whichyou wish to move the mirror.

3) Return the selector switch to the centerposition to help prevent unintendedadjustment.

S

WARNINGe careful when judging the size oristance of a vehicle or other objecteen in the side convex mirror. Beware that objects look smaller andppear farther away than when seen a flat mirror.

(1)

(3)(2)

(4)

(2)

(4)

(3)

(1)

2-18

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

AdFr

Thlocadadorthetha

djusting Seatbacks

ront seat

64J018

o adjust the seatback angle of front seat,ull up the lever on the outboard side ofe seat, move the seatback to the desiredosition, and release the lever to lock theeatback in place.

WARNINGAll seatbacks should always be in anupright position when driving, or seatbelt effectiveness may be reduced.Seat belts are designed to offer maxi-mum protection when seatbacks arein the upright position.

Seat Adjustment: 14Head Restraints: 3

justing Seat Positionont seat

64J016

e adjustment lever for each front seat isated under the front of the seat. Tojust the seat position, pull up on thejustment lever and slide the seat forward rearward. After adjustment, try to move seat forward and rearward to ensuret it is securely latched.

64J017

If the driver’s seat is equipped with a seatheight adjuster lever on the outboard sideof the seat, raise or lower the seat by pull-ing up or down the adjuster lever.

A

F

Tpthps

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Re

Tose1)

2)

3)

ront

66J150

o raise the head restraint, pull upward one restraint until it clicks. To lower thestraint, push down on the restraint while

olding in the release knob (1). If a headstraint must be removed (for cleaning,placement, etc.), use the following pro-

edure.

(1)

(2)

EXAMPLE

PUSH

Head Restraints: 3Seat Belts and Child Restraint Systems: 14

19

FORE DRIVING

ar seat

64J019

adjust the seatback angle of the rearats:Pull up the lever on the top of a splitfolding seat.Move the seatback to one of the lockpositions. The number of the lock posi-tions depends on the vehicle specifica-tion.Release the lever to lock the seatbackin position. After adjustment, try movingthe seatback to make sure it is securelylocked.

Head Restraints

63J256

Head restraints are designed to helpreduce the risk of neck injuries in case ofan accident. Adjust the head restraint tothe position which places the center of thehead restraint closest to the top of yourears. If this is not possible for very tall pas-sengers, adjust the head restraint as highas possible.

F

Tthrehrerec

WARNING• Never drive the vehicle with the

head restraints removed.• Do not attempt to adjust the head

restraint while driving.

2-20

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

1)

2)

NOIt baan

Tohepu

eat Belts and Child Restraint ystems

65D231S

WARNINGAn air bag supplements, or adds to,the frontal crash protection offeredby seat belts. The driver and all pas-sengers must be properly restrainedby wearing seat belts at all times,whether or not an air bag is mountedat their seating position, to minimizethe risk of severe injury or death inthe event of a crash.

Seat Belts and Child Restraint Systems: 14

Insert a sharp-pointed tool into thesmall hole (2). Push the tip into the hole(2) and hold it while pushing in therelease knob (1).Pull the head restraint all the way outwhile pushing the release knob (1) andholding the tip in the hole (2).

TE:may be necessary to recline the seat-ck to provide enough overhead clear-ce to remove the head restraint.

66J161

reinstall the head restraint, insert thead restraint bars into the holes (2) andsh the head restraint down.

Rear

64J023

To raise the rear head restraint, pullupward on the restraint until it clicks. Tolower the restraint, push down on therestraint while holding in the release knob.If a head restraint must be removed (forcleaning, replacement, etc.), push in therelease knob and pull the head restraint allthe way out.

When installing a child restraint system,raise the head restraint to the most upperposition.

SS

(2)

EXAMPLE

2-

BE

66J22-03E

65D199

•

•

WARNING(Continued)• Pregnant women should use seat

belts, although specific recommen-dations about driving should bemade by the woman’s medical advi-sor. Remember that the lap portionof the belt should be worn as lowas possible across the hips, asshown in the diagram.

• Make sure that each seat beltbuckle is inserted into the properbuckle catch. It is possible to crossthe buckles in the rear seat.

(Continued)

as low as possible across the hips


21

FORE DRIVING

65D606 65D201

WARNINGNever allow persons to ride in thecargo area of a vehicle. In the eventof an accident, there is a muchgreater risk of injury for personswho are not riding in a seat withtheir seat belt securely fastened.Seat belts should always beadjusted as follows:– the lap portion of the belt should

be worn low across the pelvis,not across the waist.

– the shoulder straps should beworn on the outside shoulderonly, and never under the arm.

– the shoulder straps should beaway from your face and neck,but not falling off your shoulder.

(Continued)

Above the pelvis

WARNING(Continued)• Seat belts should never be worn

with the straps twisted and shouldbe adjusted as tightly as is com-fortable to provide the protectionfor which they have been designed.A slack belt will provide less pro-tection than one which is snug.

(Continued)

Across the pelvis

2-22

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

ap-Shoulder Beltmergency Locking Retractor (ELR)he lap-shoulder seat belt has an emer-ency locking retractor (ELR), which isesigned to lock the seat belt only during audden stop or impact. It also may lock ifou pull the belt across your body veryuickly. If this happens, let the belt go back unlock it, then pull the belt across yourody more slowly.

utomatic Locking Retractor (ALR)he front passenger’s seat belt and thear seat belts have emergency lockingtractors (ELRs) that can be temporarily

onverted to function as automatic lockingtractors (ALRs). The ALR mode should

e used if you need to secure a childstraint system in the seat. Refer to thehild Restraint Systems” section for

etails.

(C•

•

•

•


LETgdsyqtob

ATrerecrebre“Cd

WARNINGontinued)Do not wear your seat belt overhard or breakable objects in yourpockets or on your clothing. If anaccident occurs, objects such asglasses, pens, etc. under the seatbelt can cause injury.Never use the same seat belt onmore than one occupant and neverattach a seat belt over an infant orchild being held on an occupant’slap. Such seat belt use could causeserious injury in the event of anaccident.Periodically inspect seat beltassemblies for excessive wear anddamage. Seat belts should bereplaced if webbing becomesfrayed, contaminated, or damagedin any way. It is essential to replacethe entire seat belt assembly after ithas been worn in a severe impact,even if damage to the assembly isnot obvious.Children age 12 and under shouldride properly restrained in the rearseat, if equipped.

(Continued)

WARNING(Continued)• Infants and small children should

never be transported unless theyare properly restrained. Restraintsystems for infants and small chil-dren can be purchased commer-cially and should be used. Makesure that the system you purchasemeets Federal Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. Read and follow all thedirections provided by the manu-facturer.

• Avoid contamination of seat beltwebbing by polishes, oils, chemi-cals and particularly battery acid.Cleaning may safely be carried outusing mild soap and water.

• For children, if the shoulder beltirritates the neck or face, move thechild closer to the center of thevehicle.

• All seatbacks should always be inan upright position when driving,or seat belt effectiveness may bereduced. Seat belts are designed tooffer maximum protection whenseatbacks are in the upright posi-tion.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Sa

Toduof hip

60A036

o fasten the seat belt, sit up straight andell back in the seat, pull the latch platettached to the seat belt across your bodynd press it into the buckle until you hear alick”.


23

FORE DRIVING

fety reminder

60A038

60A040

reduce the risk of sliding under the beltring a collision, position the lap portionthe belt across your lap as low on yours as possible and adjust it to a snug fit

by pulling the shoulder portion of the beltupward through the latch plate. The lengthof the diagonal shoulder strap adjusts itselfto allow freedom of movement.

Twaa“c

Sit up straight and fully back

Low on hips

Low on hips

2-24

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

NOThbubuno

eat Belt Reminder

river’s seat belt reminder light

66J019

ront passenger’s seat belt reminderght

66J243

EXAMPLE


52D249

TE:e word “CENTER” is molded into theckle for the rear seat center belt. Theckles are designed so a latch plate cant be inserted into the wrong buckle.

60A039

To unfasten the belt, push the red“PRESS” button on the buckle and allowthe belt to retract.

S

D

Fli

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Wbubeanremesopa

Thin enrebeex

Itdbngolik

52D219

es on for about 20 seconds, then blinksfirst comes on, a buzzer sounds intermit-

”

t belt isckled

Seat belt isunbuckled

Vehicle speed:below 8 km/h

Vehicle speed:over 8 km/h

No reminder


25

FORE DRIVING

hen the driver and front passenger don’tckle their seat belts, the driver’s seatlt reminder light in the instrument clusterd the front passenger’s seat beltminder light in the center of the instru-nt panel will come on and a buzzer will

und as a reminder to the driver and frontssenger to buckle their seat belts.

e seat belt reminder functions as shownthe figure below. There are some differ-ces between the driver’s seat beltminder and the front passenger’s seatlt reminder. For more details, refer to theplanation below.

WARNING is absolutely essential that theriver and passengers wear their seatelts at all times. Persons who areot wearing seat belts have a muchreater risk of injury if an accidentccurs. Make a regular habit of buck-ng your seat belt before putting theey in the ignition.

Flow chart

Reminder 1 – 3For each reminder 1 – 3, the reminder light comfor about 55 seconds. When the reminder light tently for about 6 seconds.

Ignition Switch “ON

Seabu

30 sec.

Reminder 1

Vehicle speed:increase to 8 km/h

Reminder 3

No reminder

3 min.

Reminder 2

Seat belt isunbuckled

Vehicle speed:below 8 km/h

Vehicle speed:over 8 km/h

2-26

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

DrIf withelow1)

2)

3)

4)

If tanreRethe

Thmabetur

houlder anchor height adjuster f equipped)

64J198

djust the shoulder anchor height so thate shoulder belt rides on the center of theutside shoulder. To adjust the shouldernchor height, slide the anchor up simplyr slide the anchor down while pulling theck knob out. After adjustment, make sureat the anchor is securely locked.

WARNINGBe sure that the shoulder belt is posi-tioned on the center of the outsideshoulder. The belt should be awayfrom your face and neck, but not fall-ing off your shoulder. Misadjustmentof the belt could reduce the effective-ness of the safety belt in a crash.

EXAMPLE


iver’s seat belt reminderthe driver’s seat belt remains unbuckledth the ignition key in the “ON” position, driver’s seat belt reminder works as fol-s:The driver’s seat belt reminder light willcome on for about 20 seconds whenthe ignition key is turned to the “ON”position then will blink for about 55 sec-onds. When the light comes on, abuzzer will also sound intermittently forabout 6 seconds (Reminder 1).If the vehicle is driven (vehicle speed >8 km/h), Reminder 2 will operate about30 seconds after Reminder 1 has fin-ished. If the vehicle is not driven (vehiclespeed < 8 km/h), Reminder 2 will oper-ate when driving starts (vehicle speed >8 km/h).Reminder 3 will operate about 3 min-utes after Reminder 2 has finished.Even if the driver’s seat belt remainsunbuckled after Reminder 3, there willbe no further reminders.

he driver has buckled his or her seat beltd later unbuckles the seat belt, theminder system will be activated fromminder 1 or Reminder 2 according to vehicle speed. (Refer to the flow chart.)

e driver’s seat belt reminder will be auto-tically canceled when the driver’s seatlt is buckled or the ignition switch isned off.

Front passenger’s seat belt reminderThe front passenger’s seat belt reminderwill activate only when there is a passen-ger sitting in the front seat. In some situa-tions, however, such as when you placeheavy objects in the front seat, the seatbelt reminder can be activated as if therewere a passenger present. The front pas-senger’s seat belt reminder works in thesame manner as the driver’s seat beltreminder, except that it is not activateduntil 10 seconds after the ignition switch isturned to the “ON” position.

S(i

Athoaoloth

2-

BE

66J22-03E

Se

Pesuagplaloowo

hild Restraint Systems

60G332

fant restraint - rear seat only

65D202

E

EXAMPLE


27

FORE DRIVING

at Belt Inspection

65D209

riodically inspect the seat belts to makere they work properly and are not dam-ed. Check the webbing, buckles, latchtes, retractors, anchorages and guideps. Replace any seat belts which do notrk properly or are damaged.

C

In

XAMPLEWARNING

Be sure to inspect all seat beltassemblies after any collision. Anyseat belt assembly which was in useduring a collision (other than a veryminor one) should be replaced, evenif damage to the assembly is notobvious. Any seat belt assemblywhich was not in use during a colli-sion should be replaced if it does notfunction properly, it is damaged inany way or the seat belt pretension-ers were activated (that is, if the frontair bags were activated).

2-28

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

In

Bo

E

WARNINGChildren could be endangered in acrash if their child restraints are notproperly secured in the vehicle.When installing a child restraint sys-tem, be sure to follow the instruc-tions below. Be sure to secure thechild in the restraint system accord-ing to the manufacturer’s instruc-tions.

WARNINGIn an accident or sudden stop, therear seat armrest (if equipped) couldfall forward. If there is a child in arear-facing child restraint in the cen-ter seating position, the falling arm-rest could injure the child. Make surethe armrest is back in the seat andlocked when not in use.


fant restraint - rear seat only

65D584

oster seat

65D203

SUZUKI highly recommends that you usea child restraint system to restrain infantsand small children. Many different types ofchild restraint systems are available; makesure that the restraint system you selectmeets Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards.

All child restraint systems are designed tobe secured in vehicle seats by either seatbelts (lap belts or the lap portion of lap-shoulder belts) or by special rigid loweranchor bars built into the seats. Wheneverpossible, SUZUKI recommends that childrestraint systems be installed on the rearseat. According to accident statistics, chil-dren are safer when properly restrained inrear seating positions than in front seatingpositions.

If you must use a front-facing child restraintin the front passenger’s seat, be sure tomove the front passenger’s seat as farback as possible.

XAMPLE

2-

BE

66J22-03E

stallation with Lap-Shoulder Seat elts (Child Restraint with No Top trap)OTE:here are two types of lap-shoulder beltsepending on the vehicle’s specification,-ELR (Automatic-Emergency Lockingetractor) type and ELR (Emergencyocking Retractor) type. he A-ELR type belts have emergencycking retractors (ELRs) that can be tem-orarily converted to function as automaticcking retractors (ALRs).he ELR type belts have ELRs that canot be converted to function as ALRs.

o identify the belt is the A-ELR type or theLR type, slowly pull all of the shoulderebbing out of the retractor. Then let theebbing retract a little and pull it out, andpeat this a few times. If the belt is locked

ach time you pull the belt, the belt is the-ELR type. If the belt is not locked, theelt is the ELR type.

ostly, rear outboard lap-shoulder beltsre the A-ELR type.

lease note that the methods to secure thehild restraint system with the ELR lap-houlder belt and with the A-ELR lap-houlder belt are different.

DrsinrTrin


29

FORE DRIVING

65D607 65D608

65D609

InBSNTdARLTloploTn

TEwwreeAb

Ma

Pcss

WARNINGo not install a rear-facing child

estraint in the front passenger’seat. If the passenger’s air bagflates, a child in a rear-facing child

estraint could be seriously injured.he back of a rear-facing childestraint would be too close to theflating air bag.

2-30

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

EL

Insingre

Malat

Trydirins

-ELR type

83E035

) Pull all of the remaining webbing out ofthe retractor. You will hear a click, whichmeans that the emergency lockingretractor (ELR) has converted to func-tion as an automatic locking retractor(ALR).

Bter

E

EXAMPLE


R type belt

65D233

tall your child restraint system accord- to the instructions provided by the child

straint system manufacturer.

ke sure that the seat belt is securelyched.

to move the child restraint system in allections, to make sure it is securelytalled.

A-ELR type belt

83E031

Install your child restraint system accord-ing to the instructions provided by the childrestraint system manufacturer. If you installthe child restraint system in the front seat,be sure to slide the seat to the rearmostposition. After making sure that the seatbelt is securely latched:

A

1

CAUTIONefore installing a child restraint sys-m in the rear seat, raise the head

estraint to the most upper position.

XAMPLE

EXAMPLE

2-

BE

66J22-03E

A-

2)

-ELR type

65D234

-ELR type

65D235

) Try moving the child restraint system inall directions, to make sure it is securelyinstalled. If you need to tighten the belt,pull more webbing toward the retractor.

E EXAMPLE

Move to check

EXAMPLE

Pull to tighten


31

FORE DRIVING

ELR type

83E032

Allow the extra webbing to retract, andpull the webbing toward the retractor totake up any slack. Make sure that thelap portion of the belt is tight around thechild restraint system and the shoulderportion of the belt is positioned so that itcan not interfere with the child’s head orneck.

A-ELR type

83E036

3) Make sure that the retractor has con-verted to the ALR mode by trying to pullwebbing out of the retractor. If theretractor is in the ALR mode, the beltwill be locked.

A

A

4

XAMPLE

WARNINGIf the retractor is not in the ALRmode, the child restraint system canmove or tip over when your vehicleturns or stops abruptly.

EXAMPLE

2-32

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

To

Wit twiEL

nd Tethers for Children.) The anchors arecated where the rear of the seat cushioneets the bottom of the seatback.

stall a LATCH-type child restraint systemccording to the instructions provided bye child restraint system manufacturer.fter installing the child restraint system,y moving it in all directions, especially for-ard, to make sure the flexible straps orgid connecting bars are securely latched the anchors.

OTE:lthough there are three second row seat-g positions, you cannot install threeATCH type child restraints in the reareat. You can install one or two LATCHstraint(s). Be sure to install the LATCHpe child restraint(s) in the outboard seat-g positions.

your LATCH restraint has flexible loweronnecting straps, these general instruc-ons apply:) If possible, fold the seatback rearward

for easier installation.) Place the child restraint in the rear seat.

E


revert from ALR to ELR

65D267

hen you unbuckle the seat belt and allowo retract to a certain length, the retractorll automatically revert back to the normalR mode.

Installation with the LATCH System

66J162

Rear seat

64J027

Your vehicle is equipped with loweranchors for securing up to two standardLATCH-type child restraints in the rearseats. (LATCH stands for Lower Anchors

alom

InathAtrwrito

NAinLsretyin

Ifcti1

2

XAMPLE

Rigid lower connecting bar type

Flexible lower connecting strap type

2-

BE

66J22-03E

3)

4)

your LATCH restraint has rigid lower con-ecting bars, these general instructionspply:) If possible, fold the seatback rearward

for easier installation.) Place the child restraint in the rear seat,

inserting the connecting bars throughthe slots in the seat cushion or the slotsin the seatback bottom.

54G183

) Use your hands to carefully align theconnecting bar tips with the anchors.Take care not to pinch your fingers.

E

E

EXAMPLE


33

FORE DRIVING

65D340

Snap the strap hooks to the anchors.Take care not to pinch your fingers.

65D341

Return the seatback to the normal,upright position. Tighten the lowerstraps as described in the child restraint

owner’s manual. Attach the top tetherstrap, if applicable.

65D342

5) Make sure the child restraint is securelyfastened by trying to move the childrestraint system in all directions, espe-cially forward.

Ifna1

2

3

XAMPLE

XAMPLE

WARNINGThe seatback should always besecurely latched in a fairly uprightposition when any type of child seatis installed. An unlatched or reclinedseatback will reduce the intendedeffectiveness of the child restraintsystem.

EXAMPLE

2-34

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

4)

stallation-Child Restraint with Top trapear seat

64J029

ome child restraint systems require these of a top strap. Top strap anchor brack-ts are located on the back of the rear seats shown in the illustration. Install the childstraint system as follows:

) Remove the luggage compartmentcover.

) Secure the child restraint on the rearseat using the procedure describedabove for securing a restraint systemthat does not require a top strap.

) Hook the top strap to the anchorbracket and tighten the top strapaccording to the instructions providedby the child restraint system manufac-turer. Be sure to attach the top strap tothe corresponding anchor locateddirectly behind the child restraint. Do

E

EXAMPLE


54G184

Push the child restraint toward theanchors so that the connecting bar tipsare partially hooked to the anchors.Use your hands to confirm the position.

54G185

5) Grasp the front of the child restraint andpush the child restraint forcefully tolatch the connecting bars. Make surethey are securely latched by trying tomove the child restraint system in alldirections, especially forward.

6) Return the seatback if folded. Attachthe top tether strap, if applicable.

InSR

Sueare1

2

3

XAMPLE

WARNINGThe seatback should always besecurely latched in a fairly uprightposition when any type of child seatis installed. An unlatched or reclinedseatback will reduce the intendedeffectiveness of the child restraintsystem.

EXAMPLE

2-

BE

66J22-03E

4)

ther adjustable seats should be adjusteds far back as possible), your dealer canelect the appropriate seat belt extender.

A seat belt extender should only be usedfor the person, vehicle and seating loca-tion it was provided for.When using the extender, ensure thatboth ends are latched securely. Do notuse the extender if the open end of theextender’s buckle is within 152 mm (6inches) of the center of the occupant’sbody (See diagram). Use of the extenderwhen the buckle is too close to the cen-ter of the body could increase the risk ofabdominal injury in the event of an acci-dent, and could cause the shoulder beltto be positioned incorrectly.Make sure to use the correct buckle cor-responding to your seating position.Seat belt extenders are not intended foruse by pregnant women, and shouldonly be used upon approval by theirmedical advisors.Remove and stow the extender when itis not being used.

Ds(st

T

T


35

FORE DRIVING

not attach the top strap to the luggagerestraint loops (if equipped).

86G032

When routing the top strap, be sure topass it between the head restraint andthe rear seatback as shown. (Refer to“Head Restraints” section for details on

how to raise or lower the headrestraint.)

5) Make sure that cargo does not interferewith routing of the top strap.

Seat Belt Extender

65D613

(1) Center of body(2) Less than 152 mm (6 inches)(3) Open end of extender buckle

If a seat belt cannot be fastened securelybecause it is not long enough, see yourauthorized SUZUKI dealer for a seat beltextender. Seat belt extenders are availablefor each seating position except for therear center position. After inspecting therelationship between the seat belt length,the occupant’s body size, and the seatadjustment (the driver’s seat should alwaysbe adjusted as far back as possible whilestill maintaining control of the vehicle, and

oas

•

•

•

•

•

WARNINGo not attach the child restraint toptrap to the luggage restraint loopsif equipped). Incorrectly attached toptrap will reduce the intended effec-iveness of the child restraint system.

ype 2

ype 1

2-36

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

ensors and the electronic controller of their bag system also control the seat beltretensioners. The pretensioners are trig-ered only when the air bags are triggerednd the seat belts are fastened. If the seatelts are not fastened, the respective pre-nsioner system will not be activated. Forrecautions and general informationcluding servicing the pretensioner sys-m, refer to the “Supplemental Restraintystem (air bags)” section in addition tois “Seat Belt Pretensioner System” sec-

on, and follow all those precautions.

he pretensioner is located in each fronteat belt retractor. The pretensioner tight-ns the seat belt so the belt fits the occu-ant’s body more snugly in the event of aontal crash. The retractors will remaincked after the pretensioners are acti-

ated. Upon activation, some noise willccur and some smoke may be released.hese conditions are not harmful and doot indicate a fire in the vehicle.

he driver and all passengers must beroperly restrained by wearing seat beltst all times, whether or not a pretensioner equipped at their seating position, toinimize the risk of severe injury or death the event of a crash. Sit fully back in the

eat; sit up straight; do not lean forward orideways. Adjust the belt so the lap portionf the belt is worn low across the pelvis,ot across the waist. Please refer to theeat Adjustment” section and the instruc-

ons and precautions about the seat belts

Fmc•

•

•

Seat Belts and Child Restraint Systems: 14Supplemental Restraint System (air bags): 3, 9, 12

Seat Belt Pretensioner System (for front seat belt only)

52D011

Your vehicle is equipped with a seat beltpretensioner system at the front seatingpositions. You can use the pretensionerseat belts in the same manner as ordinaryseat belts.

The seat belt pretensioner system workswith the SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTSYSTEM (advanced air bags). The crash

sapgabtepinteSthti

TsepfrlovoTn

Tpaisminsson“Sti

WARNINGailure to follow these instructionsay increase the risk of injury in a

rash.Only use an extender for the per-son, vehicle and seating position itwas provided for.Do not use if open end ofextender’s buckle is within 152 mm(6 inches) of center of occupant’sbody (See diagram).Remove and stow the extenderwhen it is not being used.

WARNINGThis section of the owner’s manualdescribes your SUZUKI’s SEAT BELTPRETENSIONER SYSTEM. Pleaseread and follow ALL these instruc-tions carefully to minimize your riskof severe injury or death.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

in temanPlwisedeimsioonvavaseas

If cluwh“Oseprmainsas

Setemfordesetioprtwinj

Totio

upplemental Restraint ystem (air bags)

54G022

our vehicle has advanced front air bagsnd side air bags for the driver and rightont passenger. Your vehicle also has sideurtain air bags.

WARNINGThis section of the owner’s manualdescribes the protection provided byyour SUZUKI’s SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (air bags).Please read and follow ALL theseinstructions carefully to minimizeyour risk of severe injury or death inthe event of a collision.

EXAMPLE

Supplemental Restraint System (air bags): 3, 9, 12

37

FORE DRIVING

this “Seat Belts and Child Restraint Sys-s” section for details on proper seat

d seat belt adjustments.ease note that the pretensioners alongth the front air bags will activate only invere frontal collisions. They are notsigned to activate in rear impacts, sidepacts, rollovers or minor frontal colli-ns. The pretensioners can be activatedly once. If the pretensioners are acti-ted (that is, if the front air bags are acti-ted), have the pretensioner systemrviced by an authorized SUZUKI dealer soon as possible.

the “AIR BAG” light on the instrumentster does not blink or come on brieflyen the ignition switch is turned to theN” position, stays on for more than 10conds, or comes on while driving, theetensioner system or the air bag systemy not work properly. Have both systemspected by an authorized SUZUKI dealer soon as possible.

rvice on or around the pretensioner sys- components or wiring must be per-

med only by an authorized SUZUKIaler who is specially trained. Improperrvice could result in unintended activa-n of pretensioners or could render theetensioner inoperative. Either of theseo conditions may result in personalury.

prevent damage or unintended activa-n of the pretensioners, be sure the bat-

tery is disconnected and the ignition switchhas been in the “LOCK” position for at least90 seconds before performing any electri-cal service work on your SUZUKI. Do nottouch pretensioner system components orwiring. The wires are wrapped with yellowtape or yellow tubing, and the couplers areyellow. When scrapping your SUZUKI, askyour SUZUKI dealer, body repair shop orscrap yard for assistance.

SS

Yafrc

2-38

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

66J132

our vehicle is equipped with a Supple-ental Restraint System consisting of thellowing components in addition to a lap-

houlder belt at each front seating position.

1. Driver’s front air bag2. Front passenger’s front air bag 3. Seat belt pretensioners4. Air bag controller5. Occupant classification module6. “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indicator7. Forward crash sensor8. Side air bags9. Side curtain air bags

10. Side crash sensor11. Front passenger’s sensor mat

11


66J126

5

3

10

mfos

1 2

83

8

9

4

7

10

6Y

2-

BE

66J22-03E

If clusworonsewoinsas

ir bag. The front passenger’s front air bag located behind the passenger’s side ofe dashboard. The words “SRS AIRBAG”re molded into the air bag cover to identifye location of the air bag.

rontal collision range

60G032

ront air bags are designed to inflate only severe frontal collisions.


39

FORE DRIVING

63J030

the “AIR BAG” light on the instrumentster does not blink when the ignitionitch is first turned to the “ON” position,

the “AIR BAG” light stays on, or comes while driving, the air bag system (or theat belt pretensioner system) may notrk properly. Have the air bag systempected by an authorized SUZUKI dealer soon as possible.

Front Air Bags

63J259

64J032

The driver’s front air bag is located behindthe center pad of the steering wheel. Thewords “SRS AIRBAG” are molded into theair bag cover to identify the location of the

aisthath

F

Fin

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

2-40

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

Fr

Fr

ide Air Bags and Side Curtain Air ags

62J114

64J033

ide air bags are located in the part of theont seatbacks closest to the doors. Theords “SRS AIRBAG” are molded into the

EXAMPLE


ont air bags will not inflate

65D236

ont air bags will probably not inflate

65D237

They are not designed to inflate in rearimpacts, side impacts, rollovers or minorfrontal collisions, since they would offer noprotection in those types of accidents.Remember, since air bags deploy only onetime during an accident, seat belts areneeded to restrain occupants from furthermovements during the accident.

Therefore, an air bag is NOT a substitutefor seat belts. To maximize your protection,ALWAYS WEAR YOUR SEAT BELTS. Beaware that no system can prevent all pos-sible injuries that may occur in an accident.

Your vehicle has “dual stage” front airbags, which adjust the air bag inflationforce according to crash severity. Also,your vehicle has a front passenger sensingsystem, which turns off the front passen-ger’s air bag and seat belt pretensionerunder certain conditions.

SB

Sfrw

WARNINGAn air bag supplements, or adds to,the crash protection offered by seatbelts. The driver and all passengersmust be properly restrained by wear-ing seat belts at all times, whether ornot air bags are mounted at theirseating position, to minimize the riskof severe injury or death in the eventof a crash.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

sidthe

Silinmotio

ide air bags and side curtain air bagsill probably not inflate

54G028

ide air bags and side curtain air bags areesigned to inflate only in severe sidepact collisions. They are not designed toflate in frontal or rear collisions, rolloversr minor side collisions, since they wouldffer no protection in those types of acci-ents. Only the side air bag and side cur-in air bag on the side of the vehicle that struck will inflate. Remember, since anir bag deploys only one time during anccident, seat belts are needed to restrainccupants from further movements duringe accident.

herefore, an air bag is NOT a substituter seat belts. To maximize your protection,LWAYS WEAR YOUR SEAT BELTS. Beware that no system can prevent all pos-ible injuries that may occur in an accident.


41

FORE DRIVING

e air bag cover to identify the location of side air bags.

64J034

de curtain air bags are located in the roofing. The words “SRS AIRBAG” arelded into the pillar to identify the loca-

n of the side curtain air bags.

Side collision range

64J036

Side air bags and side curtain air bagswill not inflate

54G027

Sw

Sdiminoodtaisaaoth

TfoAas

2-42

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

t you know the system is working. Whene front passenger sensing system hasrned off the front passenger’s front airag including the seat belt pretensioner,e “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indicator will

ome on and stay on to remind you thate front passenger’s front air bag is off.

he front passenger sensing system usesont seat pressure measurements andressure locations to determine whether toctivate or deactivate the front passenger’sont air bag. The front passenger sensingystem may or may not turn off the front airag, depending on the front passenger’seating posture and body build. The airag should be turned off in the followingituations:There is no occupant in the front pas-senger seat.The occupant of the front passengerseat lifts his or her weight off of the seatfor a period of time.The occupant of the front passengerseat is an infant or small child in a childrestraint system or a small child in abooster seat.A smaller person, such as a child whohas outgrown child restraints or a verysmall adolescent is seated in the frontpassenger seat.

OTE: the front passenger seat is unoccupied,e “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indicator will not

ome on but the front passenger’s front air

Athbminnsoo

Ifmsmtvbtd


Front Passenger Sensing SystemThe front passenger sensing system willturn off the front passenger’s front air bagand seat belt pretensioner under certainconditions. This system works using a sen-sor mat that is part of the front passenger’sseat. The front passenger sensing systemis designed to detect whether an occupantis present in the seat and, if an occupant ispresent, to determine whether the frontpassenger’s front air bag and seat belt pre-tensioner should be enabled or disabled(turned off).

NOTE:The front passenger’s side air bag and theside curtain air bag are not controlled bythe front passenger sensing system.

66J244

When the ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position, the “PASS AIR BAG OFF”indicator comes on for several seconds to

lethtubthcth

Tfrpafrsbsbs•

•

•

•

NIfthc

WARNINGn air bag supplements, or adds to,e crash protection offered by seat

elts. The driver and all passengersust be properly restrained by wear-g seat belts at all times, whether or

ot air bags are mounted at theireating position, to minimize the riskf severe injury or death in the eventf a crash.

WARNING the “AIR BAG” light in the instru-ent cluster ever comes on and

tays on, it means that somethingay be wrong with the air bag sys-

em. If this ever happens, have theehicle serviced immediately,ecause the air bags may not offerhe protection for which they wereesigned.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

baten

If ysere“PAonreanorAlRereingindthathethisepois rerecachpode

ont air bag when the system senses aroperly-seated adult in the front passen-er’s seat. When the passenger sensingystem has allowed the air bag to benabled, the “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indica-r will remain off to remind you that the airag is active.

a person of adult size is sitting in theont passenger’s seat and the “PASS AIRAG OFF” indicator comes on, it could beecause that person isn’t sitting properly ine seat. If this happens, unfasten the seatelts, sit upright in the center of the seatith the seatback nearly vertical and yourgs outstretched, and refasten the seatelt.

52D258

hen seated as shown in the above illus-ation, the front passenger sensing sys-m senses a properly-seated occupantnd enables the air bag.


43

FORE DRIVING

g will not deploy and the seat belt pre-sioner will not operate.

ou have secured a child in the front pas-nger seat in a forward-facing childstraint system or booster seat and the

SS AIR BAG OFF” indicator light is not, turn the vehicle off, remove the childstraint or booster seat from the vehicled reinstall it following the child restraint booster seat manufacturer’s directions.so refer to “Seat Belts and Childstraint Systems” in this section. If, after

installing the child restraint and restart- the vehicle, the “PASS AIR BAG OFF”icator is still not lit, check to make suret the vehicle’s seatback is not pressing child restraint into the seat cushion. If

s happens, slightly recline the vehicle’satback and adjust the seat cushion ifssible. Also make sure the child restraintnot trapped under the vehicle head

straint. If this happens, adjust the headstraint. If the “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indi-tor is still not on, secure the child in theild restraint or booster seat in a rear seatsition in the vehicle and check with youraler.

65D607

According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in rearseating positions than in front seating posi-tions. Whenever possible, SUZUKI recom-mends you install child restraints in therear seat.

The front passenger sensing system isdesigned to enable the front passenger’s

frpgsetob

IffrBbthbwleb

Wtrtea

WARNINGDo not install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger’sseat. If the passenger’s front air baginflates, a child in a rear-facing childrestraint could be seriously injured.The back of a rear-facing childrestraint would be too close to theinflating air bag.

2-44

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

Winsse

ow the System Works a frontal collision, the crash sensors willetect rapid deceleration and send a signal the controller. If the controller judgesat the deceleration represents a severeontal crash, the controller will trigger theflators. The controller also judges:Whether the front air bags should deployat reduced power or at full power accord-ing to crash severity.Whether the front passenger’s front airbag should deploy or not based on clas-sification of the occupant of the frontpassenger’s seat.

ince your vehicle is equipped with side airags, and side curtain air bags, crash sen-ors will detect a side collision, and if theontroller judges that the side collision isevere enough, it will trigger the side airag and side curtain air bag inflators.

he inflators inflate the appropriate airags with nitrogen or argon gas. Theflated air bags provide a cushion for youread (front air bags and side curtain airags only) and upper body. The air bagflates and deflates so quickly that youay not even realize that it has activated.he air bag will neither hinder your viewor make it harder to exit the vehicle.

ir bags must inflate quickly and forcefully order to reduce the chance of serious ortal injuries. However, an unavoidable

onsequence of the quick inflation is thate air bag may irritate bare skin, such as

Dthsbse

Tmin•

•

IfoeastpsS


hen using a seat belt extender, follow thetructions in the “Seat Belt Extender”ction.

HIndtothfrin•

•

Sbscsb

TbinhbinmTn

Ainfacth

WARNINGo not place any heavy objects one front passenger’s seat. The pres-

ure sensors in the sensor mat coulde damaged and the front passengerensing system may not work prop-rly.

WARNINGhe front passenger sensing systemay not work properly in the follow-g situations:The occupant is sitting near thedashboard or is not sitting in theproper position.Objects placed under the seat arepushing up on the seat cushion.

WARNING the “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indicatorn the instrument panel turns onven though there is no occupant orn adult occupant in the front pas-enger’s seat, it means that some-hing may be wrong with theassenger sensing system. Have theystem inspected by an authorizedUZUKI dealer as soon as possible.

WARNING• Do not spill any liquids on the seat.

Liquids can damage the sensorsunder the front seat.

• Have front passenger’s sensor matinspected by your dealer after acollision.

• Do not replace the front seats. Ifyou replace them, the air bags andfront passenger sensing systemmay not work properly.

• Do not use a seat cover. If you usea seat cover, the front passengersensing system may not work prop-erly.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

theupsoThnohoma

A poairbacosestepathemeCh“Bpr

WARNING• The driver should not lean over the

steering wheel. The front passen-ger should not rest his or her bodyagainst the dashboard, or other-wise get too close to the dash-board. For vehicles with side airbags and side curtain air bags,occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door. In these sit-uations, the out-of-position occu-pant would be too close to aninflating air bag, and may suffersevere injury.

• Do not attach any objects to, orplace any objects over, the steeringwheel or dashboard. Do not placeany objects between the air bagand the driver or front passenger.These objects may interfere with airbag operation or may be propelledby the air bag in the event of acrash. Either of these conditionsmay cause severe injury.

(Continued)


45

FORE DRIVING

facial area against a front air bag. Also,on inflation, a loud noise will occur andme powder and smoke will be released.ese conditions are not harmful and dot indicate a fire in the car. Be aware,wever, that some air bag componentsy be hot for a while after inflation.

seat belt helps keep you in the propersition for maximum protection when an bag inflates. Adjust your seat as farck as possible while still maintainingntrol of the vehicle. Sit fully back in yourat; sit up straight; do not lean over theering wheel or dashboard. Front occu-nts should not lean on or sleep against door. Please refer to the “Seat Adjust-nt” section and the “Seat Belts andild Restraint Systems” section in the

EFORE DRIVING” section for details onoper seat and seat belt adjustments.

65D610

54G582

2-46

BEFORE DRIVING

66J22-03E

NomolistrigbafrosySUwo

Yomothea abacfro

crapping a car that has an undeployed airag can be hazardous. Ask your dealer,ody repair shop or scrap yard for helpith disposal.

it is necessary to modify the advancedont air bag system to accommodate aerson with disabilities, owners in the con-nental United States can call Americanuzuki toll-free at 1-800-934-0934, or write:

merican Suzuki Motor Corporation utomotive Customer Relations 251 East Imperial Highway rea, CA 92821-6795

you purchased your SUZUKI in Canadalease contact the Suzuki Canada Cus-mer Relations Department by telephonet 1-905-889-2677 extension 2254 or inriting at:

uzuki Canada Inc.ustomer Relations00 East Beaver Creek Roadichmond Hill, On4B 1J6

(C•

te that even though your vehicle may bederately damaged in a collision, the col-

ion may not have been severe enough toger the front, side, or side curtain air

gs to inflate. If your car sustains ANYnt-end or side damage, have the air bagstem inspected by an authorizedZUKI dealer to ensure it is in properrking order.

ur vehicle is equipped with a diagnosticdule which records information about air bag system if the air bags deploy in

crash. The module records informationout overall system status, which sensorstivated the deployment, and whether thent seat belts were in use.

Servicing the Air Bag SystemIf the air bags inflate, have the air bags andrelated components replaced by an autho-rized SUZUKI dealer as soon as possible.

If your vehicle ever gets in deep water andthe driver’s floor is submerged, the air bagcontroller could be damaged. If this hap-pens, have the air bag system inspectedby the SUZUKI dealer as soon as possible.

Special procedures are required for servic-ing or replacing an air bag. For that reason,only an authorized SUZUKI dealer shouldbe allowed to service or replace your airbags. Please remind anyone who servicesyour SUZUKI that it has air bags.

Service on or around air bag componentsor wiring must be performed only by anauthorized SUZUKI dealer. Improper ser-vice could result in unintended air bagdeployment or could render the air bagsinoperative. Either of these two conditionsmay result in severe injury.

To prevent damage or unintended inflationof the air bag system, be sure the batteryis disconnected and the ignition switch hasbeen in the “LOCK” position for at least 90seconds before performing any electricalservice work on your SUZUKI. Do nottouch air bag system components or wires.The wires are wrapped with yellow tape oryellow tubing, and the couplers are yellowfor easy identification.

Sbbw

IffrptiSto

AA3B

Ifptoaw

SC1RL

WARNINGontinued)For vehicles with side air bags, donot place seat covers on the frontseats, because seat covers couldrestrict the air bag’s inflation. Also,do not place any cup holders orother objects on the door, as theseobjects could be propelled by theair bag in the event of a crash.Either of these conditions maycause severe injury.

2-

BE

66J22-03E

M

47

FORE DRIVING

EMO


3

66J22-03E

60G405

STEERING COLUMN CONTROLSIgnition Switch ..................................................................... 3-1Lighting/Turn Signal Control Lever ................................... 3-5Windshield Wiper and Washer Lever ................................ 3-8Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch .................................. 3-9Tilt Steering Lock Lever ..................................................... 3-10Cruise Control (if equipped) ............................................... 3-10Remote Audio Controls (if equipped) ............................... 3-12Horn ...................................................................................... 3-12

3-

ST

66J22-03E

anual transmission

60A055

Manual transmission vehicles You must push in the key to turn it to the“LOCK” position. It locks the ignition, andprevents normal use of the steeringwheel after the key is removed.

Automatic transmission vehicles The gearshift lever must be in the “P”(Park) position to turn the key to the“LOCK” position. It locks the ignition andprevents normal use of the steeringwheel and gearshift lever.

Tas

Push

Turn to “LOCK”

Ignition Switch: 8, 10

1

EERING COLUMN CONTROLS

65D611

Ignition SwitchVehicle Without Keyless Start Sys-tem

60B041

The ignition switch has the following fourpositions:

LOCKThis is the normal parking position. It is theonly position in which the key can beremoved.It locks the ignition, and prevents normaluse of the steering wheel after the key isremoved.

M

•

•

WARNINGo avoid possible injury, do not oper-te controls by reaching through theteering wheel.

EXAMPLE

3-2


66J22-03E

ACAcate

ONThele

STThusreen

IgA yoignop

66J022

the keyless start system blue indicatorght illuminates on the instrument cluster,ou can turn the ignition switch. If the reddicator light illuminates, you can not turne ignition switch.

OTE:The ignition switch can be turned to the“ACC” position when the keyless startsystem blue indicator light illuminates.The blue indicator light will illuminate forseveral seconds when you push in theignition switch and then will turn off toprotect the system. In this case, youmust release the ignition switch andpush it in again to illuminate the blueindicator light.If the keyless start system red indicatorlight illuminates, the remote controllermay not be in the vehicle or the battery

EXAMPLE


Ccessories such as the radio can oper-, but the engine is off.

is is the normal operating position. Allctrical systems are on.

ARTis is the position for starting the engineing the starter motor. The key should beleased from this position as soon as thegine starts.

nition key reminder (if equipped)buzzer sounds intermittently to remindu to remove the ignition key if it is in theition switch when the driver’s door isened.

Vehicle With Keyless Start System

63J270

The ignition switch can be operated with-out using an ignition key when the remotecontroller is in an area of the vehicle otherthan the rear luggage area. To turn theignition switch, first push in the switch.

NOTE:You must push in the ignition switch to turnit from the “LOCK” position to the “ACC”position. To return to the “LOCK” positionfrom the “ACC” position, turn the ignitionswitch counterclockwise while pushing inthe switch.

Ifliyinth

N•

•

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

3-

ST

66J22-03E

NO•

•

•

Yoins

TART (4)his is the position for starting the enginesing the starter motor. The switch shoulde released from this position as soon ase engine starts.

nition switch reminderhen using the keyless start system)

buzzer sounds intermittently to remindou to return the ignition switch to theOCK” position if it is in the “ACC” positionhen the driver’s door is opened.

nition key reminderhen using the ignition key)

buzzer sounds intermittently to remindou to remove the ignition key if it is in thenition switch when the driver’s door ispened.T

ea•

•


3


of the remote controller may be unreli-able.

TE:If the battery of the remote controllerruns down or there are strong radiowaves or noise, the operating range maybe narrower or the remote controller maybe inoperative.If the remote controller is too close to thedoor glass, it may not operate.The ignition switch may not turn whenthe remote controller is on the instru-ment panel, in the glove box, in the doorpocket, in the sun visor or on the floor.

u can also turn the ignition switch byerting the ignition key into the slot.

The ignition switch has the following fourpositions:

LOCK (1)This is the normal parking position. It is theonly position in which the key can beremoved. It locks the ignition, and preventsnormal use of the steering wheel.

For vehicles with an automatic transmis-sion, the gearshift lever must be in the “P”(Park) position to turn the key to the“LOCK” position.

To release the steering lock, turn the igni-tion switch clockwise to one of the otherpositions. If you have trouble turning theignition switch to unlock the steering, tryturning the steering wheel slightly to theright or left while turning the switch.

NOTE:You must push the ignition switch in to turnit to the “ACC” position. Also you mustpush the ignition switch in to return it to the“LOCK” position.

ACC (2)Accessories such as the radio can oper-ate, but the engine is off.

ON (3)This is the normal operating position. Allelectrical systems are on.

STubth

Ig(WAy“Lw

Ig(WAyigo

CAUTIONhe remote controller is a sensitivelectronic instrument. To avoid dam-ging the remote controller:Do not expose it to impacts, mois-ture or high temperature such as byleaving it on the dashboard underdirect sunlight.Keep the remote controller awayfrom magnetic objects such as atelevision.

3-4


66J22-03E

If tof thetonobposhShLeTh“P

Toortheoththethelef

CAUTION• Do not turn the starter motor for

more than 15 seconds at a time. Ifthe engine does not start, wait 15seconds before trying again. If theengine does not start after severalattempts, check the fuel and igni-tion systems or consult yourSUZUKI dealer.

• Do not leave the ignition switch inthe “ON” position if the engine isnot running or the battery will dis-charge.


64J216

he gearshift lever can not be shifted out“P” (Park) in the normal way, removing cover (1) and pushing the release but- using a key or some other flat endject with the key in the “ON” or “ACC”sition will permit movement of the gear-ift lever out of “P” (see “If You Can Notift Automatic Transmission Gearshiftver Out of “P” (PARK)” in the INDEX).e gearshift lever can be moved back to” without pushing the release button.

release the steering lock, insert the key use the keyless start system and turn ignition switch clockwise to one of theer positions. If you have trouble turning key to unlock the steering, try turning steering wheel slightly to the right or

t while turning the key.

(1)WARNING

• For manual transmission vehicles,never return the ignition switch tothe “LOCK” position and removethe ignition key while the vehicle ismoving. The steering wheel willlock and you will not be able tosteer the vehicle.

• Always carry the ignition key andthe remote controller (if equipped)when leaving the vehicle even if fora short time. Also do not leave chil-dren or pets alone in a parked vehi-cle. Unattended children couldcause accidental movement of thevehicle or could tamper with powerwindows or a power sunroof. Chil-dren or pets could also suffer fromheatstroke in warm or hot weather,which could result in severe injuryor even death.

3-

ST

66J22-03E

LiLe

Yobytheligansy

Thatech

or (5).or (5).

IG ON

E/G OFF E/G RUNNING

K LIGHT DARK LIGHT DARK

– – ON ON

– – – –

– – – –

– – ON ON

ON ON ON ON

– – – –

– – – –

ON ON ON ON

ON ON ON ON

– – ON –

– ON – ON

– ON – ON

Lighting/Turn Signal Control Lever: 7, 8

5

art:


ghting/Turn Signal Control ver

66J023

52D166

ur vehicle’s lighting system is controlled three main systems: the Lighting switch, Auto-On Headlight System (when the

hting switch is in the “AUTO” position)d the Daytime Running Light (D.R.L.)stem.

e three systems work together to oper- your lights as shown in the following

(1) (2)

(3) (4)

E/G: EngineIG: Ignition switchON: Lights ONLIGHT: When it is light around the light sensDARK: When it is dark around the light sens

Lightingswitchposition

Main lights tobe operated

IG OFF

E/G OFF

LIGHT DAR

(1) OFF

D.R.L. – –

Parking lights, Tail lights – –

Head lights – –

(2) Middle

D.R.L. – –

Parking lights, Tail lights ON ON

Head lights – –

(3) Third

D.R.L. – –

Parking lights, Tail lights ON ON

Head lights ON ON

(4) AUTO

D.R.L. – –

Parking lights, Tail lights – –

Head lights – –

3-6


66J22-03E

Li

Thbothe

Toontiooffpaanlighelig“A

uto-On Headlight System

66J026

he Auto-on headlight system automati-ally turns on all lights that are operated bye lighting control lever on the steering

olumn, when the following four conditionsre all met.

onditions for Auto-on headlight systemperation:) It is dark around the light sensor (5).) The lighting control lever in the “AUTO”

position.) The ignition switch is in the “ON” posi-

tion.) The parking brake is released.

his system is operated by the signal frome light sensor (5) on the right end of thestrument panel. Do not cover the sensor). If you do, the system will not work cor-ctly.

(5)


ghting Operation

66J024

is control lever is located on the out-ard side of the steering column. Operate lever as described below.

turn the lights on or off, twist the knob the end of the lever. There are four posi-ns: in the “OFF” (1) position all lights are; in the second (2) position the frontrking lights, tail-lights, license plate lightd instrument lights are on, but the head-hts are off; in the third (3) position theadlights come on in addition to the otherhts; in the “AUTO” (4) position, refer touto-On Headlight System” for details.

66J025

With the headlights on, push the lever for-ward to switch to the high beams or pullthe lever toward you to switch to the lowbeams. When the high beams are on, alight on the instrument panel will come on.To momentarily activate the high beams asa passing signal, pull the lever slightlytoward you and release it when you havecompleted the signal.

A

Tcthca

Co12

3

4

Tthin(5re

(1)(2)

(3)

(4)

HIGH

LOW

PASS

3-

ST

66J22-03E

NOThamtyplig

urn Signal Operationith the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-

on, move the lever up or down to activatee right or left turn signals.

66J027

ormal turn signalove the lever all the way up to signal aght turn or all the way down to signal aft turn. When the turn is completed, the

ignal will cancel and the lever will return tos normal position.

ane change signal some turns, such as changing lanes, the

teering wheel is not turned far enough toancel the turn signal. For convenience,ou can flash the turn signal by moving thever part way and holding it there. Thever will return to its normal position whenou release it.

Itsindyt


7


TE:is system does not react to all types ofbient light. As the sensor is infrarede, it will not work correctly with ambient

hts that do not contain infrared rays.

Daytime Running Light (D.R.L.) SystemThe headlights light, but are dimmer thanthe low beam, when the following threeconditions are all met. Also, the D.R.L. indi-cator light on the instrument panel comeson.

Conditions for D.R.L. system operation:1) The engine is running.2) The parking brake is released.3) The lighting switch is in either the “OFF”

or the “Second” position: or The lightingswitch is in the “AUTO” position and it islight around the light sensor.

NOTE:Be sure to turn the lighting switch to thethird position at night or at any time of theday when driving or weather conditionsrequire the headlights to operate at fullbrightness and the taillights to be on.

Lights “On” reminderA buzzer sounds to remind you to turn offthe lights if they are left on when the igni-tion key is removed and the driver’s door isopened.

TWtith

NMrilesit

LInscyleley

WARNING takes about 5 seconds for the lightensor to react to a change in light-g conditions. To help avoid an acci-

ent due to reduced visibility, turn onour headlights before driving into aunnel, parking structure or the like.

3-8


66J22-03E

WLeW

Tolevatieqtenforpolowopthe“OMopoco

indshield Washer

63J285

o spray windshield washer fluid, pull thever toward you. The windshield wipersill automatically turn on at low speed ifey are not already on and if the “INT”osition is equipped.

E

WARNING• To prevent windshield icing in cold

weather, turn on the defroster toheat the windshield before and dur-ing windshield washer use.

• Do not use radiator antifreeze inthe windshield washer reservoir. Itcan severely impair visibility whensprayed on the windshield, and canalso damage your vehicle’s paint.

EXAMPLE

Windshield Wiper and Washer Lever: 8

indshield Wiper and Washer ver

indshield Wipers

63J283

turn the windshield wipers on, move theer up and down to one of the four oper-ng positions. In the “INT” position (ifuipped), the wipers operate intermit-tly. The “INT” position is very convenient driving in mist or light rain. In the “LO”sition, the wipers operate at a steady speed. In the “HI” position, the wipers

erate at a steady high speed. To turn off wipers, move the lever back to the

FF” position.ve the lever up and hold it to the “MIST”sition, the windshield wipers will turn onntinuously at low speed.

63J284

If the lever is equipped with the “INT TIME”control, turn the control forward or rear-ward to adjust the intermittent wiper opera-tion to the desired interval.

W

Tlewthp

MIST

OFF

INT

LO

HI

XAMPLE

EXAMPLE

3-

ST

66J22-03E

Tsclo•

•

•

•

•

CAUTIONClear ice or snow from the rear win-dow and rear wiper blade beforeusing the rear wiper. Accumulated iceor snow could prevent the wiperblade from moving, causing damageto the wiper motor.

Windshield Wiper and Washer Lever: 8Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch: 8

9


Rear Window Wiper/Washer Switch

63J286

To turn the rear wiper on, twist the rearwiper switch on the end of the lever for-ward to the “ON” position. If your vehicle isequipped the “INT” position, the rear wiperoperates intermittently when you twist theswitch forward to the “INT” position. To turnthe rear wiper off, twist the switch rearwardto the “OFF” position.

With the rear wiper in the “OFF” position,twist the switch rearward and hold it thereto spray window washer fluid.

With the rear wiper in the “ON” position,turn the switch forward and hold it there tospray window washer fluid.

CAUTIONo help prevent damage to wind-hield wiper and washer systemomponents, you should take the fol-wing precautions:Do not continue to hold in the leverwhen there is no windshieldwasher fluid being sprayed or thewasher motor can be damaged.Do not attempt to remove dirt froma dry windshield with the wipers oryou can damage the windshieldand the wiper blades. Always wetthe windshield with washer fluidbefore operating the wipers.Clear ice or packed snow from thewiper blades before using the wip-ers.Check the washer fluid level regu-larly. Check it often when theweather is bad.Only fill the washer fluid reservoir3/4 full during cold weather to allowroom for expansion if the tempera-ture falls low enough to freeze thesolution.

EXAMPLE

Wiper

Intermittent wiper

Washer

3-10


66J22-03E

Ti

Thstewh

1)

2)

3)

52D113

hen you push the “ON/OFF” switch, theystem is on and a “CRUISE” indicatorght on the instrument cluster will be on.

65D474

hen the vehicle’s speed is controlled bye cruise control system, a “SET” indica-r light on the instrument cluster will ben.

Nwmth

E

Tilt Steering Lock Lever: 6Cruise Control: 7, 8

lt Steering Lock Lever

64J037

e release lever is located under theering column. To adjust the steeringeel height:

Pull up the lock lever to unlock thesteering column.Adjust the steering wheel to the desiredheight and lock the steering column bypulling down the lock lever.Try moving the steering wheel up anddown to make sure it is securely lockedin position.

Cruise Control (if equipped)

66J192

The cruise control system allows you tomaintain a steady speed without keepingyour foot on the accelerator pedal. Thecontrols for operating the cruise controlsystem are on the steering wheel. You canuse the cruise control system at speeds ofabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or higher.

Wsli

Wthtoo

WARNINGever attempt to adjust the steeringheel height while the vehicle isoving or you could lose control ofe vehicle.

UNLOCK

XAMPLE

LOCK

WARNINGTo help avoid loss of vehicle control,do not use the cruise control systemwhen driving in heavy traffic, on slip-pery or winding roads, or on steepdowngrades.

3-

ST

66J22-03E

ToTuingtheCOacma

Wincacoffse

ToTospunspsp

o “Resume” a Previously Set peedfter canceling cruise control operationithout turning off the “ON/OFF” switch), you can “resume” a previously set

peed, by holding the “RES/ACC” switch) for about one second. When youlease the switch, the vehicle will acceler-

te to and maintain the previously setpeed.

OTE: the “ON/OFF” switch (1) is turned off, theet speed in the memory is cleared andou can not use the Resume feature. Inis case, reset your CRUISE speed.

Cruise Control: 7, 8

11


66J193

Set Cruising Speedrn on the cruise control system by push- the “ON/OFF” switch (1). Accelerate to desired speed and push the “SET/AST” switch (3). Take your foot off the

celerator pedal and the set speed will beintained.

ith the cruise control on, you canrease speed for passing by using thecelerator pedal. When you take your foot the pedal, your vehicle will return to thet speed.

Change Cruising Speed reset the cruise control to a slowereed, hold in the “SET/COAST” switch (3)til the vehicle has slowed to the desiredeed, then release the switch. The neweed will be maintained.

To reset the cruise control to a fasterspeed, use either of the following proce-dures:

• Hold in the “RES/ACC” switch (4). Vehi-cle speed will steadily increase. Whenyou release the switch, the new speedwill be maintained.

• Accelerate to the desired speed usingthe accelerator pedal and push the“SET/COAST” switch (3). The newspeed will be maintained.

To CancelTo cancel cruise control operation, use oneof the following procedures:

• Slightly depress the brake pedal orclutch pedal, or push the “CANCEL”switch (2). Cruise control operation willbe canceled until you reset a cruisingspeed by pushing the “SET/COAST”switch (3) or “RES/ACC” switch (4).

• Push the “ON/OFF” switch (1). Cruisecontrol operation will be canceled untilyou turn on the system by pushing the“ON/OFF” switch (1) again and reset acruising speed by pushing the “SET/COAST” switch (3).

Cruise control operation will also be can-celed any time the vehicle speed fallsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

TSAw(1s(4reas

NIfsyth

(1) (2)

(4)

(3)

3-12


66J22-03E

R(if

orn

64J040

ress the horn pad on the steering wheel sound the horn. The horn will sound withe ignition switch in any position.

EXAMPLE

Remote Audio Controls: Horn: 6

emote Audio Controls equipped)

66J127

You can control basic functions of theaudio system with the switches on thesteering wheel. For details, refer to “AudioSystems” in the “INSTRUMENT PANEL”section.

H

Ptoth

3-

ST

66J22-03E

M

13


EMO

INSTRUMENT PANEL

4

66J22-03E

60G406

INSTRUMENT PANELInstrument Panel ................................................................. 4-1Instrument Cluster .............................................................. 4-2Warning and Indicator Lights ............................................ 4-3A/T Selector Position Indicator (if equipped) ................... 4-11Speedometer/Odometer/Tripmeter/Brightness Control ................................................................................. 4-11Tachometer .......................................................................... 4-13Fuel Gauge ........................................................................... 4-13Temperature Gauge ............................................................ 4-14“PASS AIR BAG OFF” Indicator ........................................ 4-14Hazard Warning Switch ...................................................... 4-15Rear Window Defroster and Outside Rearview Mirrors Defroster (if equipped) Switch ........................................... 4-15Front Fog Light Switch (if equipped) ................................ 4-16“ESP OFF” Switch ............................................................... 4-16Transfer Switch (if equipped) ............................................. 4-17Glove Box ............................................................................ 4-17Information Display ............................................................. 4-17Theft Deterrent Light ........................................................... 4-21Automatic Heating and Air Conditioning System (Climate Control) ................................................................. 4-21Audio Systems .................................................................... 4-28

4-

IN

66J22-03E

In

1111111111

66J245

10 14 12 11

8 5 13

Instrument Panel: 3, 8

1

STRUMENT PANEL

strument Panel1. Instrument cluster2. Ignition switch3. Lighting switch/Turn signal and dim-

mer switch4. Windshield wiper and washer switch/

Rear window wiper and washerswitch

5. Hazard warning switch6. Other switches (if equipped)7. Heater control panel/Climate control

panel8. Audio system (if equipped)9. Information display0. Center ventilator1. Side ventilator2. Side defroster3. Glove box4. Passenger’s air bag5. Fuse box6. Hood release7. Transfer switch (if equipped)8. “ESP OFF” switch9. “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indicator/Front

passenger’s seat belt reminder light

EXAMPLE

11 123 1 4 8 9

6 15 16 2 17 1197

4-2

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

In

66J212

73 6

5

Instrument Cluster: 8

strument Cluster1. Speedometer2. Odometer/Tripmeter3. Odometer/Tripmeter selector and

meter illumination cancel knob4. Tachometer5. Fuel gauge6. Temperature gauge7. Warning and indicator lights

4

7 2

1

EXAMPLE

4-

IN

66J22-03E

WFrRe

Thligmefrobethepobliwisetimfrorebese

ow Tire Pressure Warning Light

52D305

s an added safety feature, your vehicleas been equipped with a tire pressureonitoring system (TPMS) that uses a low

re pressure warning light to inform youhen one or more of your tires is signifi-antly under-inflated.

hen the ignition switch is turned to theN” position, the low tire pressure warn-

g light comes on briefly so you can checkat the light is working.

hen the low tire pressure warning light ist, one or more of your tires is significantlynder-inflated. You should stop and checkour tires as soon as possible, and inflateem to the proper pressure as indicatedn the vehicle’s tire information placard.riving on a significantly under-inflated tireauses the tire to overheat and can lead tore failure. Under-inflation also reducesel efficiency and tire tread life, and mayffect the vehicle’s handling and stoppingbility. Each tire, including the spare,hould be checked at least once a monthhen cold and set to the recommended

Warning and Indicator Lights: 8

3

STRUMENT PANEL

arning and Indicator Lightsont Passenger’s Seat Belt minder Light

66J246

e front passenger’s seat belt reminderht is located in the center of the instru-nt panel. If there is a passenger in thent seat and the front passenger’s seatlt is unbuckled about 10 seconds after ignition switch is turned to the “ON”sition, this light will come on and thennk. When the light comes on, a buzzerll also sound intermittently for about 6conds. The reminder will repeat severales under certain conditions until thent passenger’s seat belt is buckled. Afterpeating several times, the reminder will canceled even if the front passenger’sat belt remains unbuckled.

For details about the seat belt reminder,refer to “Seat Belts and Child RestraintSystems” in the “BEFORE DRIVING” sec-tion.

L

Ahmtiwc

W“Ointh

WliuythoDctifuaasw

WARNINGIt is absolutely essential that thedriver and passengers wear their seatbelts at all times. Persons who arenot wearing seat belts have a muchgreater risk of injury if an accidentoccurs. Make a regular habit of buck-ling your seat belt before putting thekey in the ignition.

4-4

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

infcle

ThusWthimimiapqufun

NOThcolos

efer to “Tire Pressure Monitoring System” the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” sec-

on for additional details on the tire pres-ure monitoring system. Refer to “Tires” ine “INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE”

ection for information on maintainingroper tire pressure.

Ifdisctpyrttras

WARNING(Continued)• If one or more of your tires is

under-inflated, adjust the inflationpressure in all of your tires to therecommended inflation pressure assoon as possible.

Be aware that driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire can causethe tire to overheat and can lead totire failure, and may affect steeringcontrol and brake effectiveness. Thiscould lead to an accident, resulting insevere injury or death.


lation pressure as specified in the vehi- placard and owner’s manual.

e low tire pressure warning light is alsoed to inform you of a TPMS malfunction.hen the system detects a malfunction,s light will flash for approximately onenute and then remain continuously illu-nated. This sequence will be repeatedproximately ten minutes after subse-ent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-ction exists.

TE:e low tire pressure warning light may notme on immediately if you have a suddens of air pressure.

Rintisthsp

WARNING the low tire pressure warning lightoes not come on when the ignition turned to the “ON” position, or

omes on and blinks while drivinghere may be a problem with the tireressure monitoring system. Haveour vehicle inspected by an autho-ized SUZUKI dealer. Even if the lighturns off after blinking, indicatinghat the monitoring system hasecovered, make sure to have anuthorized SUZUKI dealer check theystem.

WARNINGThe load rating of your tires isreduced at lower inflation pressures.If your tires become even moderatelyunder-inflated, the vehicle load mayexceed the load rating of the tires,which can lead to tire failure. The lowtire pressure warning light will notalert you of this condition. The warn-ing light will only come on when oneor more of your tires become signifi-cantly under-inflated. Check andadjust your tire inflation pressure atleast once a month. Refer to “Tires”in the “INSPECTION AND MAINTE-NANCE” section.

WARNINGIf the low tire pressure warning lightcomes on and stays on, reduce yourspeed and avoid abrupt steering andbraking. Stop in a safe place as soonas possible and check your tires.• If you have a flat tire, replace it with

the spare tire. Refer to “JackingInstructions” in the “EMERGENCYSERVICE” section. Refer to“Replacing Tires and/or Wheels”for instructions on how to restorenormal operation of the tire pres-sure monitoring system after youhave had a flat tire.

(Continued)

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Br

ThtioThingis brafierelevqu

If twhmetheyo

1)

2)

nti-Lock Brake System (ABS) arning Light

65D529

hen the ignition switch is turned to theN” position, the light comes on briefly so

ou can check that the light is working. Ife light stays on, or comes on when driv-g, there may be something wrong withe ABS.

the ABS light and the brake systemarning light stay on, or come on simulta-eously when driving, then there may beomething wrong with both the rear brakeroportioning valve function and anti-locknction of the ABS system.

one of these happens, have the systemspected by your SUZUKI dealer. If theBS becomes inoperative, the brake sys-m will function as an ordinary brake sys-m that has no ABS.

or details of the ABS, refer to “Anti-Lockrake system (ABS)” in the “OPERATINGOUR VEHICLE” section.

Rmhm


5

STRUMENT PANEL

ake System Warning Light

65D477

is light comes on briefly when the igni-n switch is turned to the “ON” position.e light also comes on under the follow- conditions: 1) when the parking brakeengaged, and 2) when the fluid in theke fluid reservoir falls below the speci-

d level. The light should go out after fullyleasing the parking brake, if the fluidel in the brake fluid reservoir is ade-ate.

he brake system warning light comes onile you are driving the vehicle, it mayan that there is something wrong with vehicle’s brake system. If this happens,

u should:

Pull off the road and stop carefully.

Test the brakes by carefully starting andstopping on the shoulder of the road.

3) If you determine that it is safe, drivecautiously at low speed to the nearestdealer for repairs,

or4) Have the vehicle towed to the nearest

dealer for repairs.

NOTE:Because the disc brake system is self-adjusting, the fluid level will drop as thebrake pads become worn.Replenishing the brake fluid reservoir isconsidered normal periodic maintenance.

AW

W“Oythinth

Ifwnspfu

IfinAtete

FBY

WARNINGemember that stopping distanceay be longer, you may have to push

arder on the pedal, and the pedalay go down farther than normal.

WARNINGIf any of the following conditionsoccur, you should immediately askyour SUZUKI dealer to inspect thebrake system.• If the brake system warning light

does not go out after the parkingbrake has been fully released.

• If the brake system warning lightdoes not come on when the igni-tion switch is turned to the “ON”position.

• If the brake system warning lightcomes on at any time during vehi-cle operation.

4-6

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

SL

ESDa

Thonis ful

W“Oyotheingthithainsde

NOWbaABtordetem“O

ESP OFF” Indicator Light

66J032

hen the ignition switch is turned to theN” position, this light comes on briefly so

ou can check that the light is working.

hen the “ESP OFF” switch is pushed torn off the ESP® systems (other thanBS), the “ESP OFF” light comes on andtays on.

OTE:If the vehicle speed is greater thanapproximately 30 km/h (19 mph), theESP® systems (other than ABS) will turnon automatically and the light will go out.When the transfer switch (if equipped) isturned to the “4L LOCK” position, theESP® systems (other than ABS) will becanceled automatically. The light willcome on and stay on.If the ESP® systems operate continu-ously such as when driving on slipperyroads, the traction control functions ofthe ESP® systems may be canceledtemporarily to avoid overheating thebrake pads, and the light will come on.After a short period of time, the ESP®


IP Indicator Light

66J033

P® is a registered trademark ofimlerChrysler AG.

is light blinks 5 times per second whene of the ESP® systems other than ABSactivated. If this light blinks, drive care-ly.

hen the ignition switch is turned to theN” position, the light comes on briefly sou can check that the light is working. If light stays on, or comes on when driv- and remains on, there may be some-ng wrong with the ESP® systems (othern ABS). You should have the systempected by an authorized SUZUKIaler.

TE:hen you disconnect and re-connect thettery, ESP® system functions other thanS will be deactivated and the slip indica- light will blink 1 time per second. Fortails on how to reactive the ESP® sys-s, refer to “SLIP Indicator Light” in the

PERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

For details of the ESP® systems, refer to“Electronic Stability Program (ESP®)” inthe “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” sec-tion.

“ESP” (Electronic Stability Program) Warning Ligh

66J031

When the ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position, the light comes on briefly soyou can check that the light is working. Ifthe light stays on, or comes on when driv-ing, there may be something wrong withthe ESP® systems (other than ABS). Youshould have the system inspected by anauthorized SUZUKI dealer.

For details of the ESP® systems, refer to“Electronic Stability Program (ESP®)” inthe “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” sec-tion.

“

W“Oy

WtuAs

N•

•

•

WARNINGThe ESP® systems cannot preventaccidents. Always drive carefully.

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Fo“Ethetio

Oi

Thswgoliginsonasoilenbebe

river’s Seat Belt Reminder Light

60G049

the driver’s seat belt is unbuckled whene ignition switch is turned to the “ON”osition, this light will come on and thenlink. When the light comes on, a buzzerill also sound intermittently for about 6econds. The reminder will repeat severalmes under certain conditions until theriver’s seat belt is buckled. After repeatingeveral times, the reminder will be can-eled even if the driver’s seat belt remainsnbuckled.

or details about the seat belt reminder,fer to “Seat Belts and Child Restraintystems” in the “BEFORE DRIVING” sec-on.

WARNINGIt is absolutely essential that thedriver and passengers wear their seatbelts at all times. Persons who arenot wearing seat belts have a muchgreater risk of injury if an accidentoccurs. Make a regular habit of buck-ling your seat belt before putting thekey in the ignition.


7

STRUMENT PANEL

systems (other than ABS) will turn onautomatically and the light will go out.

r details of the ESP® systems, refer tolectronic Stability Program (ESP®)” in “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” sec-

n.

l Pressure Light

50G051

is light comes on when the ignitionitch is turned to the “ON” position, andes out when the engine is started. Theht will come on and remain on if there isufficient oil pressure. If the light comes when driving, pull off the road as soon you can and stop the engine. Check the level and add oil if necessary. If there isough oil, the lubrication system should inspected by your SUZUKI dealerfore you drive the vehicle again.

Charging Light

50G052

This light comes on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the “ON” position, andgoes out when the engine is started. Thelight will come on and remain on if there issomething wrong with the battery chargingsystem. If the light comes on when theengine is running, the charging systemshould be inspected immediately by yourSUZUKI dealer.

D

Ifthpbwstidscu

FreSti

CAUTION• If you operate the engine with this

light on, severe engine damage canresult.

• Do not rely on the Oil PressureLight to indicate the need to addoil. Be sure to periodically checkthe engine oil level.

4-8

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

“A

ThsegeeleThthepowoif tor

OTE: the fuel filler cap is not installed fully, thelectrical system gets wet (such as by driv-g through a deep puddle of water) or theel tank gets nearly empty, the malfunc-

on indicator lamp may come on. If so, themp will go off after driving a few timesfter the fuel filler cap is installed fully, thelectrical system dries out or the fuel tank filled.

ow Fuel Warning Light

54G343

this light comes on, fill the fuel tankmediately.

OTE:he activation point of this light variesepending on road conditions (for exam-le, slope or curve) and driving conditionsecause of fuel moving in the tank.

Ifwtcsspind


IR BAG” Light

63J030

is light monitors inflators, crash sensors,at belt pretensioners, the front passen-r sensing system, and correspondingctrical circuits.is light blinks for several seconds when ignition switch is turned to the “ON”sition so you can check if the light isrking. The light will come on and stay onhere is a problem in the air bag system the seat belt pretensioner system.

Malfunction Indicator Light

65D530

Your vehicle has a computer-controlledemission control system. A malfunctionindicator light is provided on the instrumentpanel to indicate when it is necessary tohave the emission control system serviced.The malfunction indicator light comes onwhen the ignition switch is turned to the“ON” position to let you know the light isworking and goes out when the engine isstarted.If the malfunction indicator light comes onor blinks when the engine is running, ser-vice to the emission control system is nec-essary. Bring the vehicle to your SUZUKIdealer to have the emission control systemserviced right away and avoid hard accel-eration until the service is performed.

NIfeinfutilaaeis

L

Ifim

NTdpb

WARNING the “AIR BAG” light does not blinkhen the ignition switch is turned to

he “ON” position or stays on oromes on when driving, the air bagystem or the seat belt pretensionerystem (if equipped) may not workroperly. Have both systemsspected by an authorized SUZUKI

ealer.

CAUTIONContinuing to drive the vehicle whenthe malfunction indicator light is onor blinking can cause permanentdamage to the vehicle’s emissioncontrol system, and can affect fueleconomy and driveability.

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Op

Thing

“C(if

Wlig

this light blinks in red, it reminds you thate remote controller is not in the vehicle.or details, refer to “Keyless Start Systememote Controller/Keyless Entry Systemransmitter” in the “BEFORE DRIVING”ection.

urn Signal Indicators

50G055

hen you turn on the left or right turn sig-als, the corresponding green arrow on thestrument panel will flash along with thespective turn signal lights.hen you turn on the hazard warning

witch, both arrows will flash along with allf the turn signal lights.


9

STRUMENT PANEL

en Door Warning Light

54G391

is light remains on until all doors (includ- the tailgate) are completely closed.

RUISE” Indicator Light equipped)

52D113

hen the cruise control system is on, thisht will be on.

“SET” Indicator Light (if equipped)

65D474

When the vehicle’s speed is controlled bythe cruise control system, this light will beon.

Keyless Start System Indicator Light (if equipped)

62J041

When you push the ignition switch for vehi-cle with the keyless start system, this lightwill come on in blue or red. If this lightcomes on in blue, you can turn the ignitionswitch without using an ignition key. If thislight comes on in red, you can not turn theignition switch without using an ignitionkey. For details, refer to “Ignition Switch” inthe “STEERING COLUMN CONTROLS”section.

IfthFRTs

T

WninreWso

4-10

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

Hi

Thhig

DaIn

Wligwhmeati

Co1)2)3)

on switch is turned to the “ON” position,ese lights come on briefly to let you knowat the lights are working.

): Neutral

): 4-wheel drive high range center differ-ntial lock mode

) & (3): 4-wheel drive low range centerifferential lock mode

o indicators: 4-wheel drive high rangeode

or details, refer to “Using the Transferwitch” in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHI-LE” section.

the indicators (all lights) continue to blink,ere is a problem in the transfer systemnd you should have your vehiclespected by an authorized SUZUKIealer.


gh Beam Indicator Light

50G056

is indicator comes on when headlighth beams are turned on.

ytime Running Light (D.R.L.) dicator Light (if equipped)

60B245

ith the D.R.L. system, the headlightsht, but are dimmer than the low beam,en the following three conditions are allt. Whenever the D.R.L. system is oper-

ng, the D.R.L. indicator light remains on.

nditions for D.R.L. system operationThe engine is running.The parking brake is released.The lighting switch is at either the “OFF”or the “middle” position: orThe lighting switch is in the “AUTO”

position and it is light around the lightsensor.

Illumination Indicator Light

64J045

This indicator light comes on when thelighting switch is in the second or thirdposition.

Transfer Position Indicator Light (if equipped)

64J044

These indicators show the 4WD operatingmode as described below. When the igni-

tithth

(1

(2e

(2d

Nm

FSC

Ifthaind

(2)(1) (3)

4-

IN

66J22-03E

AIn

Wpopo

peedometerhe speedometer indicates vehicle speed km/h and miles/h.

dometer/Tripmeterhen the ignition switch is turned to “ON”,e display shows the odometer or tripme-r. The odometer records the total dis-nce the vehicle has been driven. Theipmeter can be used to measure the dis-nce traveled on short trips or betweenel stops.

E

CAUTIONKeep track of your odometer readingand check the maintenance scheduleregularly for required services.Increased wear or damage to certainparts can result from failure to per-form required services at the propermileage intervals.

A/T Selector Position Indicator: 8Speedometer/Odometer/Trip meter/Meter Illumination Control: 8

11

STRUMENT PANEL

/T Selector Position dicator (if equipped)

66J034

hen the ignition switch is in the “ON”sition, this indicator shows the selectorsition of automatic transmission.

Speedometer/Odometer/Tripmeter/Brightness Control

66J035

(1) Speedometer(2) Odometer/Tripmeter(3) Odometer/Tripmeter selector, Bright-

ness control knob

STin

OWthtetatrtafu

XAMPLE

(1) (2) (3)

EXAMPLE

4-12

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

W“Oete

ThtioB.sw

Yoind

rightness Control

66J213

(3) Brightness control knob(4) In this position, the meter lights are

the dimmest and the other instrumentpanel lights are turned off.

(5) In this position, the instrument panellights are the brightest.

our vehicle has a system to automaticallyim the instrument panel lights when thenition switch is in the “ON” position ande lighting switch is either (a) turned to the

econd or third position, or (b) turned toe “AUTO” position and it is dark arounde light sensor. The level of brightnessepends on the position of the brightnessontrol knob (3).o reduce the brightness and activate theutomatic dimming feature, turn the knob) counterclockwise. When the knob (3) isrned counterclockwise to position (4), the

(A

(3)

(5)(4)

EXAMPLE

Speedometer/Odometer/Trip meter/Meter Illumination Control: 8

64J049

hen the ignition switch is turned to theN” position, the display shows the odom-r or trip meter.

e display shows three types of indica-n; odometer, trip meter A and trip meter Push the selector knob (3) quickly toitch the indication among the three.

u can use the two trip meters (A and B)ependently.

64J205

Hold in the selector knob for about 2 sec-onds to reset the trip meter to zero.

B

YdigthsththdcTa(3tu

(3)

) (B)

(C)

About 2 seconds

(3)

4-

IN

66J22-03E

metheturToturToan(3

uel Gauge

64J052

his gauge gives an approximate indica-on of the amount of fuel in the fuel tank.” stands for full and “E” stands for empty.

the indicator gets off the graduation of” (not character “E”), refill the tank as

oon as possible.

OTE:he indicator moves a little depending onad conditions (for example, slope or

urve) and driving conditions because ofel moving in the tank.

the low fuel warning light (1) comes on,ll the fuel tank immediately.

(1)

(2)

Speedometer/Odometer/Trip meter/Meter Illumination Control: 8Tachometer: 8Fuel Gauge: 8

13

STRUMENT PANEL

ter brightness becomes dimmest and other instrument panel lights arened off. brighten the instrument panel lights,n the knob (3) clockwise. cancel the automatic dimming featured maintain full brightness, turn the knob) clockwise to position (5).

Tachometer

64J051

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute.

F

Tti“FIf“Es

NTrocfu

Iffi

CAUTIONNever drive with the engine speedindicator in the red zone or severeengine damage can result.

EXAMPLE

4-14

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

NOThligtiodrin

Thdocle

PASS AIR BAG OFF” dicator

66J247

he “PASS AIR BAG OFF” indicator iscated on the center of the instrumentanel. When the ignition switch is turned toe “ON” position, this indicator comes onr several seconds to let you know thedicator is working.

hile this indicator is turning on, the frontassenger’s front air bag and seat belt pre-nsioner will be disabled.

or details about the front passenger sens-g system, refer to “Supplementalestraint System (air bags)” in theEFORE DRIVIING” section.

Afcin

Fuel Gauge: 8Temperature Gauge: 8“PASS AIR BAG OFF” Indicator:

TE:e activation point of the low fuel warninght (1) varies depending on road condi-ns (for example, slope or curve) andiving conditions because of fuel movingthe tank.

e mark (2) indicates that the fuel filleror is located on the right side of the vehi-.

Temperature Gauge

64J053

When the ignition switch is in the “ON”position, this gauge indicates the enginecoolant temperature. Under normal drivingconditions, the indicator should stay withinthe normal, acceptable temperature rangebetween “H” and “C”. If the indicator goesoutside this range and approaches “H”,overheating is indicated. Follow theinstructions in the “If the Engine Over-heats” of “Emergency Remedies” section.

“In

Tlopthfoin

Wpte

FinR“B

CAUTIONvoid driving with an extremely low

uel level. Running out of fuel couldause the engine to misfire, damag-g the catalytic converter.

CAUTIONContinuing to drive the vehicle whenengine overheating is indicated canresult in severe engine damage.

4-

IN

66J22-03E

H

Puvasigwilig

Usothwha t

n indicator light will be lit when theefroster is on. The defroster will only workhen the engine is running. To turn off theefroster, push the switch again.

CAUTIONThe rear window defroster and theoutside rearview mirrors use a largeamount of electricity. Be sure to turnoff the defroster after the window hasbecome clear.

Hazard Warning Switch: 8Instrument Light Brightness Control: Rear Window Defroster and Outside Rearview Mirrors Defroster Switch: 8

15

STRUMENT PANEL

azard Warning Switch

64J054

sh in the hazard warning switch to acti-te the hazard warning lights. All four turnnal lights and both turn signal indicators

ll flash simultaneously. To turn off thehts, push the switch again.

e the hazard warning lights to warner traffic during emergency parking oren your vehicle could otherwise becomeraffic hazard.

Rear Window Defroster and Outside Rearview Mirrors Defroster (if equipped) Switch

66J248

When the rear window is fogged, push thisswitch to clear the window.

64J258

If the outside rearview mirror has the mark(2), it is also equipped with the outsiderearview mirrors defroster. When you pushthe switch (1), both the outside rearviewmirrors defroster and the rear windowdefroster will operate simultaneously.

Adwd

(1)

(2)

4-16

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

Fr(if

Thlig•

•

ESP® systems (other than ABS) will turnon automatically.If the transfer switch (if equipped) isturned to the “4L LOCK” position, theESP® systems (other than ABS) will becanceled automatically.If the ESP® systems operates continu-ously, such as when driving on slipperyroads, the traction control functions ofthe ESP® systems may be canceledtemporarily to avoid overheating thebrake pads. After a short period of time,the ESP® systems (other than ABS) willturn on automatically and the “ESP OFF”indicator light will go out.

or details of the ESP® systems, refer tolectronic Stability Program (ESP®)” ine “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” sec-

on.

Rear Window Defroster and Outside Rearview Mirrors Defroster Switch: 8Front Fog Light Switch: 8“ESP OFF” Switch:

ont Fog Light Switch equipped)

64J058

e front fog light comes on when the foght switch is pushed in with:the lighting switch turned to the thirdposition and the beams set to the lowbeam position, orthe auto-on headlight system on and thebeams set to the low beam position.

“ESP OFF” Switch

66J039

ESP® is a registered trademark ofDaimlerChrysler AG.

The “ESP OFF” switch is located on thecenter of the instrument panel. You canturn the ESP® systems (other than ABS)on or off using this switch.

To turn off the ESP® systems (other thanABS), push and hold the “ESP OFF” switchuntil the “ESP OFF” indicator light comeson.To turn on all of the ESP® systems, pushthe “ESP OFF” switch again. The “ESPOFF” indicator light will go out.

NOTE:• If the vehicle speed is greater than

approximately 30 km/h (19 mph), the

•

•

F“Ethti

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Tr

Thof

Foto “O

formation Display

66J198

(1) Clock(2) Thermometer(3) Instantaneous fuel consumption/Aver-

age fuel consumption/Driving range(4) “H” button(5) “M” button(6) “DISP” button(7) Freezing mark

(4)

(2)(1) (3)

(5) (6)(7)

EXAMPLE

“ESP OFF” Switch:Transfer Switch:Glove Box: 3

17

STRUMENT PANEL

ansfer Switch (if equipped)

66J168

e transfer switch is located on the centerthe instrument panel.

r details on how to use this switch, refer“Using the Transfer Switch” in the

PERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

Glove Box

64J065

To open the glove box, pull the latch lever.To close it, push the lid until it latchessecurely. If a lock is equipped on the latchlever, lock the glove box by inserting thekey and turning it clockwise and unlock theglove box by turning the key counterclock-wise.

In

WARNINGNever drive with the glove box lidopen. It could cause injury if an acci-dent occurs.

UNLOCK

LOCK

4-18

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

ClThsw

Tobe•

•

ThThpe“OIf thesh

NOThaclow

YotheTotio

OTE:he unit indication of the thermometer canot be changed when the fuel consump-on/driving range display is blank.efer to “Fuel Consumption and Drivingange (3)” in this section.

uel Consumption and Driving ange (3)his display can be changed to showstantaneous fuel consumption, averageel consumption, driving range. Also, theisplay of fuel consumption can be turnedff if you desire.

Information Display:

ock (1)e clock is shown when the ignitionitch is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.

set the clock, follow the instructionslow.To set the hour display, push the “H” but-ton (4) repeatedly to advance the hourdisplay. To advance the hour displayquickly, hold in the “H” button (4) forabout 1 second and continue holding.To set the minute display, push the “M”button (5) repeatedly to advance theminute display. To advance the minutedisplay quickly, hold in the “M” button (5)for about 1 second and continue holding.

ermometer (2)e thermometer shows the outside tem-rature when the ignition switch is in theN” position.the outside temperature nears freezing, mark (7) will come on when the display

ows the outside temperature.

TE:e thermometer will not indicate thetual outside temperature when driving at speed, or when stopped.

u can change the unit indication of thermometer between °F and °C.

change the indication, follow the instruc-ns below.

1) If the fuel consumption/driving rangedisplay is blank, push the “DISP” button(6) to turn on the display.

2) Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”position.

3) Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC” or“ON” position while holding in the“DISP” button (6).The unit display of the thermometer willblink.

66J199

4) Push the “DISP” button (6) quickly tochange the indication between °F and°C as shown in the illustration.

5) Hold in the “DISP” button (6) for morethan 2 seconds, and the unit indicationwill stop blinking.If you don’t push the “DISP” button (6)within about 8 seconds after the unitdisplay starts blinking, the unit displaywill automatically stop blinking.

NTntiRR

FRTinfudo

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Evthelow

((((

ntil the fuel gauge indicates “E” based aurrent driving conditions.

hen the remaining fuel in fuel tankaches a low level, the display “--.-” will

ppear. the low fuel warning light comes on, fille fuel tank immediately regardless of the

alue of driving range shown in the display.

s the driving range after refueling is cal-ulated based on the last driving condition,e value is different each time you refuel.

OTE:When you reconnect the negative (–) ter-minal to the battery, the value of drivingrange will be shown after driving for awhile.For new vehicle with low mileage, thedriving range may not be shownpromptly in the display when beginningto drive. The driving range will be shownafter a while.

OTE:he values of fuel consumption and drivingnge shown in the display are affected by

onditions such as the following;road conditionsurrounding traffic conditiondriving conditionvehicle conditionwhen the malfunction indicator lightcomes on or blinks

Information Display:

19

STRUMENT PANEL

66J200

ery time you push the “DISP” button (6), display will be changed among the fol-ing four displays.

a) Instantaneous fuel consumptionb) Average fuel consumptionc) Driving ranged) No display

Instantaneous fuel consumption (a)If you selected instantaneous fuel con-sumption the last time you drove the vehi-cle, the display indicates “--.-” when theignition switch is turned to the “ACC” or“ON” position. Unless the vehicle is mov-ing, the display will indicate “--.-”.

Average fuel consumption (b)If you selected average fuel consumptionthe last time you drove the vehicle, the dis-play shows the last value of average fuelconsumption when the ignition switch isturned to the “ACC” or “ON” position.Unless you reset the value of average fuelconsumption, the display will show thevalue of average fuel consumption whichincludes average fuel consumption duringprevious driving.

To reset the value of average fuel con-sumption, hold in the “DISP” button (6) formore than 2 seconds when the displayshows an average fuel consumption value.The display will indicate “--.-” and then willshow a new average fuel consumptionvalue after driving for a short time.

Driving range (c)If you selected driving range the last timeyou drove the vehicle, the display shows “--.-” for a few seconds and then shows thecurrent driving range when the ignitionswitch is turned to the “ON” position.

The driving range shown in the display isthe approximate distance you can drive

uc

WreaIfthv

Acth

N•

•

NTrac•••••

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

4-20

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

UndrYoconecoYodrin TofolYove1)

2)

3)

4)

) Push the “DISP” button (6) for morethan 2 seconds, and the unit display willstop blinking and the display will stayon. If you don’t push the “DISP” button(6) within about 8 seconds, the unit dis-play will automatically stop blinking andthe display will stay on.

OTE:he unit indication of the fuel consumptionr driving range can not be changed whene fuel consumption/driving range display blank.

OTE:PG” is based on US gallons.

OTE:hen you reconnect the negative (–) ter-inal to the battery, the information displayill be reinitialized. Readjust the display. Ifou select driving range, the display will behown after driving for a while.

Heating and Air Conditioning System: 4

it indication of fuel consumption andiving rangeu can change the unit indication of fuelnsumption when selecting instanta-ous fuel consumption or average fuelnsumption in the display.u can also change the unit indication ofiving range when selecting driving rangethe display. change the unit indication in the display,low the instructions below.u should operate the display before thehicle moves.If the fuel consumption/driving rangedisplay is blank, push the “DISP” button(6) to turn on the display.Turn the ignition switch to the “LOCK”position.Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC” or“ON” position while holding in the“DISP” button (6). The unit display ofthe thermometer will blink.Push the “M” button (5), and the unitdisplay of fuel consumption or drivingrange will blink.

Fuel consumption

66J201

Driving range

66J202

5) Push the “DISP” button (6) quickly tochange the display as shown in theabove illustrations.

6

NTothis

N“M

NWmwys

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Th

Thin ingingeq

E

tioning System

66J250

11

2

3

5

4


21

STRUMENT PANEL

eft Deterrent Light

66J249

is light will blink with the ignition switchthe “OFF” or “ACC” position. The blink- light is intended to deter theft by lead- others to believe that the vehicle isuipped with a security system.

XAMPLE

Automatic Heating and Air Condi(Climate Control)Air Outlet (front)

2

3

5

5

5

EXAMPLE

4-22

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

ide outlet

63J045

hen “Open”, air comes out from the sideutlets regardless of the air flow selectorosition.


1. Windshield defroster outlet2. Side defroster outlet3. Side outlet4. Center outlet5. Floor outlet

Center outlet

64J199

S

Wop

Close

Open EXAMPLE

4-

IN

66J22-03E

De

(

(1) Temperature selector(2) Blower speed selector(3) Air intake selector(4) Air flow selector(5) Defrost switch(6) “OFF” switch(7) “AUTO” switch(8) Air conditioning switch(9) LCD display


23

66J234

(6)

(3)

(9)

(4)

STRUMENT PANEL

scription of Controls

(1)

7)

(8)

(2)

(5)

4-24

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

Te

Tutur

lower speed selector (2)

66J237

his selector is used to turn on the blowernd to select blower speed.

the “AUTO” switch (7) is pushed, thelower speed will vary automatically as thelimate control system maintains theelected temperature.

(2)


mperature selector (1)

66J235

rn this selector to adjust the tempera-e.

Air conditioning switch (8)

66J236

This switch is used to turn on and off theair conditioning system. To turn on the airconditioning system, push in the switchand “A/C” will appear on the LCD display.To turn off the air conditioning system,push in the switch again and “A/C” will gooff.

B

Ta

Ifbcs

(1)

A/C: OFF A/C: ON

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Ai

Pufol

REWshmoarwhve

FRWint

“Farint

entilation (c)

64J069

emperature-controlled air comes out ofe center and side air outlets.

i-level (d)

64J070

emperature-controlled air comes out ofe floor outlets and cooler air comes outf the center and side outlets. When themperature selector (1) is in the fullyOLD position or fully HOT position, how-ver, the air from the floor outlets and their from the center and side outlets will bee same temperature.


25

STRUMENT PANEL

r intake selector (3)

66J238

sh this selector to change between thelowing modes.

CIRCULATED AIR (a)hen this mode is selected, outside air isut off and inside air is recirculated. Thisde is suitable when driving through an

ea with polluted air such as a tunnel, oren attempting to quickly cool down thehicle.

ESH AIR (b)hen this mode is selected, outside air isroduced.

RESH AIR” and “RECIRCULATED AIR”e selected alternately each time the airake selector is pushed.

NOTE:If you select “RECIRCULATED AIR” for anextended period of time, the air in the vehi-cle can become contaminated. Therefore,you should occasionally select “FRESHAIR”.

Air flow selector (4)

66J239

Push this selector to change among thefollowing functions. The indication of theselected mode appears on the LCD dis-play.

AUTO (7)Temperature-controlled air comes out ofvarious outlets automatically.

V

Tth

B

TthoteCeath

(a) (b)

(4)

(c) (d) (e) (f)

4-26

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

He

Tethesmshde

He

Tetheousid

efrost

66J241

emperature-controlled air comes out ofe windshield defroster outlets, the sideefroster outlets and the side outlets.

OTE:hen the defrost switch (5) is pushed torn on the defroster, the air conditioning

ystem will come on and the “FRESH AIR”ode will be selected automatically. In

ery cold weather, however, the air condi-oning system will not turn on.


at (e)

64J071

mperature-controlled air comes out of floor outlets and the side outlets, aall amount of air comes out of the wind-ield defroster outlets and the sidefroster outlets.

at & defrost (f)

64J072

mperature-controlled air comes out of floor outlets, the windshield defroster

tlets, the side defroster outlets and thee outlets.

Defrost switch (5)

66J240

Push this switch to turn on the defroster.

D

Tthd

NWtusmvti

(5)

4-

IN

66J22-03E

SyAu

Yoauaube

1)

2)

Thsecotem

Yoto offyocli

To return the blower speed selector (2),air intake selector (3), and air flow selec-tor (4) to automatic operation, push the“AUTO” switch.

64J080

e careful not to cover the interior temper-ture sensor (F) located between theteering wheel and the climate controlanel, or the solar sensor (G) located ate top of the driver’s side dashboard.hese sensors are used by the automaticystem to regulate temperature.

anual operationou can manually control the climate con-ol system. Set the selectors to theesired positions.

(F)

(G)

EXAMPLE


27

STRUMENT PANEL

stem Operating Instructionstomatic operation

66J242

u can let the climate control system worktomatically. To set the system for fully-tomatic operation, follow the procedurelow.

Set the desired temperature by turningthe temperature selector (1).Push the “AUTO” switch (7).

e blower speed selector (2), air intakelector (3), and air flow selector (4) arentrolled automatically to maintain the set

perature.

u can use the air conditioning switch (8)manually turn the air conditioner on or according to your preference. Whenu turn the air conditioning switch off, themate control system cannot lower the

inside temperature below outside tempera-ture.

To turn the climate control system off, pushthe “OFF” switch (6).

NOTE:If the “AUTO” on the LCD display blinks,there is a problem in the heating systemand/or air conditioning system. You shouldhave the system inspected by an autho-rized SUZUKI dealer.

NOTE:• To find the temperature at which you are

most comfortable, start with the 22°C(72°F) setting.

• If you turn the temperature selector (1)until “HI” or “LO” appears on the LCDdisplay, the climate control system willoperate at the maximum cooling or heat-ing and the blower will run at full speed.

• To avoid blowing cold air in cold weatheror hot air in hot weather, the system willdelay turning on the blower until warmedor chilled air is available.

• If your vehicle has been left in the sunwith the windows closed, it will coolfaster if you open the windows briefly.

• Even under the automatic operation, youcan set individual selectors to the man-ual mode. The manually selected func-tions are maintained, and the otherfunctions remain under automatic opera-tion.

•

BaspthTs

MYtrd

(7)

(6)

4-28

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

NOIf y•

••

•

udio Systemshere are two types of audio system ashown below:

ype 1

66J093

M/FM/XM CD PLAYER ITH CD CHANGER CONTROL

Heating and Air Conditioning System: 4Audio Systems:

64J074

TE:ou need maximum defrosting:

set the defrost switch (5) to “DEFROST”(the air conditioning system will come onand the “FRESH AIR” mode will beselected automatically),set the blower speed selector to HIGH,adjust the temperature selector to the“HI” indication on the LCD display, andadjust the side outlets so the air blowson the side windows.

MaintenanceIf you do not use the air conditioner for along period, such as during winter, it maynot give the best performance when youstart using it again. To help maintain opti-mum performance and durability of your airconditioner, it needs to be run periodically.Operate the air conditioner at least once amonth for one minute with the engineidling. This circulates the refrigerant and oiland helps protect the internal components.

Your air conditioner is equipped with air fil-ters. Clean or replace them as specified inthe “Maintenance Schedule” in the“INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE” sec-tion. Have this job done by your SUZUKIdealer as the lower glove box must be low-ered for this job.

NOTE:Your vehicle uses the air conditioningrefrigerant HFC-134a, commonly called“R-134a”. R-134a replaced R-12 around1993 for automotive applications. Otherrefrigerants are available, including recy-cled R-12, but only R-134a should be usedin your vehicle.

ATs

T

AW

CAUTIONUsing the wrong refrigerant maydamage your air conditioning sys-tem. Use R-134a only. Do not mix orreplace the R-134a with other refrig-erants.

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Ty

AMW

autions on Handling

52D274

his unit has been designed specifically forlayback of compact discs bearing theark (A).o other discs can be played.

52D275

o remove the compact disc from its stor-ge case, press down on the center of thease and lift the disc out, holding it care-lly by the edges.

lways handle the compact disc by thedges.

(A)

Removing the disc Proper way to hold the compact disc

Audio Systems:

29

STRUMENT PANEL

pe 2

66J214

/FM/XM 6-CD PLAYER ITH CD CHANGER CONTROL

Precautions• When the inside of the car is very cold

and the player is used soon after switch-ing on the heater, moisture may form onthe disc or the optical parts of the playerand proper playback may not be possi-ble. If moisture forms on the disc, wipe itoff with a soft cloth. If moisture forms onthe optical parts of the player, do not usethe player for about one hour, this willallow the condensation to disappear nor-mally.

• Driving on extremely bumpy roads whichcause severe vibrations may causesound to skip.

• This unit uses a precision mechanism.Even in the event that trouble arises,never open the case, disassemble theunit, or lubricate the rotating parts.Please bring the unit to an authorizedSUZUKI dealer or a Clarion serviceDepartment.

C

TpmN

Tacfu

Ae

4-30

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

Ne

Tosothecu

Nearorusrethe

revent the system from operating prop-rly.

52D351

o not expose compact discs to direct sun-ght or any heat source.

OTE:Do not use commercially available CDprotection sheets or discs equipped withstabilizers, etc. These may get caught in the internalmechanism and damage the disc.CD-R discs may not be able to playbackin this unit due to the recording condi-tions.CD-RW discs can not playback in thisunit.

Audio Systems:

ver touch the surface.

52D347

remove fingermarks and dust, use aft cloth, and wipe in a straight line from center of the compact disc to the cir-

mference.

52D277

w discs may have some roughnessound the edges. The unit may not work the sound may skip if such discs areed. Use a ball-point pen (B), etc. tomove the roughness (C) from edges of disc before insertion inside the unit.

52D348

Never stick labels on the surface of thecompact disc or mark the surface with apencil or pen.

52D349

Do not use any solvents such as commer-cially available cleaners, anti-static spray,or thinner to clean compact discs.

52D350

Do not use compact discs that have largescratches, are misshaped, or cracked, etc.Use of such discs will cause damage or

pe

Dli

N•

•

•

(B)(B)(C)

4-

IN

66J22-03E

B

T

T

(1) Power on/off knob Volume control knob

(2) Tone/balance/fader control knob(3) Preset button 5(4) Preset button 6

Audio Systems:

31

66J215

(3) (4)

(1) (2)

(3) (4)

ype 2 AM/FM/XM 6-CD PLAYER WITH CD CHANGER CONTROL

STRUMENT PANEL

asic Operations

(1) (2)

ype 1 AM/FM/XM CD PLAYER WITH CD CHANGER CONTROL

4-32

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

TuPrThin

AdTuTuturvo

NOWexfro

djusting the AVC (Auto volume con-ol)he Auto Volume Control (AVC) functionutomatically adjusts (increases/ecreases) the sound volume in accor-ance with vehicle speed. The AVC control provided with three selectable levelsEVEL OFF, 1, 2, 3). The range of volume

djustment increases together with theEVEL number, ) Press the tone/balance/fader control

knob (2) until the AVC adjustment modeis selected.

) Turn the tone/balance/fader controlknob (2) to select the desired AVCadjustment level. (Initial setting: LEVEL2)

djusting the contrast of the display) Press the tone/balance/fader control

knob (2) and preset button 5 (3), presetbutton 6 (4) simultaneously.

) To adjust the contrast of the display,turn the power on/off knob (1).

ancel the dimmer conditionach time you press the power on/off knob) for two seconds with the lighting switch

n, the background brightness of the audioisplay will switch between normal andimmed.

Audio Systems:

rning power on/offess the power on/off knob (1).e unit starts in the function mode it waswhen the power was turned off last.

justing the volumern the volume control knob (1).rning it clockwise increases the volume;ning it counterclockwise decreases thelume.

TE:hile driving, adjust the volume to antent that sound and/or noise comingm outside the car can be heard.

Adjusting bass/treble/balance/fader1) Press the tone/balance/fader control

knob (2). Each time it is pressed, sound adjust-ment is changed as follows:

66J224

2) Turn the tone/balance/fader controlknob (2) to adjust the sound.

AtrTaddis(LaL1

2

A1

2

CE(1odd

Bass adjustment (BASS 0)

Treble adjustment (TREBLE 0)

Balance adjustment (BALANCE 0)

Fader adjustment (FADER 0)

AVC adjustment (AVC LEVEL 2)

Original mode

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Li

T

T

isplay

66J097

(1) Band switch button (FM/AM)(2) Seek up button(3) Seek down button(4) Manual tuning knob(5) Preset buttons (1 to 6)(6) Auto store button (AS)/

Scan button (SCAN)

(A) Band(B) Preset channel number(C) Stereo indicator(D) Frequency

(A) (B)

(C)

(D)

Audio Systems:

33

66J216

(5)

(1)

(4)

(6) (2)(3)

(5)


STRUMENT PANEL

stening to the Radio

(1)

(4)

(6) (2)(3)


D

4-34

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

SePrEatio

SePrdoThfreav

MaTuTh

Pr1)2)

adio Receptionadio reception can be affected by envi-nment, atmospheric conditions, or radio

ignal’s power and distance from the sta-on. Nearby mountains and buildings mayterfere or deflect radio reception, causingoor reception. Poor reception or radiotatic can also be caused by electric cur-nt from overhead wires or high voltage

ower lines.

Audio Systems:

lecting the reception bandess the band switch button (1).ch time the button is pressed, the recep-n band is switched as follows:

66J098

ek tuningess the seek up button (2) or the seekwn button (3).e unit stops searching for a station at aquency where a broadcast station isailable.

nual tuningrn the manual tuning knob (4).e frequency being received is displayed.

eset memorySelect the desired station.Select the preset button (5) to whichyou want to store the station and pressand hold the button for 2 seconds orlonger.

Auto storePress and hold the auto store button (6) for2 seconds or longer.Six stations in total are automaticallystored to the preset buttons (5) in sequen-tial order, starting from the lower frequen-cies.

NOTE:• When the auto store is performed, the

station previously stored in the memoryat the position is overwritten.

• When there are fewer than 6 stationsthat can be stored even if 2 rounds ofauto store operation are performed, thestations previously stored at the remain-ing preset buttons (5) are not overwrit-ten.

Scan tuning1) Press the scan button (6).

Stations are automatically sought for ina sequential order, starting from a sta-tion being currently received, and scanstops for 5 seconds at a frequencywhere there is a station available.

2) Press the scan button (6) again to stopscanning at the frequency being cur-rently received.

Receiving a stereo broadcast stationIf a stereo broadcast station is received,the stereo indicator will light.

RRrostiinpsrep

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Ra

Thabterit c

Ta•

•

•

CAUTION• Never insert your finger or hand

into the CD insertion slot. Neverinsert foreign objects.

• Never insert a CD with glue comingout from adhesive tape or a rentalCD label or with a trace indicatingthat adhesive tape or a rental CDlabel has been removed. This maycause the CD not to eject or resultin a malfunction.

Audio Systems:

35

STRUMENT PANEL

dio Antenna

63J055

e radio antenna on the roof is remov-le. To remove the antenna, turn it coun-clockwise. To reinstall the antenna, turnlockwise firmly by hand.

Listening to a CD

52D274

• CDs or CD-ROMs carrying no mark (A)cannot be used.

• Some discs previously recorded in CD-R\CD-RW format may not be used.

52D291

• A CD is inserted with its label facingupward.

• When there is a CD already loaded inthe unit, another CD cannot be loaded atthe same time. Do not use force wheninserting the CD into the CD insertionslot.

• If a blank disc (non recorded CD-R) isloaded in the unit, the disc will beejected.

CAUTIONo avoid damage to the radiontenna:Remove the antenna before usingan automatic car wash.Remove the antenna when it is pos-sible for the antenna to hit some-thing such as a low ceiling in aparking garage or putting a carcover over your car.Remove the antenna before put-ting a car cover over your vehicle.

(A)

4-36

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

TyAM

isplay

66J100

(1) CD insertion slot(2) CD eject button(3) Disc button (CD/AUX)(4) Track up button/Fast forward button(5) Track down button/Rewind button(6) Repeat button (RPT)

(A) Mode indicator(B) Track number(C) Play time(D) Repeat indicator

(A) (B) (C)

(D)

Audio Systems:

66J099

pe 1 /FM/XM CD PLAYER WITH CD CHANGER CONTROL (Built in CD Player)

(3)

(6)

(4)

(2)

(1)

(5)

D

4-

IN

66J22-03E

NOAb•

•

•

electing a trackPress the track up button (4) to listen tothe next track.Press the track down button (5) twice tolisten to the previous track. When the track down button (5) ispressed once, the track being currentlyplayed will return to the beginning.

ast forwarding/Rewinding a trackHold in the fast forward button (4) toadvance a track rapidly.Hold in the rewind button (5) to rewind atrack.

epeat playress the repeat button (6).he repeat indicator (D) lights and theack currently being played is playedpeatedly.ress the repeat button (6) again to cancelpeat play.

Audio Systems:

37

STRUMENT PANEL

TE:out Single CDs (8 cm CDs)

No adapter is required to play a singleCD.A single CD is inserted from the centerof the CD insertion slot.Since an ejected single CD is not auto-matically reloaded, be sure to removethe ejected single CD.

Loading a CDInsert a CD in the CD insertion slot (1).When a CD is loaded, play starts and theCD indicator (A) lights.

Ejecting a CDPress the CD eject button (2).If you left a CD ejected for a period ofabout 15 seconds, it will be automaticallydrawn inside the unit. (Auto reload func-tion)

The backup eject function:This function allows you to eject a CD withthe power turned off by pressing the CDeject button (2).

Listening to a CDWhen a CD is inserted, it is automaticallyplayed back.When a CD is already inside the unit,press the disc button (3) to play back theCD. When a CD is inside the unit, the CDindicator (A) is lit on the display unit.

S•

•

F•

•

RPTtrrePre

CAUTIONIf you forcefully try to push an ejectedCD inside the unit before auto reload-ing, the disc surface might bescratched.

4-38

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

TyAM

isplay

66J102

(1) Load button (LOAD)(2) Disc select buttons (1 to 6)(3) CD insertion slot(4) CD eject button(5) Disc button (CD/AUX)(6) Track up button/Fast forward button(7) Track down button/Rewind button(8) Repeat button (RPT)

(A) Mode indicator(B) Disc number(C) Track number(D) Play time(E) CD indicator(F) Repeat indicator

(A) (C) (D)

(F)

(B) (E)

Audio Systems:

66J217

(2)

pe 2 /FM/XM 6-CD PLAYER WITH CD CHANGER CONTROL (Built-in CD Changer)

(5)

(1)

(8) (6)

(4)

(3)

(7)

D

4-

IN

66J22-03E

NOAb•

•

•

oading multiple CDs) Press the load button (1) for 2 seconds

or longer. The indication “CD ALL” appears in thedisplay, and then the indication “In” anda disc number in the CD indicator willblink for about 15 seconds.

) Load a CD into the CD insertion slot(3).

) The indication “In” and the next discnumber will blink in the display. Loadthe next CD.

) After loading the required number ofCD’s, press any disc select button (2) toselect the desired CD to listen to. If noselect button is pressed, play will startfrom the first loaded CD.

nly the numbers in the CD indicator thatorrespond to the loaded slots will light.

jecting one CD) Select the CD you want to remove with

the disc select buttons (2).) Press the CD eject button (4).

If you leave the ejected CD withoutremoving it, it will be drawn into the unitautomatically after about 15 seconds.(Auto reload function)

he buck up eject mechanism:his function allows you to eject the CDaded in the unit with the unit turned offnly by pressing the CD eject button (4).

Audio Systems:

39

STRUMENT PANEL

TE:out Single CDs (8 cm CDs)

Since the unit is not compatible with asingle CD, do not load it into the unit.Keep in mind the fact that a single CDcannot be played even using a single CDadaptor for the unit.When a single CD is loaded into the unitaccidentally, it will be ejected immedi-ately. Please be sure to remove it. If you forcefully try to push it into the unitwithout removing it, the CD cannot beejected. This will result in a damage tothe mechanism. Please never do this.

Loading one CD1) Press the load button (1), then press

one of the disc select buttons (2) thatcorresponds to the slot into which youwant to load a CD.

66J143

Both the indication “In” and the selecteddisc number in the CD indicator will blinkfor about 15 seconds.

2) Load the CD into the CD insertion slot(3). When the CD is loaded, play starts.The disk number in the CD indicator willlight.

L1

2

3

4

Oc

E1

2

TTloo

CAUTIONYou can load a CD only while the indi-cation “In” is blinking for about 15seconds. During that period, theshutter located in the depth of the CDinsertion slot (3) is opened. After 15seconds time has elapsed, the indi-cation “In” disappears from the dis-play and the shutter closes, making itimpossible to load a CD. If you try toload the CD with the shutter closed,the CD may damage the shutter.Never do this.

4-40

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

EjProrthe•

•

ThThloaon

epeat playress the repeat button (8).ach time the button is pressed, repeatlay mode changes as follows:

66J144

OTE:his operation should be performed within seconds.

o cancel repeat play, press the repeat but-n (8) several times to change the repeatlay mode to OFF.

TRACK REPEAT The indication “TRACK RPT” appears inthe display for 2 seconds and then therepeat indicator (F) lights. The track currently being played isplayed repeatedly.DISC REPEAT The indication “DISC RPT” appears inthe display for 2 seconds and then therepeat indicator (F) lights.When all the tracks on the disc currentlybeing played finish playing, play startsagain at the beginning of the disc.

Ifinrs

TRACK REPEAT

DISC REPEATOFF

Audio Systems:

ecting all the CDsess the CD eject button (4) for 2 seconds longer. All the CDs will be ejected from unit in a sequential manner.

Please prepare a location whereremoved CDs can be stored.If you leave the ejected CD withoutremoving it, it will be drawn into the unitautomatically after about 15 seconds.(Auto reload function)

e buck up eject mechanism:is function allows you to eject the CDded in the unit with the unit turned offly by pressing the CD eject button (4).

Listening to a CD1) When a CD is inserted, it is automati-

cally played back. When a CD is already inside the unit,press the disc button (5) to play backthe CD. When a CD is inside the unit,the CD indicator (A) is lit on the displayunit.

2) If you want to play another CD, select itwith the disc select buttons (2). Play starts from the point on the discthat the unit played last (Last positionmemory).

Selecting a track• Press the track up button (6) to listen to

the next track.• Press the track down button (7) twice to

listen to the previous track. When the track down button (7) ispressed once, the track being currentlyplayed will return to the beginning.

Fast forwarding/Rewinding a track• Hold in the fast forward button (6) to

advance a track rapidly.• Hold in the rewind button (7) to rewind a

track.

RPEp

NT2

Ttop

•

•

CAUTION you try to push an ejected CDside the unit forcibly before auto

eloading, the disc surface might becratched.

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Li

T

T

isplay (Type 1)

66J104

isplay (Type 2)

66J105

(1) Sound control knob(2) Repeat button (RPT)(3) Track up button/Fast forward button(4) Track down button/Rewind button(5) Display button (DISP)

(A) Folder number(B) Track number(C) Play time(D) Repeat indicator(E) WMA indicator(F) MP3 indicator(G) CD indicator

(A) (B)

(E) (D)

(C)

(F)

(A) (B) (G)

(E) (D)

(C)

(F)

Audio Systems:

41

66J218

(1)

(2)

(5)

(3)(4)


STRUMENT PANEL

stening to an MP3/WMA Disc

(1)

(2)

(3)(4)(5)


D

D

4-42

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

MP

SeTufol

RePrEapla

Ty

Ty

NOTh2 s

Totonpla

isplaying CD titlesress the display button (5).ach time the button is pressed, the titlehanges as follows:

66J146

orwarding a title there is a title with 12 letters or more,ach press will show next letters in the dis-lay. (No scrolling is made.)ress and hold the display button (5) for 2econds or longer. A title is changed.

TRACK TITLE

FOLDER TITLE

ARTIST TITLE

OFF

FILE TITLEALBUM TITLE

Audio Systems:

3/WMA MODE

lecting a folderrn the sound control knob (1) to select ader.

peat playess the repeat button (2).ch time the button is pressed, repeaty mode changes as follows:

pe 1

66J128

pe 2

66J145

TE:is operation should be performed withineconds.

cancel repeat play, press the repeat but- (2) several times to change the repeaty mode to OFF.

• TRACK REPEAT The indication “TRACK RPT” appears inthe display for 2 seconds and then therepeat indicator (D) lights. The track currently being played isplayed repeatedly.

• FOLDER REPEAT The indication “FOLDER RPT” appearsin the display for 2 seconds and then therepeat indicator (D) lights. All the tracks in the folder currently beingplayed are played repeatedly.

• DISC REPEAT The indication “DISC RPT” appears inthe display for 2 seconds and then therepeat indicator (D) lights.When all the tracks on the disc currentlybeing played finish playing, play startsagain at the beginning of the disc.



listen to the previous track. When the track down button (4) ispressed once, the track currently beingplayed will start again at the beginning.



track.

DPEc

FIfepPs

TRACK REPEAT

FOLDER REPEATOFF

TRACK REPEAT FOLDER REPEAT

DISC REPEATOFF

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Li

T

T

isplay

66J107

(1) XM button(2) Category button (CAT)(3) Seek up button(4) Seek down button(5) Manual tuning knob(6) Display button (DISP)(7) Preset button (1 to 6)(8) Scan button (SCAN)

(A) Band(B) Channel number(C) Category indicator

you want to purchase XM Satellite Radioervice, contact your SUZUKI dealer. is necessary to buy a special tuner toeceive XM broadcasting.

our vehicle is capable of receiving XMatellite Radio anywhere in the Unitedtates except Hawaii, Alaska, and Can-da.

(A) (B)

(C)

Audio Systems:

43

66J219

(5)(2)

(8)(6)

(3)(4)

(7)

(1)


IfSItr

YSSa

STRUMENT PANEL

stening to a XM Satellite Radio (Option)

(5)(2)

(8)(6)

(3)(4)

(7)

(1)


D

4-44

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

XM

SePrEach

SePrdo

TuPr2 ONcafunPr2 GOthetheoff

NOThca

and hold the button for 2 seconds orlonger.

can tuning) Press the scan button (8).

Stations are automatically searched forin a sequential order, starting from thestation being currently received, andscan tuning stops for 5 seconds at thefrequency where there is a station avail-able.

) Press the scan button (8) again to stopscanning at the frequency currentlybeing received.

atellite Radio Receptionatellite radio receives signals from twoatellites in orbit over the equator. There-re, satellite radio reception can be inter-pted when there are objects south of

our vehicle. To help compensate for this,round-based repeaters are placed inajor metropolitan areas, but dependingn the geographic situation (for example, ifountains or buildings are on the south

ide of your vehicle), you may experienceception problems.

Audio Systems:

MODE

lecting a bandess the XM button (1).ch time the button is pressed, the bandanges in the following order.

66J129

lecting a categoryess the seek up button (3) or the seekwn button (4). The category is changed.

rning the category function on/offess and hold the category button (2) forseconds or longer, and “CATEGORY” appears on the display, the CAT indi-

tor (c) lights up and the CATEGORYction is activated.

ess and hold the category button (2) forseconds or longer again, and “CATE-RY OFF” appears on the display and CAT indicator turns off, indicating that CATEGORY function has been turned

.

TE:e first time you use the radio, turn thetegory function on.

Selecting a categoryPress the seek up button (3) or seek downbutton (4) to select a category.

Displaying the categoryPress the category button (2) to have thecurrently selected category appear on thedisplay.

Selecting a channelTurn the manual tuning knob (5) to select achannel.

NOTE:When the category function is on, onlythose channels included in the selectedcategory can be selected.

Selecting the item to be displayedPress the display button (6).Each time the button is pressed, the itemon display changes in the following order.

66J130

Preset memory1) Select the desired station.2) Select the preset button (7) to which

you want to store the station and press

S1

2

SSsforuygmomsre

XM1 XM2 XM3

CH NUMBER CH NAME

NAMETITLE

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Li

T

T

isplay

66J221

(1) Aux button (CD/AUX)(A) Mode indicator

ux functionhis system has an external input terminalo you can listen to audio from an externalevice connected to this unit.

ress the aux button (1).ach time the button is pressed, theelected mode is switched as follows:

66J123

(A)

CD AUX

Audio Systems:

45

66J220

(1)


PEs

STRUMENT PANEL

stening to Audio for AUX (Option)

(1)


D

ATsd

4-46

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

Li

T

T

isplay

66J113

(1) Disc button (CD/AUX)(2) Disc select buttons (1 to 6)(3) Track up button/Fast forward button(4) Track down button/Rewind button(5) Repeat button (RPT)(6) Category button (CAT)

(A) Mode indicator(B) Disc number(C) Track number(D) Play time(E) Repeat indicator(F) Random indicator(G) CD changer number

(A) (B)

(E)

(D)

(F)

(C)

(G)

Audio Systems:

66J222

(2)

(6)

(5)

(1)

(3)(4)

(2)


stening to a CD from an External CD Changer (Option)

(6)

(5)

(1)

(3)(4)


D

4-

IN

66J22-03E

SePrEase

•

•

andom playress the category button (6).ach time the button is pressed, the modehanges in the following order.

66J131

OTE:his operation should be performed within seconds.

o cancel random play, press the categoryutton (6) several times to change the ran-om play mode to OFF.

TRACK RANDOM The tracks in the disc that is loaded areplayed at random.DISC RANDOM The tracks in all discs are played at ran-dom.

OTE:he random play can be operated with thexternal CD Changer (Option) only.

TRACK RANDOM

DISC RANDOMOFF

Audio Systems:

47

STRUMENT PANEL

lecting a CD changer modeess the disc button (1).ch time the button is pressed, thelected CD plays as follows:

52D300

When only one CD changer is con-nected to this unit, CD changer 2 isskipped.When no CD is loaded in the built-in CDplayer, the built-in CD player is skipped.

Selecting a discPress the disc select button (2) corre-sponding to the disc number you want tolisten to.Play starts from the first track on the disc. Ifa disc number having no disc is pressed,the selection will be invalid.



listen to the previous track. When the track down button (4) ispressed once, the track currently beingplayed will start again at the beginning.



track.

RPEc

NT2

Tbd

•

•

NTE

Built-in CD player

CD changer 1

CD changer 2

4-48

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

RePrEapla

NOTh2 s

Totonpla

DISC REPEAT The indication “DISC RPT” appears inthe display for 2 seconds and then therepeat indicator (E) lights.When all the tracks on a disc being cur-rently played finish playing, play startsagain at the beginning of the disc.

Audio Systems:

peat playess the repeat button (5).ch time the button is pressed, repeaty mode changes as follows:

66J144

TE:is operation should be performed withineconds.

cancel repeat play, press the repeat but- (5) several times to change the repeaty mode to OFF.

• TRACK REPEAT The indication “TRACK RPT” appears inthe display for 2 seconds and then therepeat indicator (E) lights. The track being currently played isplayed repeatedly.

•

TRACK REPEAT

DISC REPEATOFF

4-

IN

66J22-03E

R(if

Yoauste

o change the selection on a CD:To advance to the next track on a CD,push the upper part of the switch (4)briefly.To select the previous track on a CD,push the lower part of the switch (4).

Audio Systems:

49

STRUMENT PANEL

emote Audio Controls equipped)

64J041

u can control basic functions of thedio system with the switches on theering wheel.

To control the volume:• To increase the volume, push the upper

part of the switch (1). The volume contin-ues to increase until you release theswitch.

• To decrease the volume, push the lowerpart of the switch (1). The volume contin-ues to decrease until you release theswitch.

• To mute, push the switch (2).

To select the mode (AM1, AM2, FM1, FM2,XM (option), CD, External CD-changer(option), AUX (option)), push the switch(3).

You can also turn on the audio system bypushing the switch (3).

To change the radio station:• To advance to the next preset station,

push the upper part of the switch (4)briefly.

• To select the previous preset station,push the lower part of the switch (4)briefly.

• To scan to a higher frequency radio sta-tion, push and hold the upper part of theswitch (4).

• To scan to a lower frequency radio sta-tion, push and hold the lower part of theswitch (4).

T•

•

(1)

(2)

(4)

(3)

4-50

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

A

T

T

(1) Power on/off knob(2) Track up button/Fast forward button(3) Preset buttons (1 to 6)

he anti-theft feature is intended to dis-ourage theft or the audio system by pre-enting the system from operating when it moved to a different vehicle.his feature works by allowing you to enter Personal Identification Number (PIN).hen the audio system is disconnected

om its power source, such as when theudio system is removed or the battery isisconnected, the system will not operategain unless the PIN is reentered.

Audio Systems:

66J223

(3)

(1)

(2)

(3)


nti-Theft Feature

(1)

(2)

ype 1 AM/FM/XM CD PLAYER WITH CD CHANGER CONTROLTcvisTaWfrada

4-

IN

66J22-03E

Se1)

2)

NOEsfroforterab

3)

anceling Your Established PIN ettinghis operation is to be done when youant to cancel the anti-theft function orhange your PIN.

) Turn off the power by pressing thepower on/off knob (1).

66J121

) Press the power on/off knob (1) whilepressing and holding the track up but-ton (2). The “DELETE 0000” will blinkand the audio system will enter the can-cel mode.

E

Audio Systems:

51

STRUMENT PANEL

tting the Anti-Theft FunctionTurn off the power by pressing thepower on/off knob (1).

66J118

Press the power on/off knob (1) whilepressing and holding the track up but-ton (2). The “ENTRY 0000” will blinkand the audio system enter PIN-inputmode.

TE:tablish your PIN by combining numbersm 1 to 6 into any 4-digit number. If youget your PIN, when you remove the bat-y for repair etc., you will no longer bele to operate the audio system.

66J117

Input the four digit PIN using preset but-tons 1 to 6.

66J118

4) After you enter your four digit PIN, thedisplay will return to “0000”.

66J117

5) Input the same 4-digit number you pre-viously entered.

66J120

6) The power of the audio system will turnoff.

NOTE:Write down your PIN for the future use.

CSTwc

1

2

XAMPLE

EXAMPLE

4-52

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

3)

registered PIN, the power of the audiosystem will turn off, and you will be ableto operate the audio system.

OTE:If you input your PIN incorrectly, “----” willbe displayed and the anti-theft functionlock mode is entered. If you enter anincorrect PIN fewer than 6 times, thelocking time will be for 15 seconds; if youenter an incorrect PIN more than 6times, the locking time will be for 15 min-utes.If you forget your PIN and enter a wrongPIN, you can not perform any furtheroperation.

E

66J124

Input your PIN. The power of the audiosystem will turn off and your PIN will bedeleted. To change your PIN, first delete yourcurrent PIN, then set a new one.

Confirming Your Personal Identifi-cation Number (PIN)When the main power source is discon-nected such as when you exchange yourbattery, etc, you will have to confirm yourPIN to be able to use the audio system.

To confirm your PIN:

66J122

1) Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC”position.

66J125

2) Input your PIN.If the PIN that you input matches the

N•

•

XAMPLE

EXAMPLE

4-

IN

66J22-03E

TrAp

Ra

CD

Remedy

P(N

t your authorized SUZUKI dealer.

t your authorized SUZUKI dealer.

Remedy

T rrectly to the station frequency.

Ss

stations by manual tuning.

Remedy

C he compact disc before loading a new

S he compact disc with a soft cloth.

e with a compact disc with no scratches.

Sis

for about 1 hour with the power on.

53

STRUMENT PANEL

oubleshootingplicable to every device

dio

Phenomenon Cause

ower is not turned on. o sound is produced)

Fuse is blown. Contac

Connections are not properly made. Contac

Phenomenon Cause

oo much noise. Not tuned correctly to the frequency of a sta-tion.

Tune co

tations cannot be selected byeek tuning.

There is no station with strong radio waves. Select

Phenomenon Cause

ompact disc cannot be loaded. Another compact disc is already loaded. Eject tone.

ound skips or is noisy. Compact disc is dirty. Clean t

Compact disc is heavily scratched or warped. Replac

ound is bad directly after power turned on.

Water droplets may form on the internal lenswhen the car is parked in a humid place.

Let dry

4-54

INSTRUMENT PANEL

66J22-03E

ErThIf a proper measures to correct the problem.If t

If a

ures to be taken

l error”.a mechanical failure in the CD changerisc).

ly damaged. Contact your authorized

r”.perly functioning during playback due toer reasons.

. down or only an eight-centimeter CD

g.

ror displayis unit has a number of self-diagnostic functions to protect the system. problem should occur, the display shows the type of error. Refer to the table below and takehe problem is corrected, the unit will operate normally.

n error display not listed above appears, turn off the unit and contact your SUZUKI dealer.

Error display Meas

CD/CD changer “MechanicaThis error display indicates (failure to change or eject a dThe mechanism is probabSUZUKI dealer.

CD/CD changer “Focus erroThe pick-up-focus is not prodamage on the disc or for othCheck disc for damage.

CD/CD changer “Disc error”The CD is inserted upsideadapter is equipped.Check disc for correct loadin

4-

IN

66J22-03E

M

55

STRUMENT PANEL

EMO

OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

5

66J22-03E

60G407

OTHER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENTParking Brake Lever ........................................................... 5-1Pedals ................................................................................... 5-1Gearshift Lever .................................................................... 5-2Fuel Filler Cap ..................................................................... 5-3Folding Seats ....................................................................... 5-4Armrest ................................................................................ 5-7Sun Visor ............................................................................. 5-7Interior Light Switch ........................................................... 5-7Spot Light ............................................................................ 5-8Luggage Compartment Light ............................................. 5-9Front Seat Heater (if equipped) .......................................... 5-9Assist Grips (if equipped) .................................................. 5-10Coat Hooks (if equipped) .................................................... 5-11Sunroof (if equipped) .......................................................... 5-11Engine Hood ........................................................................ 5-13Cup Holder and Storage Bin (if equipped) ........................ 5-14Overhead Console Box (if equipped) ................................ 5-15Accessory Socket (if equipped) ......................................... 5-16Cigarette Lighter and Ashtray ............................................ 5-17Frame Hooks ....................................................................... 5-17Tire Changing Tool ............................................................. 5-18Shopping Hook (if equipped) ............................................. 5-19Front Seat Back Pocket (if equipped) ............................... 5-19Luggage Restraint Loops (if equipped) ............................ 5-19Luggage Compartment Cover ............................................ 5-20Underfloor Bins (if equipped) ............................................ 5-23Roof Rails or Roof Rack Anchors (if equipped) ............... 5-23HomeLink® (if equipped) .................................................... 5-25

5-

O

66J22-03E

P

(((

Ththethebrapapupuwior

Foalwingpointthe

edalsanual transmission

64J082

utomatic transmission

64J083

E

(1)(2)

(3)

EXAMPLE

(2) (3)

EXAMPLE

Parking Brake Lever: 6Pedals: 6

1

THER CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

arking Brake Lever

64J081

1) To set2) To release3) To release

e parking brake lever is located between seats. To set the parking brake, hold brake pedal down and pull the parkingke lever all the way up. To release the

rking brake, hold the brake pedal down,ll up slightly on the parking brake lever,sh the button on the end of the leverth your thumb and lower the lever to itsiginal position.

r automatic transmission vehicles,ays set the parking brake before mov- the gearshift lever to the “P” (Park)sition. If you park on an incline and shifto “P” before you set the parking brake, weight of the vehicle may make it diffi-

cult to shift out of “P” when you are readyto drive the vehicle. When preparing todrive the vehicle, move the gearshift leverout of the “P” position before releasing theparking brake.

PM

A

XAMPLE

(2)

(3)

(1)

WARNING• Never drive your vehicle with the

parking brake set: rear brake effec-tiveness can be reduced from over-heating, brake life may beshortened or permanent brakedamage may result.

• If the parking brake does not holdthe vehicle securely or does notfully release, have your vehicleinspected immediately by an autho-rized SUZUKI dealer.

WARNINGAlways set the parking brake fullybefore leaving your vehicle or it mayroll, causing injury or damage. Whenparking, make sure the gearshiftlever for manual transmission vehi-cles is in 1st gear or “R” (Reverse)and the gearshift lever for automatictransmission vehicles is in “P”(Park). Never leave the transfer leverin “N” (Neutral) when you are parked.Remember, even though the trans-mission is in gear or in Park, youmust set the parking brake fully.

5-2

R CONTROLS AND EQUIPMENT

66J22-03E

Cl(FThdrenlevpe

BrYofroDese

Yowhmafac

earshift Leveranual transmission

65D449

-speed automatic transmission

66J046

Dtea

Ifoac

Pedals: 6Gearshift Lever: 10

OTHE

utch Pedal (1)or manual transmission)e clutch pedal is used to disengage theive to the wheels when starting thegine, stopping or shifting the gearshifter or transfer lever. Depressing thedal disengages the clutch.

ake Pedal (2)ur SUZUKI vehicle is equipped withnt disc brakes and rear drum brakes.pressing the brake pedal applies bothts of brakes.

u may hear occasional brake squealen you apply the brakes. This is a nor-l condition caused by environmentaltors such as cold, wet, snow, etc.

Accelerator Pedal (3)This pedal controls the speed of theengine. Depressing the accelerator pedalincreases power output and speed.

GM

5

CAUTIONo not drive with your foot resting on

he clutch pedal. It could result inxcessive clutch wear or clutch dam-ge.

WARNING brake squeal is excessive andccurs each time the brakes arepplied, you should have the brakeshecked by your SUZUKI dealer.

WARNINGDo not “ride” the brakes by applyingthem continuously or resting yourfoot on the pedal. This will result inoverheating of the brakes whichcould cause unpredictable brakingaction, longer stopping distances orpermanent brake damage.

5-

O

66J22-03E

YomamimiFore“O

f the driver’s seat and can be locked byimply closing the door.

60G069

o remove the fuel filler cap:) Open the fuel filler door.) Remove the cap by turning it counter-

clockwise.

o reinstall the fuel filler cap:) Turn the cap clockwise until you hear

several clicks.) Close the fuel filler door.

WARNINGRemove the fuel filler cap slowly. Thefuel may be under pressure and mayspray out, causing injury.

Open Close

Gearshift Lever: 10Fuel Filler Cap: 5

3


ur vehicle is equipped with either anual transmission or automatic trans-

ssion. The gearshift lever for each trans-ssion type is shown in the illustrations.r details on how to use the transmission,fer to the “Using the Transmission” inPERATING YOUR VEHICLE” section.

Fuel Filler Cap

64J085

64J253

The fuel filler cap is located on the rightrear side of the vehicle. The fuel filler doorcan be unlocked by pulling up on theopener lever located on the outboard side

os

T12

T1

2

EXAMPLE

5-4


66J22-03E

) Lower the adjustable head restraintfully.

64J087

) Pull the release lever forward on the topof each split seat, and fold the seat-backs forward.

Gnss

Ifuimtcfd

CAUTIONMake sure the belt webbing is notcaught by the seat.

Fuel Filler Cap: 5Folding Seats: 14

OTHE

Folding SeatsFolding Rear SeatsTo fold the rear seats forward:1) Remove the luggage compartment

cover.

66J211

2) Stow the seat belt buckles of the centerand left seating position into the pocketof the seat cushion as shown in theillustration.

3

4

WARNINGasoline is extremely flammable. Doot smoke when refueling, and makeure there are no open flames orparks in the area.

WARNING you need to replace the fuel cap,se a genuine SUZUKI cap. Use of an

proper cap can result in a malfunc-ion of the fuel system or emissionontrol system. It may also result inuel leakage in the event of an acci-ent.

CAUTIONWhen you fold the rear seatback for-ward, stow the seat belt buckles ofthe center and left seating positioninto the pocket first. This helps pre-vent being caught by the seat andbeing damaged.

5-

O

66J22-03E

5)66J196

) Hook the strap (4) to the front seathead restraint and re-tighten theadjuster (2) to apply a tension on thestrap as shown in the illustration.

Wiohp

CAUTIONWhen securing the folded rear seatwith a strap, adjust the strap lengthso that the rear seat will not move.

(4)

Folding Seats: 14

5


64J088

Pull the lock release strap (1) rearwardto unlatch the seat cushion.

64J089

6) Fold the entire seat forward.

66J195

7) Push down the adjuster (2) to make thestrap slack, and then unhook the strapby pushing down the hook (3).

8

WARNINGhen you unlatch the rear seat cush-n, be careful that your face or

ands are not injured from the seatopping up.

(1)

(2)

(3)

5-6


66J22-03E

Tofol

1)

64J092

) Raise the seatback until it locks intoplace.

fter returning the seat, try moving theeat and seatback to make sure they areecurely latched.

Lswttpfocch

CAUTION• When returning the rear seat cush-

ion to the normal position, makesure that there is nothing aroundthe striker. This prevents the seatcushion from being lockedsecurely.

• When returning the rear seat cush-ion to the normal position, makesure that there is nothing under theseat cushion. This prevents dam-age to the seat cushion.

Folding Seats: 14

OTHE

return the seat to the normal position,low the procedure below.

64J175

Unhook the strap from the headrestraint and stow the strap to the backof the seat cushion.

64J091

2) Pull down the seat cushion until it locksinto place.

3

Ass

WARNINGuggage or other cargo should betowed in the luggage compartmentith the rear seat in an upright posi-

ion, whenever possible. If you needo carry cargo in the passenger com-artment with the rear seat backlded forward, be sure to secure the

argo or it may be thrown about,ausing injury. Never pile cargoigher than the seatbacks.

WARNINGWhen returning the rear seat cushionto the normal position, be careful thatyour finger is not caught between thelock and the floor.

5-

O

66J22-03E

ACe

terior Light Switchenter

64J104

ear

64J211

his light switch has three positions whichnction as described below:

Tnit

(1)(2)(3)EXAMPLE

(3) (2) (1)

Armrest: 14Sun Visor: 5Interior Light Switch: 7

7


rmrestnter Console Armrest

64J263

Sun Visor

79J161

The sun visors can be pulled down to blockglare coming through the windshield, orthey can be unhooked and turned to theside to block glare coming through the sidewindow.

InC

R

Tfu

CAUTIONo avoid damage to the armrest, doot lean on it or allow a child to sit on. CAUTION

When unhooking and hooking a sunvisor, be sure to handle it by the hardplastic parts or the sun visor can bedamaged.

5-8


66J22-03E

(

(

(

pot Light

64J212

ush the switch to turn on the light andush it again to turn off the light.

EXAMPLE

Interior Light Switch: 7Spot Light: 7

OTHE

1) The light comes on and stays onregardless of whether the door isopen or closed.

2) The light comes on when the door isopened. After closing all doors (including thetailgate), the light will remain on forabout 15 seconds and then fade out.If you insert the key into the ignitionswitch during that time, the light willstart to fade out immediately. After removing the key from the igni-tion switch, the light will turn on forabout 15 seconds and then fade out.

3) The light remains off even when thedoor is opened.

64J105

NOTE:The number of doors involved in the light-ing operation of the interior light dependson the vehicle specification. If there is aswitch (rubber projection) at the dooropening as shown, the door is involved inthe lighting operation.

S

Pp

EXAMPLE

5-

O

66J22-03E

Lu

That meWtheligligyoAfonIf yduouAfswseWsw

ront Seat Heater if equipped)

64J106

ith the ignition switch in the “ON” posi-on, push in one or both of the seat heaterwitches to warm the correspondingeat(s). The indicator light below thewitch will also come on. To turn off theeat heater, push in the switch again. Thedicator light below the switch will go off.

EXAMPLE

Luggage Compartment Light: 7Front Door Light:

9


ggage Compartment Light

66J047

e luggage compartment light is locatedthe left side of the rear luggage compart-nt.

hen you open any of the doors including tailgate with the luggage compartment

ht switch in the “ON” position (1), theht comes on and remains on as long asu keep the door open.ter closing all doors, the light will remain for about 15 seconds and then fade out.ou insert the key into the ignition switchring that time, the light will start to fadet immediately.ter removing the key from the ignitionitch, the light will turn on for about 15conds and then fade out.hen the luggage compartment lightitch is in the “OFF” position (2), the light

remains off regardless of whether thedoor(s) is(are) opened or closed.

F(

Wtissssin

(1) (2)

5-10


66J22-03E

ssist Grips (if equipped)

64J136

ssist grips are provided for convenience.ImbfetwsloAo•

•

•

Front Seat Heater: 8

OTHE

86G064

A

AWARNINGproperly using the seat heater can

e hazardous. An occupant can suf-r burns even if the heating tempera-

ure is fairly low, if the occupant isearing thin pants, a thin skirt orhorts and leaves the heater on forng periods.void using the seat heater for theseccupants:People who have reduced feeling intheir legs, including the elderly orthose with certain disabilities.Small children, or anyone with sen-sitive skin.People who are asleep or under theinfluence of alcohol or other drugswhich make them tired.

CAUTIONTo avoid damaging the heater ele-ment:• Do not subject the front seats to

heavy impacts, such as childrenjumping on them.

• Do not cover the seat with anyinsulating materials such as blan-kets or cushions.

5-

O

66J22-03E

C

YoThhe

64J107

o tilt the sunroof up, slide the sun shadearward by hand and push the “TILT UP”

art (1) of the sunroof switch. To tilt theunroof down, push the “SLIDE OPEN”art (2) of the sunroof switch. you push the switch for more than a sec-nd, the sunroof will automatically tilt up orown fully. To stop the sunroof halfway,ush the switch briefly.

IfcitWh

(1) (2)

Assist Grips: 3Coat Hooks:Sunroof: 5, 8

11


oat Hooks (if equipped)

64J137

u can hang clothing on the coat hooks.ese hooks are not designed for large oravy items.

Sunroof (if equipped)You can tilt or slide the sunroof by operat-ing the “TILT” part of the sunroof switch orthe “SLIDE” part of the sunroof switchwhen the ignition switch is in the “ON”position.

There is a system to prevent beingpinched by the sunroof.When the system senses that something ispinched when the sunroof is sliding for-ward, the sunroof will automaticallyreverse direction and slide rearward. Thissystem will operate when the sunroof isclosing automatically. This system doesnot operate when tilting the sunroof down.

Make sure there are no hands or otherobstructions in the path of the sunroofwhen you close the sunroof even thoughthere is a system to prevent being pinchedby the sunroof.

TrepspIfodp

WARNING your vehicle is equipped with sideurtain air bags, do not hang sharpems like a hanger on the coat hook.hen hanging the clothes, hang it on

ook without using a hanger.

WARNING• The system to prevent being

pinched by the sunroof does notwork in the area where the sunroofis almost completely closed.

• The system to prevent beingpinched by the sunroof may notwork if the battery is not suffi-ciently charged.

5-12


66J22-03E

To“SswtheswIf yonfulro

ow to reactivate the system to preventeing pinched by the sunroofhen you disconnect the negative (–) ter-inal from the battery or change the fuses,e features below will not operate.The system to prevent being pinched bythe sliding sunroof.The system to automatically open orclose the sunroof fully.

this case, you must reactivate the fea-res using the following procedures.) Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”

position.) Push and hold the “TILT UP” part (1) of

the sunroof switch, the sunroof will tiltup fully and then down slightly. After themovement stops completely, releasethe switch. The features are reacti-vated.

) Make sure you can open or close thesunroof automatically by pushing thesunroof switch for more than about asecond.

Sunroof: 5, 8

OTHE

64J108

slide the sunroof rearward, push theLIDE OPEN” part (2) of the sunroofitch. To side the sunroof forward, push “TILT UP” part (1) of the sunroofitch.ou push the switch for more than a sec-d, the sunroof will automatically slidely rearward or forward. To stop the sun-of halfway, push the switch briefly.

64J109

The sun shade will open automatically andcannot be closed when the sunroof is slidrearward.

HbWmth•

•

Intu1

2

3

(1) (2)

5-

O

66J22-03E

ngine Hood

64J110

o open the engine hood:) Pull the hood release handle located on

the outboard side of the driver’s side ofthe instrument panel. This will disen-gage the engine hood lock halfway.

•

•

•

Sunroof: 5, 8

13


65D612

• Be sure to close the sunroof when youleave the vehicle unattended.

• Periodically inspect the guide rail for dirtand clean it if any dirt has accumulated.

E

T1

WARNINGNever allow any part of your bodysuch as hands or head to get out ofthe sunroof opening while the vehi-cle is moving.Be sure there are no hands or otherobstructions in the path of the sun-roof when you close the sunroof.Always remove the ignition keywhen leaving the vehicle even if fora short time. Also do not leave chil-dren alone in a parked vehicle.Unattended children could use thesunroof switches and get trappedby the sunroof.

CAUTIONDo not put your body weight on theroof around the sunroof such as bysitting on it.

5-14


66J22-03E

2)

up Holder and Storage Bin if equipped)up holders and a storage bin are pro-ided as shown.

64J113

o access a bin, push the release button.

EXAMPLE

Engine Hood: 5

OTHE

64J111

Push the under-hood release leversideways with your finger, as shown inthe illustration. While pushing the lever,lift up the engine hood.

64J112

3) Continue to lift up the hood until it ishigh enough to support with the proprod.

To close the engine hood:1) Lift the hood up slightly and remove the

prop rod from the hole. Put the prop rodback to the holding clip.

2) Lower the hood close to the bumper,then let it drop down. Make sure the hood is securely latchedafter closing.

C(Cv

T

WARNINGMake sure the hood is fully closedand latched before driving. If it is not,it can fly up unexpectedly duringdriving, obstructing your view andresulting in an accident.

5-

O

66J22-03E

Toan

To

verhead Console Box if equipped)

64J289

o use the overhead console box, push one front edge (1) and open the lid. To

lose the lid, push the front edge (1) until ittches. Do not put heavy or sharp items ine box.

WARNINGNever drive with the overhead con-sole box lid open. It could causeinjury if an accident occurs.

(1)

Cup Holder and Storage Bin: 3, 14

15


64J115

use the console bin, pull the lever upd open the lid.

64J116

use the rear cup holders, open the lid.

Bottle holder

64J200

You should hold a bottle with a cap in thebottle holder.

O(

Tthclath

WARNINGDo not use the cup holder or the stor-age bin to hold cups containing hotliquids or sharp-edged, hard orbreakable objects. Objects in thesebins may be thrown about during asudden stop or impact, and couldcause personal injury.

EXAMPLE

5-16


66J22-03E

NOAninsbo

2-volt accessory sockets are located bothn the center console and on the left sidef the luggage compartment.

epending on the specification, there areo sockets on the center console.

ach socket can be used to provide 12olt/120 watt power for electrical accesso-es when used alone. Make sure that theap remains on the socket when theocket is not in use.

IfdevS•

•

CAUTION• To prevent the fuse from being

blown, when using sockets at thesame time, do not exceed the totalcombined power capacity of 120watts.

• Use of inappropriate electricalaccessories can cause damage toyour vehicle’s electrical system.Make sure that any electricalaccessories you use are designedto plug into this type of socket.

Overhead Console Box:Accessory Socket: 8

OTHE

TE: aftermarket garage door opener can betalled in the front side overhead consolex.

Accessory Socket (if equipped)

64J121

64J120

1oo

Dtw

Evrics

CAUTION you park your vehicle outdoors inirect sunlight or in hot weather, theyeglasses compartment can getery hot since it is close to the roof.o, when parking in such conditions:Do not leave eyeglasses in thecompartment. The heat may distortplastic lenses or frames.Do not place flammable items,such as a lighter, in the compart-ment. The heat may cause a fire.

EXAMPLE

EXAMPLE

5-

O

66J22-03E

CCi

Towawito us

rame Hooksront

64J122

ear

64J123

•

•

E

(1)

Accessory Socket: 8Cigarette Lighter and Ashtray: 3, 8

17


igarette Lighter and Ashtraygarette Lighter (if equipped)

64J119

use the cigarette lighter, push it all they into the receptacle and release it. It

ll automatically heat up and will pop outits normal position when it is ready fore.

Ashtray (if equipped)

64J201

You can fit the ashtray into any of the cupholders on the center console.

FF

R

CAUTIONHolding the cigarette lighter in canoverheat and damage the lighter.Release the lighter after you push itin.To avoid damage to the cigarettelighter socket, do not use it as anaccessory power source. Someaccessories’ power plug can dam-age the inner mechanism of thecigarette lighter socket.

XAMPLE

WARNINGMake sure tobacco is fully extin-guished before closing the ashtrays.Never throw waste in the ashtrays: itcould create a fire hazard.

EXAMPLE

5-18


66J22-03E

Frre

Tolowre

DacTeys

WARNINGAfter using the jack, extension rodand lug wrench, be sure to stow themsecurely, or they could be thrownabout in an accident, causing injury.

Frame Hooks: 5, 6Tire Changing Tools: 3, 5

OTHE

ame hooks are provided at the front andar of the vehicle.

access the front hook, unhook theer part of the cover (1) and then

move the cover (1).

Tire Changing Tool

64J124

The jack, wheel brace and jack handle arestowed in the rear left corner of the lug-gage compartment. Remove the cover toaccess the tools.

To remove the jack, turn its shaft counter-clockwise and pull the jack out of the stor-age bracket. To stow the jack, place it inthe storage bracket and turn the shaftclockwise until the jack is securely held inplace.

WARNINGo not use the frame hooks to townother vehicle or to have your vehi-le towed on the road or highway.he hooks are designed for use inmergency situations only, such as ifour vehicle or another vehicle getstuck in deep mud or snow.

WARNINGThe jack should be used only tochange wheels. It is important to readthe jacking instructions in the“EMERGENCY SERVICE” section ofthis manual before attempting to usethe jack.

5-

O

66J22-03E

S

Thsid

Yosuno

uggage Restraint Loops if equipped)

64J129

our luggage restraint loops are providedn the luggage compartment floor. Anptional rubber net can be hooked to theseops to help keep cargo from movinground in the luggage compartment duringormal driving.

Tire Changing Tools: 3, 5Shopping Hook:Front Seat Back Pocket: 3

19


hopping Hook (if equipped)

66J049

e shopping hooks are located on bothes of the luggage compartment.

u can hang the shopping bag or otheritable objects on the hook. This hook ist designed for large or heavy items.

Front Seat Back Pocket (if equipped)

64J127

This pocket is provided for holding lightand soft things such as gloves, newspa-pers or magazines.

L(

Fooloan

EXAMPLE

WARNINGDo not put hard or breakable objectsin the pocket. If an accident occurs,objects such as bottles, cans, etc.can injure the occupants in the rearseat.

EXAMPLE

5-20


66J22-03E

o remove the luggage compartmentover:

66J203

) Release the three hooks (a) from therear seat backs.

TohmpafothPaat

DsInrt

(a) (a)

Underseat Tray: 3Luggage Restraint Loops: 5

OTHE

Luggage Compartment Cover Luggage or other cargo placed in the lug-gage compartment can be hidden fromview by a luggage compartment cover.However, the luggage compartment cov-ers are not designed to support itemsloaded on top of them, and may get dam-aged if used as a shelf.

NOTE:The seatback should always be securelylatched in a fairly upright position whenremoving or installing the luggage com-partment cover.

Tc

1

WARNINGhe luggage restraint loops andptional rubber net can be used toelp keep lightweight cargo fromoving around in the luggage com-

artment during normal driving. Theyre neither capable of nor intendedr preventing cargo from beingrown around in a crash.lace heavier objects on the floornd as far forward in the cargo areas possible. Never pile cargo higherhan the top of the seat backs.

WARNINGo not attach the child restraint toptrap to the luggage restraint loops.correctly attached top strap will

educe the intended effectiveness ofhe child restraint system.

WARNINGDo not carry items on top of the lug-gage compartment cover, even if theyare small and light. Objects on top ofthe cover could be thrown about inan accident, causing injury, or couldobstruct the driver’s rear view.

CAUTIONTo avoid damaging the luggage com-partment cover:• Do not place items on top of it.• Do not push down on it or lean on

it.• Handle it carefully when installing

or removing.

5-

O

66J22-03E

2)

clearance is established on the otherend to swing the cover down and out.

66J206

) Tilt the luggage compartment cover,and then remove the compartmentcover from the vehicle.

CAUTIONWhen you place the end of the coverin the quarter window opening (c), becareful not to damage the window orother materials while positioning thecompartment cover.

Luggage Compartment Cover: 5

21


66J204

Fold and roll the cover forward.

66J205

3) Lift up both ends of the cover to disen-gage the attachment points (b).

66J228

4) Place one end of the cover in the quar-ter window opening (c) so enough

5

front

rear

(b)

(c)

5-22


66J22-03E

Toon

Tillug

66J209

) Align the attachment points (d) on thecover with the attachment points (b) onthe vehicle and push down both ends.Make sure that the cover securely fits inthe attachment points.

(b)

(d)

Underfloor Bins:Roof Rails or Roof Rack Anchors: 5, 13

OTHE

stow a luggage compartment cover the floor of the rear luggage room:

66J207

t the cover, and fit it onto floor of the reargage room.

To reinstall the luggage compartmentcover:

66J208

1) Fold/roll the luggage compartmentcover, and place one end in the quarterwindow opening (c) to swing the otherend into position.

2

(c)

5-

O

66J22-03E

3)

4)

oof Rails or Roof Rack nchors (if equipped)oof rails

64J133

oof rack anchors

64J224

(1)

Roof Rails or Roof Rack Anchors: 5, 13HomeLink:

23


66J210

Unroll/unfold the cover as you securethe other latches (e).

66J229

Reattach the three hooks (a) to the rearseat backs.

Underfloor Bins (if equipped)

64J132

Pull up the straps (A) to open the bin.

RAR

R

(e)

(a) (a)

CAUTIONDo not allow items in the bins toextend above the top of the bin. Oth-erwise, the bin or luggage floor maybe damaged.

(A)

EXAMPLE

5-24


66J22-03E

YoanwhIf ytiopr

(FTodiredtioof dirdo

•

•

•

WARNING• Abrupt maneuvers or failure to

properly secure cargo can allowthe cargo to fly off the vehicle andhit others, causing personal injuryor property damage.

• Mount cargo securely and avoidabrupt maneuvers such as “jack-rabbit” starts, sharp turns, fast cor-nering and sudden braking. Checkperiodically to make sure thatcargo is securely fastened.

• Large, bulky, long, or flat items canaffect vehicle aerodynamics or becaught by the wind, and can reducevehicle control resulting in an acci-dent and personal injury. Drivecautiously at reduced speed whencarrying this type of cargo.

HomeLink:

OTHE

u can use the roof rails or the roof rackchors to attach the optional roof rackich is available at your SUZUKI dealer.ou use a roof rack, observe the instruc-

ns and precautions in this section andovided with the roof rack.

or vehicles with roof rack anchors) remove the cap, slide the cap in theection of the arrow (1) and then lift thege of the cap up as shown in the illustra-n. To install the cap, put in the front partthe cap, slide the cap in the oppositeection of the arrow (1) and then pushwn the rear part of the cap.

Make sure the roof rack is securelyinstalled.To mount various types of cargo (suchas skis, bicycles, etc.) properly, use suit-able attachments which are availablefrom your SUZUKI dealer. Be sure toinstall the attachments properly andsecurely according to the instructionsprovided. Do not mount cargo directly onthe roof panel. The cargo can damagethe roof panel.The gross weight of the roof rack pluscargo must not exceed the loadingcapacity (75 kg (165 lbs)). Also, do notlet the gross vehicle weight (fully loadedvehicle including driver, passengers,cargo, roof load and trailer tongueweight) exceed the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) listed on thedriver’s door lock pillar.

• Mount and secure the cargo onto theroof rack properly according to theinstructions provided. Be sure to stowthe heaviest items at the bottom and dis-tribute the cargo as evenly as possible.

• Do not carry items so large that theyhang over the bumpers or the sides ofthe vehicle, or block your view.

• Secure the front and rear ends of longitems – such as wood panels, surfboardsand so forth – to both the front and rearof the vehicle. You should protect thepainted surfaces of the vehicle fromscuffing caused by tie-down ropes.

• Check periodically to make sure the roofrack is securely installed and free fromdamage.

• For vehicles with roof rack anchors,make sure the anchors are covered withthe caps when not in use.

5-

O

66J22-03E

H

HoreCo

Thprthrtraasenhomaww35

Begamaof tiagaouHothaas

omeLink® button. Begin with “Program-ing HomeLink®” – step 2).

66J050

) Press and hold the two outerHomeLink® buttons (buttons one andthree) – releasing only when the indica-tor light begins to flash (after 20 sec-onds). Do not hold the buttons forlonger than 30 seconds and do notrepeat step 1) to program a secondand/or third hand-held transmitter to theremaining two HomeLink® buttons.

) Position the end of your hand-heldtransmitter 5–14 cm (1–3 inches) awayfrom the HomeLink® button you wish toprogram while keeping the indicatorlight in view.

) Simultaneously press and hold both thechosen HomeLink® and hand-heldtransmitter buttons. Do not release thebuttons until step 4) has been com-pleted.

HomeLink:

25


omeLink® (if equipped)

66J092

meLink® and the HomeLink® house aregistered trademarks of Johnsonntrols, Inc.

e HomeLink® Wireless Control Systemovides a convenient way to replace up toee hand-held radio-frequency (RF)nsmitters used to activate devices such gate operators, garage door openers,try door locks, security systems, evenme lighting. Additional HomeLink® infor-tion can be found on the Internet atw.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-

5-3515.

fore programming HomeLink® to arage door opener or gate operator,ke sure that people and objects are outthe way of the device to prevent poten-l harm or damage. When programming arage door opener, it is advised to parktside of the garage. Do not usemeLink® with any garage door openert lacks safety stop and reverse features

required by U.S. federal safety stan-

dards (this includes any garage dooropener model manufactured before April 1,1982). A garage door that cannot detect anobject – signaling the door to stop andreverse – does not meet current U.S. fed-eral safety standards. For more informa-tion, contact HomeLink® atwww.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Retain the original transmitter of the RFdevice you are programming for use inother vehicles as well as for futureHomeLink® programming. It is also sug-gested that upon the sale of the vehicle,the programmed HomeLink® buttons beerased for security purposes. Refer to“Programming HomeLink®” (step 1) only)or, for assistance, contact HomeLink® atwww.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

Programming HomeLink®

NOTE:Some vehicles may require the ignitionswitch to be turned to the second (or“accessories”) position or the “on” positionfor programming and/or operation ofHomeLink®. It is also recommended that anew battery be placed in the hand-heldtransmitter of the device being pro-grammed to HomeLink® for quicker train-ing and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency signal. Do not repeat “Program-ming HomeLink®” – step 1) to train addi-tional devices to a second or third

Hm

1

2

3

5-26


66J22-03E

NOSoopPrnoPr

4)

NOIf chHo1-

5)

NOTobuHo1)

) At the garage door opener receiver(motor-head unit) in the garage, locatethe “learn” or “smart” button. This canusually be found where the hangingantenna wire is attached to the motor-head unit.

) Firmly press and release the “learn” or“smart” button. (The name and color ofthe button may vary by manufacturer.)

OTE:here are 30 seconds in which to initiatetep 8).

) Return to the vehicle and firmly press,hold for two seconds and release theprogrammed HomeLink® button.Repeat the “press/hold/release”sequence a second time, and, depend-ing on the brand of the garage dooropener (or other rolling code equippeddevice), repeat this sequence a thirdtime to complete the programming pro-cess.HomeLink® should now activate yourrolling code equipped device.

OTE:o program the remaining two HomeLink®

uttons, begin with “ProgrammingomeLink®” – step 2). Do not repeat step).

or questions or comments, please con-ct HomeLink® at www.homelink.com or-800-355-3515.

OTHE

TE:me gate operators and garage dooreners may require you to replace thisogramming step 3) with procedurested in the “Gate Operator / Canadianogramming” section.

After the HomeLink® indicator lightchanges from a slow to a rapidly blink-ing light, release both the HomeLink®

and hand-held transmitter buttons.

TE:the HomeLink® indicator light does notange to a rapidly blinking light, contactmeLink® at www.homelink.com or call

800-355-3515 for assistance.

Press and hold the just-trainedHomeLink® button and observe theindicator light.

– If the indicator light stays on con-stantly, programming is complete andyour device should activate when theHomeLink® button is pressed andreleased.

TE: program the remaining two HomeLink®

ttons, begin with “ProgrammingmeLink®” – step 2). Do not repeat step

.

– If the indicator light blinks rapidly fortwo seconds and then turns to a con-stant light continue with “Programming

HomeLink®” steps 6–8 to complete theprogramming of a rolling codeequipped device (most commonly agarage door opener).

66J051

66J052

6

7

NTs

8

NTbH1

Fta1

5-

O

66J22-03E

GamCatraaftwhHoprso“tim

If yficus(re“Pthe

NOIf gadeve

3)

Prste

) The indicator light will begin to flashafter 20 seconds. Without releasing theHomeLink® button, proceed with “Pro-gramming HomeLink®” – step 2).

or questions or comments, contactomeLink® at www.homelink.com or 1-00-355-3515.

27


te Operator / Canadian Program-ingnadian radio-frequency laws requirensmitter signals to “time-out” (or quit)er several seconds of transmission –ich may not be long enough formeLink® to pick up the signal during

ogramming. Similar to this Canadian law,me U.S. gate operators are designed to

e-out” in the same manner.

ou live in Canada or you are having dif-ulties programming a gate operator bying the Programming proceduresgardless of where you live), replacerogramming HomeLink®” step 3) with following:

TE:programming a garage door opener orte operator, it is advised to unplug thevice during the “cycling” process to pre-nt possible overheating.

Continue to press and hold theHomeLink® button while you press andrelease – every two seconds (“cycle”)your hand-held transmitter until the fre-quency signal has successfully beenaccepted by HomeLink®. (The indicatorlight will flash slowly and then rapidly.)

oceed with “Programming HomeLink®”p 4) to complete.

Using HomeLink®

To operate, simply press and release theprogrammed HomeLink® button. Activationwill now occur for the trained device (i.e.garage door opener, gate operator, secu-rity system, entry door lock, home/officelighting, etc.). For convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also beused at any time. In the event that thereare still programming difficulties or ques-tions, contact HomeLink® atwww.homelink.com or 1-800-355-3515.

Erasing HomeLink® ButtonsTo erase programming from the three but-tons (individual buttons cannot be erasedbut can be “reprogrammed” as outlinedbelow), follow the step noted:

Press and hold the two outer HomeLink®

buttons until the indicator light begins toflash-after 20 seconds. Release both but-tons. Do not hold for longer that 30 sec-onds. HomeLink® is now in the train (orlearning) mode and can be programmed atany time beginning with “ProgrammingHomeLink®” – step 2).

Reprogramming a Single HomeLink® ButtonTo program a device to HomeLink® using aHomeLink® button previously trained, fol-low these steps:

1) Press and hold the desired HomeLink®

button. DO NOT release the button.

2

FH8


6

66J22-03E

60G408

OPERATING YOUR VEHICLEExhaust Gas Warning ......................................................... 6-1Daily Inspection Checklist .................................................. 6-2Starting the Engine ............................................................. 6-2Engine Block Heater (if equipped) ..................................... 6-4Using the Transmission ..................................................... 6-5Using the Transfer Switch (if equipped) ........................... 6-7Braking ................................................................................. 6-15Electronic Stability Program (ESP®) ................................. 6-18Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (if equipped) ......................................................................... 6-21Break-In ................................................................................ 6-25Catalytic Converter ............................................................. 6-25Improving Fuel Economy ................................................... 6-26

6-

O

66J22-03E

E

AEocmitpm•

WARNING(Continued)• Have the exhaust system inspected

periodically for damage and leaks.Any damage or leaks should berepaired immediately.

Exhaust Gas Warning: NO

1

PERATING YOUR VEHICLE

xhaust Gas Warning

52D334

WARNINGvoid breathing exhaust gases.xhaust gases contain carbon mon-xide, a potentially lethal gas that isolorless and odorless. Since carbononoxide is difficult to detect by

self, be sure to take the followingrecautions to help prevent carbononoxide from entering your vehicle.Do not leave the engine running ingarages or other confined areas.

(Continued)

WARNING(Continued)• Do not park with the engine run-

ning for a long period of time, evenin an open area. If it is necessary tosit for a short time in a parked vehi-cle with the engine running, makesure the air intake lever is set to“FRESH AIR” and the fan is at highspeed.

• Avoid operating the vehicle withthe rear side door, tailgate or rearwindow open. If it is necessary tooperate the vehicle with the rearside door, tailgate or rear windowopen, make sure the folding sun-roof (if equipped) and all the win-dows are closed, and the fan is athigh speed with the air intakeselector set to “FRESH AIR”.

• To allow proper operation of yourvehicle’s ventilation system, keepthe air inlet grille in front of thewindshield clear of snow, leaves orother obstructions at all times.

• Keep the exhaust tailpipe area clearof snow and other material to helpreduce the buildup of exhaustgases under the vehicle. This isparticularly important when parkedin blizzard conditions.

(Continued)

6-2


66J22-03E

DBe1)

2)

ReMA3)

NOIt co

4)

5)

6)7)

8)

9)10

tarting the Engineefore Starting the Engine) Make sure the parking brake is set fully.) Manual Transmission – Shift into “N”

(Neutral) and depress the clutch pedalall the way to the floor. Hold it while starting the engine. Automatic Transmission – If the gear-shift lever is not in “P” (Park) position,shift into “P”. (If you need to re-start theengine while the vehicle is moving, shiftinto “N”.)

OTE:he engine of manual transmission vehicleill not start unless the clutch pedal isepressed.

OTE:utomatic transmission vehicles have atarter interlock device which is designed keep the starter from operating if theansmission is in any of the drive posi-ons.

WARNINGMake sure that the parking brake isset fully and the transmission is inNeutral (or Park for vehicles with anautomatic transmission) beforeattempting to start the engine.

Daily Inspection Checklist: NOStarting the Engine: 1

aily Inspection Checklistfore DrivingMake sure that windows, mirrors, lightsand reflectors are clean and unob-structed.Visually check the tires for the followingpoints:

– the depth of the tread groove– abnormal wear, cracks and damage– loose wheel nuts– existence of foreign material such as

nails, stones, etc.fer to “Tires” in “INSPECTION ANDINTENANCE” section for details.Look for fluid, oil leaks.

TE:is normal for water to drip from the airnditioning system after use.

Make sure the hood is fully closed andlatched.Check the headlights, turn signal lights,brake lights and horn for proper opera-tion.Lock all doors.Adjust the seat and adjustable headrestraints (if equipped).Check the brake pedal and the parkingbrake lever.Adjust the mirrors.

)Make sure that you and all passengershave properly fastened your seat belts.

11)Make sure that all warning lights comeon as the key is turned to the “ON” or“START” position.

12)Check all gauges.13)Make sure that the BRAKE SYSTEM

WARNING light turns off when theparking brake is released.

Once a week, or each time you fill your fueltank, perform the following under-hoodchecks:

1) Engine oil level2) Coolant level3) Brake fluid level4) Power steering (if equipped) fluid level5) Windshield washer fluid level6) Hood latch operation

Pull the hood release handle inside thevehicle. Make sure that you cannotopen the hood all the way withoutreleasing the secondary latch. Be sureto close the hood securely after check-ing for proper latch operation. See theitem “All Latches, Hinges and Locks” of“CHASSIS AND BODY” in the “PeriodicMaintenance Schedule” in the“INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE”section for lubrication schedule.

SB12

NTwd

NAstotrti

WARNINGMake sure the hood is fully closedand latched before driving. If it is not,it can fly up unexpectedly duringdriving, obstructing your view andresulting in an accident.

6-

O

66J22-03E

StWcrato en

If onthe1/3agpe

If tthefloen

If thide

66J022

the keyless start system blue indicatorght illuminates on the instrument cluster,ou can turn the ignition switch. If the reddicator light illuminates, you can not turne ignition switch.

OTE:The ignition switch can be turned to the“ACC” position when the keyless startsystem blue indicator light illuminates.The blue indicator light will illuminate forseveral seconds and then turn off to pro-tect the system. In this case, you mustrelease the ignition switch once andpush the switch again.If the keyless start system red indicatorlight illuminates, the remote controllermay not be in the vehicle or the batteryof the remote controller may be unreli-able.

•

•EXAMPLE

Starting the Engine: 1

3


arting a Cold Engineith your foot off the accelerator pedal,nk the engine by turning the ignition key“START”. Release the key when the

gine starts.

the engine does not start after 15 sec-ds of cranking, wait about 15 seconds,n press down the accelerator pedal to of its travel and try cranking the engine

ain. Release the key and acceleratordal when the engine starts.

he engine still does not start, try holding accelerator pedal all the way to the

or while cranking. This should clear thegine if it is flooded.

you are unable to start the engine usings procedure, consult your SUZUKIaler.

Starting a Warm EngineUse the same procedure as for “Starting aCold Engine”.

Vehicle With Keyless Start System

63J265

The ignition switch can be operated whenthe remote controller is in the vehicleexcept the rear luggage area. To turn theignition switch, push the switch first.

NOTE:You must push in the ignition switch to turnit from the “LOCK” position to the “ACC”position. To return to the “LOCK” positionfrom the “ACC” position, turn the ignitionswitch counterclockwise while pushing inthe switch.

Ifliyinth

N•

•

CAUTIONStop turning the starter immedi-ately after the engine has started orthe starter system can be dam-aged.Do not crank the engine for morethan 15 seconds at a time. If theengine doesn’t start on the first try,wait about 15 seconds before try-ing again.

6-4


66J22-03E

Wcleturign

NO•

•

•

Yoins

OTE:ctivate the heater at least four hoursefore you start the engine. However, ase heating time varies depending on thembient temperature and other factors,djust the time by observing the engineranking condition.

fter using the block heater:) Unplug the extension cord and reinstall

the plug cap.) Tie the block heater cord back to its

original position.

Teamas

WARNINGTo avoid serious personal injurycaused by electrical shock or fire:• Do not plug the cord into a non-

grounded outlet. Only use a prop-erly grounded three-prong 110-voltAC outlet.

• Do not use a 2-wire (non-grounded)extension cord.

• Only use a heavy-duty, three-prongextension cord rated for at least 15amps.

CAUTIONSecure the block heater cord back toits original position or to the routedposition. A loose cord could getcaught in the engine accessory drivebelt(s) or other moving parts.

Starting the Engine: 1Engine Block Heater: 1

hen the remote controller is in the vehi- except the rear luggage area, you cann the ignition switch without using anition key.

TE:If the battery of the remote controllerruns down or there are strong radiowaves or noise, the operating range maybe narrower or the remote controller maybe inoperative.If the remote controller is too close to thedoor glass, it may not operate.The ignition switch may not turn whenthe remote controller is on the instru-ment panel, in the glove box, in the doorpocket, in the sun visor or on the floor.

u can also turn the ignition switch byerting the ignition key into the slot.

Engine Block Heater (if equipped)

65D420

The engine block heater will help you startthe engine more easily in very coldweather (–18°C (0°F) or below). To use theengine block heater:1) Turn off the engine.2) Open the engine hood.3) Untie the block heater cord and remove

the block heater plug cap. When theengine block heater is not in use,ensure the heater cord is secured toprevent contact with any moving parts.

4) Using a heavy-duty, three-pronggrounded extension cord, plug thefemale end into the block heater socketand the male end into a normal,grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

NAbthaac

A1

2

CAUTIONhe remote controller is a sensitivelectronic instrument. To avoid dam-ging it, do not expose it to impacts,oisture or high temperature (such

s on the dashboard under directunlight).

6-

O

66J22-03E

3) earshift lever

66J004

he gearshift lever is designed so that itan not be shifted out of the “P” positionnless the ignition switch is in the “ON”osition and the brake pedal is depressed.

WARNINGAlways depress the brake pedalbefore shifting from “P” (Park) (or“N” (Neutral) if the vehicle is station-ary) to a forward or reverse gear, tohelp prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly when you shift.

Engine Block Heater: 1Using the Transmission: 10

5


Close the engine hood securely beforestarting the engine.

Using the Transmission5-Speed Automatic Transmission

66J003

D: 5-speed automatic transmission mode4: 4-speed automatic transmission mode

The 4-speed mode is suitable for the fol-lowing driving conditions:• Driving on hilly, winding roads

– You can drive more smoothly with lessfrequent gearshifting

• Going down a steep hill– Some engine braking is provided

NOTE:With the transfer switch in the “4L LOCK”position, the 5-speed automatic transmis-sion will remain in the 4-speed mode.

G

Tcup

6-6


66J22-03E

Usde

P Uswhingthe

R UsstopleRe

N Usthewhshpeidl

D Us

Wanac

mergency shifting out of “P” (Park) you are unable to shift the transmissionut of Park in the normal manner, see “Ifou Can Not Shift Automatic Transmissionearshift Lever Out Of “P” (PARK)” in theDEX for what to do.

Ifn(Oth

CAUTIONBe sure to take the following precau-tions to help avoid damage to theautomatic transmission:• Make sure that the vehicle is com-

pletely stopped before shifting into“P” or “R”.

• Do not shift from “P” or “N” to “R”,“D”, “4”, “3” or “L” when theengine is running above idle speed.

• Do not rev the engine with thetransmission in a drive position(“R”, “D”, “4”, “3” or “L”) and therear wheels not moving.

• Do not use the accelerator to holdthe vehicle on a hill. Use the vehi-cle’s brakes.

Using the Transmission: 10

e the gearshift lever positions asscribed below:

(Park)e this position to lock the transmissionen the vehicle is parked or when start- the engine. Shift into Park only when vehicle is completely stopped.

(Reverse)e this position to back the vehicle fromp. Make sure that the vehicle is com-tely stopped before shifting intoverse.

(Neutral)e this position for starting the engine if engine stalls and you need to restart itile the vehicle is moving. You may alsoift into Neutral and depress the brakedal to hold the vehicle stationary duringing.

(Drive)e this position for all normal driving.

ith the selector in “D” range, you can get automatic downshift by pressing thecelerator pedal. The higher the vehicle

speed is, the more you will need to pressthe accelerator pedal to get a downshift.

4 (Low 3)Use this position for driving on moderateuphill and downhill gradients. The enginebraking effect on moderate downhills canbe used in this position. The transmissionshifts up only to 4th gear.

3 (Low 2)Use this position to provide extra powerwhen climbing hills, or to provide enginebraking when going down hills.

L (Low 1)Use this position to provide maximumpower when climbing steep hills or drivingthrough deep snow or mud, or to providemaximum engine braking when goingdown steep hills.

NOTE:If you move the gearshift lever to a lowergear while driving faster than the maximumallowable speed for the lower gear, thetransmission will not actually downshiftuntil your speed drops below the maximumspeed for the lower gear.

EIfoYGIN

WARNING you have a 4-wheel drive vehicle,ever leave the transfer switch in “N”Neutral) position when parked.therwise the vehicle may roll even ife transmission is in Park.

6-

O

66J22-03E

M

StTowaAfrechtheall

ShAlprAlshdotac

sing the Transfer Switch if equipped)

66J168

our vehicle is equipped with a four-modell-time 4x4 system. You can use theansfer switch to select any of the fourodes: N, 4H, 4H LOCK, 4L LOCK.

Using the Transmission: 10

7


anual Transmission

65D449

arting off start off, depress the clutch pedal all they to the floor and shift into 1st gear.

ter releasing the parking brake, graduallylease the clutch. When you hear aange in the engine’s sound, slowly press accelerator while continuing to gradu-

y release the clutch.

iftingl forward gears are synchronized, whichovides for quiet, and easy shifting.ways push in the clutch pedal fully beforeifting gears. Make sure the engine speedes not rise into the red zone of thehometer.

U(

Yfutrm

WARNING• Reduce your speed and downshift

to a lower gear before going downa long or steep hill. Downshiftingwill allow the engine to providebraking. Avoid riding the brakes orthey may overheat, resulting inbrake failure.

• When driving on slippery roads, besure to slow down before down-shifting. Large and suddenchanges in engine speed maycause loss of traction, which couldcause you to lose control.

• Make sure that the vehicle is com-pletely stopped before you shiftinto reverse.

CAUTION• To help avoid clutch damage, do

not use the clutch pedal as a foot-rest while driving or use the clutchto keep the vehicle stationary on ahill. Depress the clutch fully whenshifting.

• When shifting or starting off, do notrace the engine. Racing the enginecan shorten engine life and affectsmooth shifting.

6-8


66J22-03E

(1) Front differential(2) Engine(3) Transmission(4) High/Low clutch(5) Transfer case(6) Center differential(7) Differential lock clutch(8) Chain(9) Rear propeller shaft10) Rear differential11) Front propeller shaft

Using the Transmission: 10Using the Transfer Switch: 10

64J143

(1)(11)

(10)

(2) (5)(3)(4) (7) (9)(6)

(8)

((

6-

O

66J22-03E

DeN

this position, engine power is not sup-lied to the front or rear axles. Only useis position for towing your vehicle.hen you turn the transfer switch to the” position, “N” indicator will come on withe buzzer sound.

WARNINGNever leave the transfer switch in “N”(Neutral) when parked.When the transfer switch is in “N”(Neutral), the vehicle may roll even ifthe transmission is in gear or in Park.

Using the Transfer Switch: 10

9

64J223


scription of Transfer Switch Positions(Neutral)

InpthW“Nth

6-10


66J22-03E

4H this position, engine power is supplied toe front and rear axles. Use this positionr normal driving.


64J220

(4-wheel drive high range) Inthfo

6-

O

66J22-03E

4H this position, engine power is supplied toe front and rear axles and you get betteraction than when driving in “4H”. Use thisosition when you need better tractionan “4H” provides, such as when drivingn slippery roads etc.


11

64J221


LOCK (4-wheel drive high range center differential lock) Inthtrptho

6-12


66J22-03E

4L this position, engine power is supplied toe front and rear axles and you get betteraction and more low-speed torque thanhen driving in “4H”. Use this positionhen you need better traction than “4H”rovides and more low-speed torque thanH LOCK” provides, such as when climb-g or descending steep, slippery hills etc.

OTE:hen the transfer switch (if equipped) isrned to the “4L LOCK” position, theSP® systems (other than ABS) will beanceled to provide improved vehicle trac-on, and the “ESP OFF” indicator light willome on.hen the transfer switch (if equipped) isrned to the “4L LOCK” position, brake-action control can be activated. Brake-action control brakes the spinning wheel distribute drive power to the otherheels for increased climbing ability or foretter performance on a rolling hill or alippery surface.

SP® is a registered trademark ofaimlerChrysler AG.


64J222

tutrtrtowbs

ED

LOCK (4-wheel drive low range center differential lock) Inthtrwwp“4in

NWtuEcticW

6-

O

66J22-03E

TrOpthebe

FrSttrathe(if sw

FrYowhve

PoanIf thamp

NO•

•

OTE:When shifting between the transferswitch position and the transfer gearposition is unmatched, all 4WD indica-tors will blink and the buzzer will sound.If it is difficult to shift between “4H” and“4H LOCK” while the vehicle is moving,try accelerating and decelerating yourvehicle several times after turning thetransfer switch. Be sure to wait until traf-fic conditions allow you to accelerate anddecelerate safety before using this pro-cedure.

rom 4H to N

64J209

top the vehicle completely, place theansmission in “N” (Neutral) and depresse brake pedal and the clutch pedal fullyf equipped), then push in and turn thewitch to the mark (1) at the left of the “N”osition, and hold the switch in this posi-

Dw

(1)


13


ansfer Switch Operationerate the transfer switch according to appropriate procedure describedlow:

om N to 4Hop the vehicle completely, place thensmission in “N” (Neutral) and depress brake pedal and the clutch pedal fullyequipped), then push in and turn theitch to shift into “4H”.

om 4H to 4H LOCKu can operate the transfer switch eitheren the vehicle is stopped or while thehicle is moving.

sition the front wheels straight aheadd turn the switch to shift into “4H LOCK”.the vehicle is moving, we recommendt the speed be less than 100 km/h (60h) during this operation.

TE:When shifting between the transferswitch position and the transfer gearposition is unmatched, all 4WD indica-tors will blink and the buzzer will sound.If it is difficult to shift between “4H” and“4H LOCK” while the vehicle is moving,try accelerating and decelerating yourvehicle several times after turning the

transfer switch. Be sure to wait until traf-fic conditions allow you to accelerate anddecelerate safety before using this pro-cedure.

From 4H LOCK to 4L LOCKStop the vehicle completely, place thetransmission in “N” (Neutral) and depressthe brake pedal and the clutch pedal fully(if equipped), then push in and turn theswitch to shift into “4L LOCK”.

From 4L LOCK to 4H LOCKStop the vehicle completely, place thetransmission in “N” (Neutral) and depressthe brake pedal and the clutch pedal fully(if equipped), then push in and turn theswitch to shift into “4H LOCK”.

From 4H LOCK to 4HYou can operate the transfer switch eitherwhen the vehicle is stopped or while thevehicle is moving.

Position the front wheels straight aheadand turn the switch to shift into “4H”. If thevehicle is moving, we recommend that thespeed be less than 100 km/h (60 mph) dur-ing this operation.

N•

•

F

Strth(isp

CAUTIONo not operate the transfer switchhile tires are racing.

CAUTIONDo not operate the transfer switchwhile tires are racing.

6-14


66J22-03E

tioblitioW“Nthe

CAUTION(Continued)• Do not operate the vehicle while a

4WD mode indicator is blinkingexcept when shifting between “4H”and “4L LOCK”. If you operate the vehicle while a4WD mode indicator is blinking, abuzzer will sound and the transferwill shift to “N” (Neutral) to preventtransfer case damage. In this case, use the following pro-cedure.

1) Depress the clutch pedal fully (ifequipped) or shift the automatictransmission gearshift lever to the“N” position.

2) Turn the transfer switch to theposition previously selected.

3) Operate the transfer switch again.


n for 5 seconds until the “N” indicatornks, then turn the switch to the “N” posi-n.hen you turn the transfer switch to the” position, “N” indicator will come on with buzzer sound.

CAUTION• Be sure to stop the vehicle com-

pletely before operating the trans-fer switch to shift between “N” and“4H”, or between “4H LOCK” and“4L LOCK”.

• Do not shift between “4H” and “4HLOCK” unless the front wheels arein the straight-ahead position andwe recommend that the vehiclespeed be less than 100 km/h (60mph). Do not operate the transfer switchwhile tires are racing.

• Do not operate your vehicle in “4HLOCK” or “4L LOCK” on dry, hardsurfaces.

(Continued)

6-

O

66J22-03E

Th

N:4H4H4L

raking

60G165

he distance needed to bring any vehicle a halt increases with the speed of the

ehicle. The braking distance needed, forxample, at 60 km/h (37 mph) will bepproximately 4 times greater than theraking distance needed at 30 km/h (19ph). Start to brake the vehicle when there plenty of distance between your vehiclend the stopping point, and slow downradually.


15

Neutral: 4-wheel drive high range mode LOCK: 4-wheel drive high range center differential lock mode LOCK: 4-wheel drive low range center differential lock mode

4H LOCK

4H –

4L LOCK

4L LOCK 4H LOCK

Ttoveabmisag


e basic operation for transfer switch

Current Position Current Indicator Target

Position Target Indicator

N 4H –

4H –

N

4H LOCK

B

6-16


66J22-03E

PoYopoenfulcaprit dupreAppe

nti-Lock Brake System (ABS)BS will help you avoid skidding by elec-onically controlling braking pressure. Itill also help you maintain steering controlhen braking on slippery surfaces or whenraking hard.

he ABS works automatically, so you doot need any special braking technique.ust push the brake pedal down withoutumping. The ABS will operate whenever itenses that the wheels are locking up.

ou may feel the brake pedal pulsate whilee ABS is operating.

OTE:he ABS will not work if vehicle speed isnder 5 – 6 km/h (3 – 4 mph).

Ifbathswteerdr

Using the Transfer Switch: 10Braking: 6

wer Assisted Brakesur vehicle has power assisted brakes. Ifwer assistance is lost due to a stalledgine or other failures, the system is stillly operational on reserve power and youn bring the vehicle to a complete stop byessing the brake pedal once and holdingown. The reserve power is partly used

when you depress the brake pedal andduces each time the pedal is pressed.ply smooth and even pressure to thedal. Do not pump the pedal.

Brake Assist SystemWhen you slam the brakes on, the brakeassist system judges as an emergencystop and provides more powerful brakingfor a driver who cannot hold down thebrake pedal firmly.

NOTE:If you depress the brakes forcefully, youmay hear a clicking sound in the brakepedal. This is normal and indicates that thebrake assist system is activated properly.

AAtrwwb

TnJps

Yth

NTu

WARNING water gets into the brake drums,rake performance may become poornd unpredictable. After drivingrough water or washing the under-

ide of the vehicle, test the brakeshile driving at a slow speed to see if

hey have maintained their normalffectiveness. If the brakes are lessffective than normal, dry them byepeatedly applying the brakes whileriving slowly until the brakes haveegained their normal effectiveness.

WARNINGEven without reserve power in thebrake system, you can still stop thevehicle by pressing the brake pedalharder than normally required. How-ever, the stopping distance may belonger.

6-

O

66J22-03E

65D451

•

•

•

WARNINGIf the ABS warning light ((1) or (2))and the Brake system warning light(3) on the instrument panel simulta-neously stay on or come on whendriving, both anti-lock function andrear brake force control function(Proportioning valve function) of theABS system may have failed. Thiscould cause the rear wheels to skidor the vehicle to spin during brakingon a slippery road or hard braking ona dry paved road. If both warninglights come on, drive carefully, avoid-ing hard braking as much as possi-ble, and ask your SUZUKI dealer toinspect the ABS system immediately.

(1) (2)

(3)

or

Braking: 6

17


54G140

WARNINGOn some types of loose surfaces(such as gravel, snow-coveredroads, etc.), the stopping distancerequired for an ABS-equipped vehi-cle may be slightly greater than fora comparable vehicle with a con-ventional brake system. With aconventional brake system, skid-ding tires are able to “plow” thegravel or snow layer, shorteningthe stopping distance. ABS mini-mizes this resistance effect. Allowfor extra stopping distance whendriving on loose surfaces.On regular paved roads, some driv-ers may be able to obtain slightlyshorter stopping distances withconventional brake systems thanwith ABS.In both of the above conditions,ABS will still offer the advantage ofhelping you maintain directionalcontrol. However, remember thatABS will not compensate for badroad or weather conditions or poordriver judgment. Use good judg-ment and do not drive faster thanconditions will safely allow.

WARNINGIf the ABS warning light ((1) or (2)) onthe instrument panel comes on andstays on while driving, there may be aproblem with the ABS system.If this happens:1) Pull off the road and stop care-

fully.2) Turn the ignition switch to “LOCK”

and then start the engine again.If the warning light comes on brieflythen turns off, the system is normal.If the warning light still stays on,have the system inspected by yourSUZUKI dealer immediately. If theABS system becomes inoperative,the brake system will function as anordinary brake system that has noABS.

or

6-18


66J22-03E

HoA spchtheskchealocwhmasoits

he ESP® has the following three systems:

tability Control Systemhe vehicle stability control system helpsrovide integrated control of systems suchs anti-lock brakes, traction control, engineontrol, etc. This system automaticallyontrols the brakes and engine to help pre-ent the vehicle from skidding when cor-ering on a slippery road surface or whenrning the steering wheel abruptly.

raction Control Systemhe traction control system automaticallyelps prevent the spinning of wheels whene vehicle is started or accelerated on

lippery road surfaces. The system oper-tes only if it senses that some of theheels are spinning or beginning to loseaction. When this happens, the systemperates the front or rear brakes andduces engine power to limit wheel spin.

OTE:ou may hear a clicking sound in thengine compartment for a few secondshen you start the engine or just after theehicle begins to move. This means thate above systems are in the self-checkode. This sound does not indicate a mal-nction.

Ttisubsws

Braking: 6

w the ABS Workscomputer continuously monitors wheeleed. The computer compares theanges in wheel speed when braking. If wheels slow suddenly, indicating a

idding situation, the computer willange braking pressure several timesch second to prevent the wheels fromking. When you start your vehicle oren you accelerate after a hard stop, youy hear a momentary motor or clicking

und as the system resets or checkself.

Electronic Stability Program (ESP®)ESP® is a registered trademark ofDaimlerChrysler AG.

The Electronic Stability Program (ESP®)helps to control the vehicle during corner-ing if the vehicle is understeering or over-steering. It also assists you in maintainingtraction while accelerating on loose or slip-pery road surfaces. It does this by regulat-ing the engine’s output, and by selectivelyapplying the brakes. In addition, ESP®

helps to avoid skidding by controlling brak-ing pressure.

T

STpaccvntu

TThthsawtrore

NYewvthmfu

WARNINGhe ABS may not work properly ifres or wheels other than thosepecified in the owner’s manual aresed. This is because the ABS worksy comparing changes in wheelpeed. When replacing tires orheels, use only the size and typepecified in this owner’s manual.

WARNINGThe ESP® cannot enhance the vehi-cle’s driving stability in all situationsand does not control your vehicle’sentire braking system. The ESP® can-not prevent accidents, includingthose resulting from excessive speedin turns, or hydroplaning. Only a safeand attentive driver can prevent acci-dents. The capabilities of an ESP®-equipped vehicle must never be usedas a substitute for careful driving.

6-

O

66J22-03E

AnABtrowiwhbracabrapeoparpe(Fingse

NOIf hein caco

he ESP® indicator lights are describedelow:

LIP Indicator Light

66J033

hen one of the ESP® systems other thanBS is activated, the SLIP indicator light ine instrument cluster blinks 5 times per

econd.

OTE:hen the SLIP indicator light comes on

nd stays on while driving, indicating aalfunction of the ESP® systems (otheran ABS), the brake system will functions an ordinary ABS with no additionalSP® functions.

CAUTIONIf the SLIP indicator light comes onand stays on while driving, there maybe a malfunction of the ESP® sys-tems (other than ABS). You shouldhave the systems inspected by anauthorized SUZUKI dealer.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS):

19


ti-Lock Braking System (ABS)S will help you avoid skidding by elec-nically controlling braking pressure. Itll also help you maintain steering controlen braking on slippery surfaces or whenking hard. The ABS works automati-

lly, so you do not have to use any specialking technique. Just push the brake

dal down without pumping. The ABS willerate whenever it senses that wheelse locking up. You may feel the brakedal pulsate while the ABS is operating.or more information on ABS, see “Brak-” in the “OPERATING YOUR VEHICLE”ction.)

TE:the ABS system is activated, you mayar a clunking noise and/or feel pulsatingthe brake pedal. This is normal and indi-tes that the brake fluid pressure is beingntrolled properly.

Tb

S

WAths

NWamthaE

WARNING• The ESP® may not work properly if

tires or wheels other than thosespecified in the Owner’s Manual areused. When replacing tires orwheels, use only the size and typespecified in this Owner’s Manual.

• The ESP® may not work properly iftires are not inflated to the recom-mended tire inflation pressure.

• The ESP® may not work properly iftires are fitted with tire chains.

• The ESP® may not work properly ifthe tires are excessively worn. Besure to replace tires when the treadwear indicators in the groovesappear on the tread surface.

• The ESP® is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snowcovered road.

WARNING• The ESP® may not work properly if

engine related parts such as themuffler are not equivalent to stan-dard equipment or are extremelydeteriorated.

• Do not modify the vehicle’s sus-pension since the ESP® may notoperate correctly.

6-20


66J22-03E

NOWbaABtorcaac1)

2)

It theon

“E

Whawaco

ESP OFF” switch

66J039

hen the “ESP OFF” switch located at theenter of the instrument panel is pushednd held to turn off the ESP® systemsther than ABS), the “ESP OFF” indicator

ght in the instrument cluster comes on.hen you push and hold the “ESP OFF”

witch again, the “ESP OFF” indicator lightill go out and all of the ESP® systems wille activated.

OTE:When the vehicle speed is greater thanapproximately 30 km/h (19 mph), theESP® systems (other than ABS) will turnon automatically and the “ESP OFF”indicator light will go out.When the transfer switch (if equipped) isturned to the “4L LOCK” position, theESP® systems (other than ABS) will becanceled to provide improved vehicle

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS):

TE:hen you disconnect and re-connect thettery, ESP® system functions other thanS will be deactivated and the slip indica- light will blink 1 time per second. In thisse, use the following procedure to re-tivate the ESP® systems:Drive your vehicle straight ahead with-out tire slippage at a speed greater thanapproximately 15 km/h (9 mph) for afew secondsThe slip indicator light will go out andthe ESP® systems (other than ABS) willbe re-activated

may take more than few seconds before slip indicator light goes out depending

the road surface condition.

SP” Warning Light

66J031

hen the ESP® systems (other than ABS)ve a system malfunction, the “ESP”rning light in the instrument clustermes on.

NOTE:When the “ESP” warning light comes on,or stays on while driving, indicating a mal-function of the ESP® systems (other thanABS), the brake system will function as anordinary ABS that has no additional ESP®

functions.

“ESP OFF” Indicator Light

66J032

You should turn the ESP® on during yourordinary driving, so that you have the ben-efits of all of the ESP® systems.

It may be required to turn the ESP® sys-tems (other than ABS) off if your vehicle isstuck in sand, mud, or snow, or when driv-ing in extreme off-road conditions wherewheel spin is necessary.

“

Wca(oliWswb

N•

•

CAUTIONIf the “ESP” warning light comes on,or stays on while driving, there maybe a malfunction of the ESP® sys-tems (other than ABS). You shouldhave the systems inspected by anauthorized SUZUKI dealer.

6-

O

66J22-03E

•

ABWSeVE

ow Tire Pressure Warning Light

52D305

WARNINGEach tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthlywhen cold and inflated to the inflationpressure recommended by the vehi-cle manufacturer on the vehicle plac-ard or tire inflation pressure label. (Ifyour vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pres-sure label, you should determine theproper tire inflation pressure forthose tires.)As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with a tirepressure monitoring system (TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressuretelltale when one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated.

(Continued)

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS):Break-In: 6

21


traction, and the “ESP OFF” indicatorlight will come on. When the transfer switch (if equipped) isturned to the “4L LOCK” position, brake-traction control can be activated. Brake-traction control brakes the spinningwheel to distribute drive power to theother wheels for increased climbing abil-ity or for better performance on a rollinghill or a slippery surface.If the ESP® systems operate continu-ously, such as when driving on slipperyroads, the traction control functions ofthe ESP® systems may be canceledtemporarily to avoid overheating thebrake pads, and the “ESP OFF” indicatorlight will come on. After a short period oftime, the ESP® systems (other thanABS) will turn on automatically and the“ESP OFF” indicator light will go out.

S Warning Light / Brake System arning Lighte “Braking” in the “OPERATING YOURHICLE” section.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) (if equipped)The tire pressure monitoring system isdesigned to alert you when one or more ofthe tires on your vehicle is significantlyunder-inflated. A Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS) sensor containing aunique identification code is mounted oneach wheel. The TPMS sensors transmittire pressure signals to a central receiverwhich relays the information to a tire pres-sure monitoring system controller. Whenthe inflation pressure of one or more tiresindicates significant under-inflation, the lowtire pressure warning light shown belowcomes on.

NOTE:The TPMS controller is not programmed torecognize the ID code of the TPMS sensorin your spare tire. The tire pressure moni-toring system will only work with the sparetire if you bring your vehicle to an autho-rized SUZUKI dealer to register the IDcode of the spare tire sensor. Refer to“Replacing Tires and/or Wheels” in thissection.

L

6-22


66J22-03E

(CAssppDinhUcasPsnbpnnt

WARNINGThe load rating of your tires isreduced at lower inflation pressures.If your tires become even moderatelyunder-inflated, the vehicle load mayexceed the load rating of the tires,which can lead to tire failure. The lowtire pressure warning light will notalert you of this condition. The warn-ing light will only come on when oneor more of your tires become signifi-cantly under-inflated. Check andadjust your tire inflation pressure atleast once a month. Refer to “Tires”in the “INSPECTION AND MAINTE-NANCE” section.

Catalytic Converter: NO

WARNINGontinued)

ccordingly, when the low tire pres-ure telltale illuminates, you shouldtop and check your tires as soon asossible, and inflate them to theroper pressure.riving on a significantly under-flated tire causes the tire to over-eat and can lead to tire failure.nder-inflation also reduces fuel effi-iency and tire tread life, and mayffect the vehicle’s handling andtopping ability.lease note that the TPMS is not aubstitute for proper tire mainte-ance, and it is the driver’s responsi-ility to maintain correct tireressure, even if under-inflation hasot reached the level to trigger illumi-ation of the TPMS low tire pressureelltale.

WARNINGThe tire pressure monitoring systemis not a substitute for regular tirepressure inspections. Check tireinflation pressures monthly whencold and set to the recommendedinflation pressure as specified on thevehicle’s tire information placard andin the owner’s manual. Refer to“Tires” in the “INSPECTION ANDMAINTENANCE” section.

WARNINGIf the low tire pressure warning lightdoes not come on when the ignitionis turned to the “ON” position, orcomes on and blinks while drivingthere may be a problem with the tirepressure monitoring system. Haveyour vehicle inspected by an autho-rized SUZUKI dealer. Even if the lightturns off after blinking, indicatingthat the monitoring system hasrecovered, make sure to have anauthorized SUZUKI dealer check thesystem.

6-

O

66J22-03E

Thconacaatmpr

when the tires are cold. Tires thatappear to be at the specified pressurewhen checked after driving, when thetires are warm, could have pressurebelow the specification when the tirescool down. Also, tires that are inflated tothe specified pressure in a warm garagemay have pressure below the specifica-tion when the vehicle is driven outside invery cold temperature. If you adjust thetire pressure in a garage that is warmerthan the outside temperature, youshould add 1 psi to the recommendedcold tire inflation pressure for every 10°Fdifference between garage temperatureand outside temperature.

or tire inflation pressure information, refer “Tire Inflation Pressure” in the “INSPEC-ION AND MAINTENANCE” section.

PMS Malfunction Indicator

Ifcsba•

•

Bcttccs

WARNINGYour vehicle also has been equippedwith a TPMS malfunction indicator toindicate when the system is not oper-ating properly.

Catalytic Converter: NOImproving Fuel Economy: NO

23


e low tire pressure warning light canme on due to normal causes such astural air leaks and pressure changesused by changes in temperature or

ospheric pressure. Adjusting the airessure in the tires to the pressure shown

on the tire information placard shouldcause the low tire pressure warning light toturn off.

If the light turns on again shortly afteradjusting the pressure in your tires, youmay have a flat tire. If you have a flat tire,replace it with the spare tire. Refer to“Jacking Instructions” in the “EMER-GENCY SERVICE” section. Refer to“Replacing Tires and/or Wheels” forinstructions on how to restore normal oper-ation of the tire pressure monitoring sys-tem after you have had a flat tire.

NOTE:• When the tire inflation pressure is

adjusted in high altitude areas, the lowtire pressure light may not turn off evenafter tire inflation pressure adjustment.In this case, adjust the inflation pressureto a slightly higher pressure than isshown on the tire information placard.

• The low tire pressure warning light mayturn off temporarily after coming on. Thiscould be due to surface temperatureincreases after long distance driving ortraveling to a high temperature area.Even if the tire pressure warning lightturns off after coming on, make sure tocheck the inflation pressure of all tires.

• To reduce the chance that the low tirepressure warning light will come on dueto normal changes in temperature andatmospheric pressure, it is important tocheck and adjust the tire pressures

FtoT

T

WARNING the low tire pressure warning lightomes on and stays on, reduce yourpeed and avoid abrupt steering andraking. Stop in a safe place as soons possible and check your tires.If you have a flat tire, replace it withthe spare tire. Refer to “JackingInstructions” in the “EMERGENCYSERVICE” section. Refer to“Replacing Tires and/or Wheels”for instructions on how to restorenormal operation of the tire pres-sure monitoring system after youhave had a flat tire.If one or more of your tires isunder-inflated adjust the inflationpressure in all of your tires to therecommended inflation pressure assoon as possible.e aware that driving on a signifi-antly under-inflated tire can causehe tire to overheat and can lead toire failure, and may affect steeringontrol and brake effectiveness. Thisould lead to an accident, resulting inevere injury or death.

6-24


66J22-03E

Wmatenthefor

When the TPMS sensor’s electronic sig-nal is disturbed in one of the followingways:– Electric devices or facilities using simi-

lar radio wave frequencies are nearby.– A lot of snow or ice covers the vehicle,

in particular, around the wheels orwheel housings.

– Snow tires or tire chains are used.When you use non-genuine SUZUKIwheels or tires.

eplacing Tires and/or Wheels you get a flat tire, Suzuki recommendsat you have an authorized SUZUKIealer mount a new tire on the wheel thatad the flat tire, and reinstall this tire on theehicle in place of the spare. The TPMS islready set up to recognize the ID code ofe original wheel, and normal TPMS oper-tion will be restored.

you wish to operate your vehicle with thepare tire installed, you must have anuthorized SUZUKI dealer set up thePMS to recognize the ID code of thepare tire TPMS sensor.

you need to replace any wheels on yourehicle, your dealer must make sure thatPMS sensors are installed in the newheels and must set up the TPMS to rec-gnize the new sensors.

TctmarTsa

Wilasminmtfrcawtwf

hen you turn off the engine, however, thelfunction indicator resets. It takes about minutes after restarting the engine for malfunction to be detected again and the light to start flashing.

TPMS LimitationsThe tire pressure monitoring system maynot function properly under certain circum-stances. In the following situations, the lowtire pressure warning light may come onand remain on or may blink.• When you replace a flat tire with the

spare tire.• When you include the spare tire during a

tire rotation.• When the TPMS sensor is damaged dur-

ing a tire replacement or liquid sealantsare used to repair a flat tire.

•

•

RIfthdhvatha

IfsaTs

IfvTwo

WARNINGhe TPMS malfunction indicator isombined with the low tire pressureelltale. When the system detects aalfunction, the telltale will flash for

pproximately one minute and thenemain continuously illuminated.his sequence will continue uponubsequent vehicle start-ups as longs the malfunction exists.

WARNINGhen the malfunction indicator is

luminated, the system may not beble to detect or signal low tire pres-ure as intended. TPMS malfunctionsay occur for a variety of reasons,cluding the installation of replace-ent or alternate tires or wheels on

he vehicle that prevent the TPMSom functioning properly. Alwaysheck the TPMS malfunction telltalefter replacing one or more tires orheels on your vehicle to ensure that

he replacement or alternate tires andheels allow the TPMS to continue to

unction properly.

CAUTION• The tire pressure sensors can be

damaged by the installation orremoval of tires. When tires mustbe repaired or replaced, we highlyrecommend that you have themrepaired or replaced by an autho-rized SUZUKI dealer.

• Do not use liquid sealants for a flattire as air pressure sensors can bedamaged.

• If the low tire pressure warninglight comes on frequently, theremay be something wrong with oneof the tires or with the monitoringsystem. Have your vehicleinspected by an authorized SUZUKIdealer.

6-

O

66J22-03E

FoThFCOpco1)

2)

NOChappliop

TrPlsuabpr

atalytic Converter

54G236

he purpose of the catalytic converter is toinimize the amount of harmful pollutants your vehicle’s exhaust. Use of leadedel in vehicles equipped with catalytic

onverters is prohibited by federal law,ecause lead deactivates the pollutant-ducing components of the catalyst sys-m.

he converter is designed to last the life ofe vehicle under normal usage and whennleaded fuel is used. No special mainte-ance is required on the converter. How-ver, it is very important to keep the engineroperly tuned. Engine misfiring, whichan result from an improperly tunedngine, may cause overheating of the cat-lyst. This may result in permanent heatamage to the catalyst and other vehicleomponents.

OmoUmT“s

EXAMPLE

25


r Vehicles Sold in U.S.A.is device complies with Part 15 of theC Rules.eration is subject to the following twonditions:This device may not cause harmfulinterference.This device must accept any interfer-ence received, including interferencethat may cause undesired operation.

TE:anges or modifications not expresslyproved by the party responsible for com-ance could void the user’s authority toerate the equipment.

aveling to CANADAease note that service for the tire pres-re monitoring system may not be avail-le in CANADA should there be anyoblems or malfunctions in the system.

Break-In C

Tminfucbrete

Tthunepceadc

WARNINGnly use tires and wheels recom-ended by SUZUKI as standard or

ptional equipment for your vehicle.se of tires or wheels not recom-ended by SUZUKI can result inPMS failure. Refer to “Tires” in theINSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE”ection for additional information.

CAUTIONThe future performance and reliabil-ity of the engine depends on the careand restraint exercised during itsearly life. It is especially important toobserve the following precautionsduring the initial 960 km (600 miles)of vehicle operation.• After starting, do not race the

engine. Warm it up gradually.• Avoid prolonged vehicle operation

at a constant speed. Moving partswill break in better if you vary yourspeed.

• Start off from a stop slowly. Avoidfull throttle starts.

• Avoid hard stopping, especiallyduring the first 320 km (200 miles)of driving.

• Do not drive slowly with the trans-mission in a high gear.

• Drive the vehicle at moderateengine speeds.

• Do not tow a trailer during the first960 km (600 miles) of vehicle oper-ation.

6-26


66J22-03E

proving Fuel Economyhe following instructions will help youprove fuel economy.

void excessive idling you are to wait for more than a minutehile you are parked, stop the engine andtart it again later. When warming up aold engine, allow the engine to idle untile temperature gauge pointer comes up the “C” position. In this position, thengine is sufficiently warm for starting off.

void “jackrabbit” startsast starts away from lights or stop signsill consume fuel unnecessarily andhorten engine life. Start off slowly.

void unnecessary stopsvoid unnecessary deceleration and stop-ing. Try to maintain a slow, steady speedhenever possible. Slowing down and thenccelerating again uses more fuel.

eep a steady cruising speedeep as constant a speed as road and traf-c conditions will permit.

To•

•

•

•

•

•

•

54G584S

ImTim

AIfwscthtoe

AFws

AApwa

KKfi

CAUTIONo minimize the possibility of catalystr other vehicle damage:Maintain the engine in the properoperating condition.In the event of an engine malfunc-tion, particularly one involvingengine misfire or other apparentloss of performance, have the vehi-cle serviced promptly.Do not shut off the engine or inter-rupt the ignition when the transmis-sion is in gear and the vehicle is inmotion.Do not try to start the engine bypushing or towing the vehicle orcoasting down a hill.Do not idle the engine with anyspark plug wires disconnected orremoved, such as during diagnos-tic testing.Do not idle the vehicle for pro-longed periods if idling seemsrough or there are other malfunc-tions.Do not allow the fuel tank to getnear the empty level.

WARNINGBe careful where you park and drive;the catalytic converter and otherexhaust components can get veryhot. As with any vehicle, do not parkor operate this vehicle in areas wherecombustible materials such as drygrass or leaves can come in contactwith a hot exhaust system.

6-

O

66J22-03E

KeA tioenpliinc

KeThveor

KeUndutireprthe

E

27


60A183S

ep the air cleaner cleandirty air cleaner will cause the fuel injec-n system to supply too much fuel to thegine for the amount of air being sup-ed. The result is waste of fuel due toomplete fuel burning.

ep weight to a minimume heavier the load, the more fuel thehicle consumes. Take out any luggage cargo when it is not necessary.

ep tire pressure correctderinflation of the tires can waste fuele to increased running resistance of thes. Keep your tires inflated to the correct

essure shown on the label located below driver’s side door latch striker.

XAMPLE

DRIVING TIPS

7

66J22-03E

60G409

DRIVING TIPSImportant Vehicle Design Features To Know ................... 7-1On-Pavement Driving .......................................................... 7-2Off-Road Driving ................................................................. 7-4

7-

DR

66J22-03E

65D218

a rollover crash, an unbelted person isignificantly more likely to die than a per-on wearing a seat belt.

portant Differences Between our Multipurpose Vehicle and rdinary Passenger Carsigher Ground Clearancehe higher ground clearance of your vehi-le enables it to clear off-road obstacles,uch as rocks and tree stumps, that ordi-ary passenger cars can not drive over. Annavoidable result of this higher groundlearance is that the vehicle also has aigher center of gravity. Consequently,our vehicle will handle differently than aehicle with a lower center of gravity.

•

•

EXAMPLE

Important Vehicle Design Features To Know: NO

1

IVING TIPS

52D078S

Important Vehicle Design Features To Know

Multipurpose vehicles such as your newSUZUKI have higher ground clearance anda narrower track than conventional pas-senger cars, to make them capable of per-forming in a wide variety of off-roadapplications. Specific design characteris-tics give them a higher center of gravitythan ordinary cars. An advantage of thehigher ground clearance is a better view ofthe road allowing you to anticipate prob-lems. They are not designed for corneringat the same speed as conventional pas-senger cars any more than low-slungsports cars are designed to perform satis-factorily under off-road conditions. If at allpossible, avoid sharp turns or abruptmaneuvers. As with other vehicles of thistype, failure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly may result in loss of control or vehi-cle rollover.

Multipurpose vehicles have a significantlyhigher rollover rate than other types ofvehicles.

Inss

ImYOHTcsnuchyv

WARNINGWear Your Seat Belts at All Times.Even though air bags are equippedat the front seating positions, thedriver and all passengers shouldbe properly restrained at all times,using the seat belts provided. Referto the “Seat Belts and ChildRestraint Systems” section forinstructions on proper use of theseat belts.Never drive while under the influ-ence of alcohol or other drugs.Alcohol and drugs can seriouslyimpair your ability to drive safely,greatly increasing the risk of injuryto yourself and others. You shouldalso avoid driving when you aretired, sick, irritated or under stress.

WARNINGYour multipurpose vehicle has han-dling characteristics that differ fromthose of a conventional passengercar. For the safety of you and yourpassengers, please read the follow-ing section very carefully.

7-2

DRIVING TIPS

66J22-03E

ShAlyoshmacoovorpomarewh

NaYopatig

Wdeshwiprpeoningrie

ll Types of Rollover Accidentss with many kinds of automobile acci-ents, rollovers can be greatly reduced byoing what all prudent drivers should do,e., don’t drink and drive, don’t drive whenred and don’t do anything behind theheel that could cause a loss of attention the driving task.

dditional guidelines are set out below forour on-road driving.

now Your Vehicleake time to familiarize yourself with thenique handling characteristics of yourehicle by first driving around in an areaway from traffic. Practice turning the vehi-le at a variety of speeds and in differentirections. Get a feel for the greater steer-g response that your vehicle has over a

onventional car.

ear Your Seat Belts at All Timeshe driver and all passengers should beroperly restrained at all times, using theeat belts provided. Refer to the “Seatelts and Child Restraint Systems” sectionr instructions on proper use of the seatelts.

Important Vehicle Design Features To Know: NOOn-Pavement Driving: NO

orter Wheelbaseong with its higher ground clearance,ur vehicle has a shorter wheelbase andorter front and rear overhangs thanny passenger cars. These features

mbine to allow you to drive your vehicleer hillcrests without hanging up on them damaging the frame and chassis com-nents. The shorter wheelbase alsokes the steering of your vehicle more

sponsive than that of vehicles with longereelbases.

rrower Body Width and Trackur vehicle is narrower than the averagessenger car so that it can pass throughht spaces.

ithout the essential characteristicsscribed above: higher ground clearance,orter wheelbase and narrower bodydth and track – your vehicle could notovide you with excellent off road drivingrformance. However, it is also true that-pavement driving, handling and steer- will be different from what drivers expe-nce with a conventional passenger car.

On-Pavement DrivingGovernment data show that most rolloveraccidents for multi-purpose vehicles arecaused when a driver loses control of thevehicle and leaves the paved portion of theroadway striking a ditch, curb or other off-road object that causes the vehicle to over-turn. The following driving practices mayreduce the risk of rollover.

Vehicle Slides Off-RoadYou can reduce the risk of this kind of roll-over accident by always keeping the vehi-cle under control. Typically, drivers losecontrol of vehicles, often resulting in roll-over accidents, when the driver is impairedbecause of alcohol or other drugs, fallsasleep at the wheel or is otherwise inatten-tive, or is driving too fast for the road condi-tions.

Rollovers On the RoadwayIf, for any reason, your vehicle slides side-ways or spins out of control at highwayspeeds, while on the paved portion of theroadway, the risk of rollover is greatlyincreased. This condition can be createdwhen two or more wheels drop off onto theshoulder and you steer sharply in anattempt to reenter the roadway. To reducethe risk of rollover in these circumstances,if conditions permit, you should hold thesteering wheel firmly and slow downbefore pulling back into the travel laneswith controlled steering movements.

AAddi.tiwto

Ay

KTuvacdinc

WTpsBfob

7-

DR

66J22-03E

DoAsveticvaticreRehahigpama

SlLeat takwograspattlik

SlpeUndrdubraoravordrter

CAUTIONUnevenly worn tires can cause prob-lems in the operation of the transferswitch. Be sure to rotate the tiresaccording to the maintenance sched-ule. Refer to “Tires” and “Mainte-nance Schedule” in the“INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE”section for proper tire rotation proce-dures.

On-Pavement Driving: NOOff-Road Driving: NO

3

IVING TIPS

n’t Make Sharp Turns mentioned before, small multipurposehicles have specific design characteris-s that allow them to perform in a wideriety of applications. These characteris-s also change the cornering behaviorlative to conventional passenger cars.member, small multipurpose vehiclesve more responsive steering and aher center of gravity than conventionalssenger cars. If at all possible, avoidking sharp turns in your vehicle.

ow Down on Curvesarn to approach curves cautiously anda conservative speed. Do not attempt toe curves at the same speeds that youuld in a vehicle with a lower center ofvity. Just as you would not drive a

orts car on a trail, you should notempt to drive your vehicle around curvese a sports car.

ow Down and Use Caution on Slip-ry Roadsder wet road conditions you should

ive at a lower speed than on dry roadse to possible slippage of tires duringking. When driving on icy, snowcovered

muddy roads, reduce your speed andoid sudden acceleration, abrupt braking sharp steering movements. Use 4-wheelive high range (4H) (if equipped) for bet- traction.

NOTE:Avoid operating your vehicle in “4H LOCK”or “4L LOCK” on wet pavement as muchas possible. Operating your vehicle in “4HLOCK” or “4L LOCK” on wet pavementmay cause severe damage to the drivetrain.

NOTE:Operating your vehicle in “4H” on dry andtight corner may cause some vibration onyour vehicle. This is not caused by thevehicle malfunction, but caused by workingof the limited slip differential gear in thecenter differential.

CAUTIONDo not operate your vehicle in “4HLOCK” or “4L LOCK” on dry, hardsurfaces. Operating your vehicle in“4H LOCK” or “4L LOCK” on dry,hard surfaces puts severe stress tothe drive train, especially during tightcornering, and can damage it. Also,you may have some difficulty steer-ing.

7-4

DRIVING TIPS

66J22-03E

OYoistthesucorodrveing2-tiodroff

UsAldrsidhaattyo

Cothahegebeste

o not drive in the field covered withrown grass you drive in the field covered with grass, may cause unexpected accident or vehi-le damage by getting caught in grownrass.

Your Vehicle Gets Stuck your vehicle gets stuck in snow, mud orand, follow the directions below:) (For vehicles equipped with transfer

switch) Turn the transfer switch to “4HLOCK” or “4L LOCK”.

) Shift the transmission back and forthbetween a forward range (or first gearfor manual transmission) and reverse.This will create a rocking motion whichmay give you enough momentum tofree the vehicle. Press gently on theaccelerator to keep wheel spin to a min-imum. Remove your foot from theaccelerator while shifting. Do not race the engine. Excessivewheel spin will cause the tires to digdeeper, making it more difficult to freethe vehicle.

) If your vehicle remains stuck after a fewminutes of rocking, get another vehicleto pull you out.

Off-Road Driving: NO

ff-Road Drivingur vehicle has specific design character-ics for off-road driving. When you leave pavement, you will encounter driving

rfaces of all kinds which may changentinually as you drive. In most cases, off-ad driving requires the use of 4-wheelive. If your vehicle is a 2-wheel drivehicle, you should limit your off-road driv- only to hard, flat, nonslippery surfaces.

wheel drive vehicles have far less trac-n on off-road surfaces than 4-wheelive vehicles. It is important when driving-road to follow the guidelines below.

e Caution on Steep Inclinesways inspect hills before you attempt toive up them. Know what is on the othere and how you will get back down. If youve any doubt that it is safe, do notempt to drive over a hill. Never driveur vehicle up an extremely steep incline.

ming down a steep hill can be trickiern getting up one. Keep the vehicleading straight down the hill and use lowar. Do not lock the brakes. If the vehiclegins to slide, accelerate slightly to regainering control.

Do Not Turn on or Drive Across the Sideof HillsTurning on or driving across the side of ahill can be extremely hazardous. Most ofthe vehicle’s weight will be transferred tothe downhill tires, which could result in thevehicle rolling sideways. Whenever possi-ble, avoid this potential hazard. Also, if youhave to exit your vehicle on a side-hill,always get out on the uphill side.

Wear Your Seat Belts at All TimesYou and your passengers should use theseat belts at all times when driving off-road. For proper seat belt use, refer to the“Seat Belts and Child Restraint Systems”section in this manual.

Avoid Sudden Reactions in Mud, Ice orSnowBe careful when off-road conditions areslick. Reduce your speed and avoid sud-den movements of the vehicle. If your vehi-cle is a 2-wheel drive vehicle, do not drivein deep snow or mud. If your vehicle is a 4-wheel drive vehicle, be aware that drivingin deep snow or mud can cause a loss oftraction and an increase in the resistanceto the vehicle’s forward motion. Use 4WDlow gear (4L) and maintain a steady butmoderate speed with a light touch on thesteering wheel and brakes.

DgIfitcg

IfIfs1

2

3

7-

DR

66J22-03E

o not drive through deep or rushingaterriving in deep or rushing water can beazardous. You could lose control of theehicle and the occupants could drown.lso, your vehicle could be seriously dam-ged. To avoid these risks, observe the fol-wing instructions and precautions.

Do not drive through deep or rushingwater. Deep or rushing water, such asfast-moving streams or floodwaters,could carry your vehicle away from yourintended path. The water is too deep if itcovers your wheel hubs, axles orexhaust tailpipe. Know the depth of thewater before you attempt to drivethrough it.If water blocks the tailpipe, the enginemay not start or run. If the water is deepenough to get drawn into the engineintake system, the engine will be badlydamaged.Submerged brakes will have poor brak-ing performance. Drive slowly and care-fully. Driving slowly will also help avoidwater splashing onto the ignition system,which could cause the engine to stall.Even when driving through shallow orstill waters, drive carefully since thewater may be hiding ground hazardssuch as holes, ditches or bumps.

•

•

Roinc

Dfoloofe

Off-Road Driving: NO

5

IVING TIPS

Tire ChainsTire chains should only be used if they areneeded to increase traction or are requiredby law. Make sure that the chains you useare small-link chains or cable-type chainsand are the correct size for your vehicle’stires. Also make sure that there is enoughclearance between the fenders and thechains as installed on the tires.

Install the chains on the rear tires tightly,according to the chain manufacturer’sinstructions. Retighten the chains afterdriving about 1.0 km (1/2 mile) if neces-sary. With the chains installed, drive slowly.

DwDhvAalo

•

•

•

•

WARNINGDo not allow anyone to stand nearthe vehicle when you are rocking it,and do not spin the wheels fasterthan an indicated 40 km/h (25 mph)on the speedometer. Personalinjury and/or vehicle damage mayresult from spinning the wheels toofast.Be sure to turn the transfer switchfrom “4H” to “4H LOCK” or “4LLOCK” when the tires slip in “4H”. The continuing tires slip in “4H”can cause the limited slip differen-tial gear damage in the center dif-ferential.

CAUTIONelease the accelerator pedal whenperating the gearshift lever. Operat-g the lever with the engine racing

an damage the gears.

CAUTIONo not continue rocking the vehicler more than a few minutes. Pro-nged rocking can cause engine

verheating, transmission or trans-r case damage or tire damage.

CAUTIONIf you hear the chains hitting againstthe vehicle body while driving, stopand tighten them.

7-6

DRIVING TIPS

66J22-03E

Intoo•

•

•

•

•

WARNING addition to following the driving

ips in this section, it is important tobserve the following precautions forn-road and off-road driving.Driver and passengers should wearseat belts at all times.Do not let anyone else drive yourvehicle unless they are also awareof the vehicle characteristics andhandling differences described inthis section.Avoid loaning your vehicle to any-one unless you accompany them.Make sure your tires are in goodcondition and always maintain thespecified tire pressure. Refer to“Tires” in the “INSPECTION ANDMAINTENANCE” section fordetails.Do not use tires other than thosespecified by SUZUKI. Never use dif-ferent sizes or types of tires on thefront and rear wheels. For informa-tion regarding the specified tires,refer to the Tire Inflation PressureLabel located on the driver’s sidedoor pillar or the “SPECIFICA-TIONS” section.

(Continued)

WARNING(Continued)• Never use oversized tires or special

shocks and springs to raise (jackup) your vehicle. This will raise thecenter of gravity of the vehicle andchange its handling characteris-tics. Oversized tires may also rubagainst the fender over bumps,causing vehicle damage or tire fail-ure.

• After driving through water, mud orsandy ground, test the brakes whiledriving at a slow speed to see ifthey have maintained their normaleffectiveness. If the brakes are lesseffective than normal, dry them byrepeatedly applying the brakeswhile driving slowly until thebrakes have regained their normaleffectiveness.

• Do not use “4H LOCK” or “4LLOCK” drive for normal driving.

• After extended operation in mud,sand or water, have the brakesinspected by your authorizedSUZUKI dealer as soon as possi-ble.

7-

DR

66J22-03E

M

7

IVING TIPS

EMO

VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

8

66J22-03E

54G215

VEHICLE LOADING AND TOWINGVehicle Loading ................................................................... 8-1Trailer Towing ...................................................................... 8-2Towing Your Vehicle (recreational towing) ...................... 8-7

8-

VE

66J22-03E

V

YoweyoVeAxanGVliswhdoWLaCe

GVweallplutra

WARNINGNever overload your vehicle. Thegross vehicle weight (sum of theweights of the loaded vehicle, driverand passengers) must never exceedthe Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) listed on the Safety Certifica-tion Label. In addition, never distrib-ute a load so that the weight on eitherthe front or rear axle exceeds theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)listed on the Safety CertificationLabel.

WARNING• Always distribute cargo evenly.• To avoid personal injury or damage

to your vehicle, always securecargo to prevent it from shifting ifthe vehicle moves suddenly.

• Place heavier objects on the floorand as far forward in the cargo areaas possible. Never pile cargohigher than the top of the seatbacks.

Vehicle Loading: 11

1

HICLE LOADING AND TOWING

ehicle Loading

54G307

ur vehicle was designed for specificight capacities. The weight capacities ofur vehicle are indicated by the Grosshicle Weight Rating (GVWR), the Grossle Weight Rating (GAWR, front and rear)d the Vehicle Capacity Weight. TheWR and GAWR (front and rear) are

ted on the Safety Certification Labelich is located below the driver’s sideor latch striker. The Vehicle Capacityeight is listed on the Tire Informationbel which is located below the Safetyrtification Label.

WR – Maximum permissible overallight of the fully loaded vehicle (including the occupants, accessories and cargos the trailer tongue weight if towing ailer).

GAWR – (Front and Rear) Maximum per-missible weight on an individual axle.

Vehicle Capacity Weight – Maximum per-missible load weight a vehicle can carryincluding the weight of all the occupants,accessories, cargo, plus trailer tongueweight (if towing a trailer).

The weight of any accessories alreadyinstalled on your vehicle at the time of pur-chase, or that you or the dealer install afterpurchase, must be subtracted from theVehicle Capacity Weight to determine howmuch capacity remains available for occu-pants, cargo, and trailer tongue weight (iftowing a trailer).Contact your dealer for further information.

Actual weight of the loaded vehicle andactual loads at the front and rear axles canonly be determined by weighing the vehicleusing a vehicle scale. To measure theweight and load, try taking your vehicle toa highway weighing station, shipping com-pany or inspection station for trucks, etc.Compare these weights to the GVWR andGAWR (front and rear) listed on the SafetyCertification Label. If the gross vehicleweight or the load on either axle exceedsthese ratings, you must remove enoughweight to bring the load down to the ratedcapacity.

8-2

EHICLE LOADING AND TOWING

66J22-03E

TrYobumetioesingre

Fointanatutheve

railer Lightsake sure your trailer is equipped with

ghts which meet federal, state and localquirements. Always check for the proper

peration of all trailer lights before youtart to tow.

rakes

Toodv

BtifrcMSme

WARNINGNever attach safety chains to thebumper of your vehicle. Secure con-nections so that they can’t comeloose.

WARNINGNever splice trailer lights directly intoyour vehicle’s electrical system, orelectrical system damage may occur.

WARNINGIf trailer brakes are used, you shouldfollow all instructions provided by themanufacturer. Never tap into thebrake system of your vehicle.

Trailer Towing: 5, 11, 13

V

ailer Towingu can use your SUZUKI to tow a trailer,t you should always observe the require-nts and recommendations in this sec-

n. If you intend to tow a trailer, it issential to select a trailer and trailer tow- equipment which are compatible. A

putable trailer dealer can help you.

r Automatic transmission vehicles, shifto “3” (Low 2) or “L” (Low 1) (if necessary)d frequently monitor the coolant temper-re gauge when towing up a steep hill. If gauge indicates overheating, park the

hicle in a safe place and let the engine

cool down. Refer to “If the Engine Over-heats” section for details on how to dealwith overheating.

HitchesUse only a trailer hitch bracket that isdesigned to bolt to the frame of your vehi-cle, and a hitch that is designed to bolt tothis bracket. We recommend that you usea genuine SUZUKI trailer hitch bracket andtrailer hitch (available as options), or equiv-alent.

Safety ChainsAlways attach safety chains between yourvehicle and trailer. Cross safety chainsunder the tongue of the trailer so that thetongue will not drop to the road if the trailerbecomes separated from the hitch. Followthe manufacturer’s recommendation forattaching safety chains. Always leave justenough slack to permit full turning. Neverallow safety chains to drag on the road.

TMlireos

B

CAUTIONrailer towing puts additional stressn the engine, drive train and brakesf your vehicle. Never tow a traileruring the first 960 km (600 miles) ofehicle operation.

CAUTIONecause towing a trailer puts addi-onal stress on your vehicle, morerequent maintenance will beequired than under normal drivingonditions. Follow the schedule foraintenance Recommended Underevere Driving Conditions or performore frequent maintenance as nec-

ssary.

CAUTIONTowing in “D” range up a steep hillcan cause coolant overheating whichmay result in engine/automatic trans-mission damage.

WARNINGNever use a bumper hitch or a hitchwhich attaches to the axle of yourvehicle.

8-

VE

66J22-03E

Ti

MChfedminobe

VeBegroweweredeananba

ross Combined Weight

60A381

ross Combined Weight is the weight ofe fully loaded vehicle (including all theccupants, accessories and cargo) pluse weight of the fully loaded trailer. Gross

ombined weight must never exceed: 2WD – 3400 kg (7500 pounds)4WD – 3450 kg (7600 pounds)

Wimtvthosint


3


res

irrorseck to see if your vehicle’s mirrors meeteral, state and local requirements for

rrors used on towing vehicles. If they dot, you must install required mirrorsfore you tow.

hicle/Trailer Weight Limitsfore towing, you must make sure thatss trailer weight, gross combinedight, trailer tongue weight, gross vehicleight and gross axle weight (front and

ar) are within specified limits asscribed below. You can measure vehicled trailer weights using a vehicle scaled can measure tongue weight using athroom scale.

Gross Trailer Weight

60A378

Gross Trailer Weight is the weight of thetrailer plus all cargo in it (measured withthe trailer disconnected from the towingvehicle). Gross trailer weight must neverexceed 1350 kg (3000 pounds).

If you intend to tow a trailer having a grosstrailer weight greater than 450 kg (1000pounds), the trailer must be equipped withtrailer brakes.

G

Gthothc••

WARNINGhen towing a trailer, it is veryportant for your vehicle and trailer

o have properly inflated tires. Yourehicle’s tires should be inflated toe recommended pressures listed

n your vehicle’s Tire Inflation Pres-ure label. Inflate trailer tires accord-g to the specifications provided by

he trailer manufacturer.

8-4


66J22-03E

To

Toexwiat beap

NOYoabingthesubeyo

ross Axle Weight

60A382

ross Axle Weight (Front and Rear) is theeight supported by an individual axle withe vehicle fully loaded and the trailer con-ected. Gross axle weight for the front andar axles must never exceed the Grossxle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed on theafety Certification Label.

WARNINGImproper distribution of cargo in yourtrailer may result in poor vehicle han-dling and swaying of the trailer.Always make sure that trailer tongueweight is about 10% of gross trailerweight. Failure to observe thisrequirement may result in an acci-dent.


V

ngue Weight

60A380

ngue Weight is the downward forceerted on the hitch by the trailer coupler,th the trailer fully loaded and the couplerits normal towing height. Cargo should distributed so that tongue weight isproximately 10% of gross trailer weight.

TE:u can usually get tongue weight to beout 10% of gross trailer weight by plac- about 60% of the total cargo weight in front half of the trailer. You should mea-

re gross trailer weight and tongue weightfore towing, however, to make sure thatur load is properly distributed.

Gross Vehicle Weight

60A379

Gross Vehicle Weight is the weight of thefully loaded vehicle (including all the occu-pants, accessories and cargo plus thetrailer tongue weight). The gross vehicleweight must never exceed the Gross Vehi-cle Weight Rating (GVWR) listed on theSafety Certification Label.

G

GwthnreAS

8-

VE

66J22-03E

NvnGe24Geinfte(ti

Dtr(e

WARNING(Continued)• Allow adequate stopping distance.

Stopping distance is increasedwhen you tow a trailer. For each 16km/h (10 mph) of speed, allow atleast one vehicle and trailer lengthbetween you and the vehicle ahead.Follow at a greater distance if roadsare wet or slippery.

• Slow down when making turns.Remember that a larger than nor-mal turning radius is neededbecause the trailer wheels will becloser than the vehicle wheels tothe inside of the turn.

• Avoid sudden acceleration andstopping of the vehicle. Do notmake quick maneuvers unless theyare necessary.

• Slow down in cross winds and beprepared for wind blasts from largepassing vehicles.

• Be careful when passing othervehicles. Be sure to allow enoughroom for your trailer before youchange lanes, and signal well inadvance.

• Slow down and shift into a lowergear before you reach long or steepdownhill grades. It is hazardous toattempt downshifting while you aredescending a hill.

(Continued)


5


Additional Trailer Towing WarningsWARNING

ever overload your trailer or yourehicle. Gross Trailer Weight mustever exceed 1350 kg (3000 pounds).ross Combined Weight must neverxceed 3400 kg (7500 pounds) forWD or 3450 kg (7600 pounds) forWD.ross vehicle weight must neverxceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-g (GVWR) listed on the Safety Certi-

ication Label. Gross axle weight forhe front and rear axles must notxceed the Gross Axle Weight RatingGAWR) listed on the Safety Certifica-on Label.

WARNINGo not tow a trailer having a grossailer weight greater than 450 kg

1000 pounds) unless the trailer isquipped with trailer brakes.

WARNINGConnect trailer lights and hook upsafety chains every time you tow.

WARNINGYour vehicle will handle differentlywhen towing a trailer. For your safetyand the safety of others, you shouldobserve the following precautions:• Practice turning, stopping and

backing up before you begin tow-ing in traffic. Do not tow in trafficuntil you are confident that you canhandle the vehicle and trailersafely.

• Never exceed posted towing speedlimits or 72 km/h (45 mph), which-ever is lower.

• Never drive at a speed that causesshaking or swaying of the trailer. Ifyou notice even the slightest signof shaking or swaying, slow down.

• Always have someone guide youwhen backing.

(Continued)

8-6


66J22-03E

(C•

•

WARNING(Continued)When starting out after parking:1) Push in the clutch (if equipped)

and start the engine.2) Depress the brake pedal, shift into

gear, release the parking brakeand slowly pull away from thechocks.

3) Stop, apply the brakes firmly andhold the brakes while you haveanother person remove thechocks.


V

60A186

WARNINGontinued)Avoid “riding” the brakes. “Riding”the brakes could cause the brakesto overheat, resulting in reducedbraking efficiency. Use enginebraking as much as possible.Because of the added trailerweight, your engine may overheaton hot days when going up long orsteep hills. Pay attention to yourengine temperature gauge. If it indi-cates overheating, pull off the roadand stop in a safe place. Refer tothe “If the Engine Overheats” in“EMERGENCY SERVICE” sectionfor details on how to proceed.

WARNINGWhen parking your vehicle and con-nected trailer, always use the follow-ing procedure:1) Apply the vehicle’s brakes firmly.2) Have another person place wheel

chocks under the wheels of thevehicle and the trailer while youare holding the brakes.

3) Slowly release the brakes until thewheel chocks absorb the load.

4) Fully engage the parking brake.5) Manual Transmission – Shift into

Reverse or first gear and turn offthe engine. Automatic Transmission – Shiftinto Park and turn off the engine.

6) If you have a 4-wheel drive vehi-cle, make sure the transfer switchis not in “N” (Neutral).

(Continued)

8-

VE

66J22-03E

To(rYoveyofieyotiowhwi(4

Ustheaninseqingno

WD Vehicle With a Transfer Switch

54G585

64J234

Towing Your Vehicle (recreational towing): 13

7


wing Your Vehicle ecreational towing)ur vehicle may be towed behind anotherhicle (such as a motorhome), providedu use the proper towing method speci-d for your vehicle. The towing methodu must use depends on the specifica-ns of your vehicle: whether it is a 2-eel drive (2WD), 4-wheel drive (4WD)

th a transfer switch or 4-wheel driveWD) without a transfer switch vehicle.

e the towing instruction table to select proper towing method for your vehicle,d carefully follow the correspondingtructions. Be sure to use proper towinguipment designed for recreational tow- and make sure that towing speed doest exceed 90 km/h (55 mph).

TOWING INSTRUCTION TABLE 4

DRIVE TRAIN TRANS-MISSION

TOWING METHOD

4WD with a transfer

switch

A/T A

M/T A

4WD without a

transfer switch

A/T none

M/T none

2WDA/T B

M/T B

CAUTIONNever tow your 4WD vehicle withouta transfer switch using recreationaltowing methods. If you do, the trans-mission will be permanently dam-aged.

8-8


66J22-03E

o tow a vehicle equipped with a trans-r switch with all four wheels on theround:) Turn the ignition key to the “ON” posi-

tion.) Place the transmission in “N” (Neutral)

and depress the brake pedal and theclutch pedal fully (if equipped).

) Use the transfer switch to shift into neu-tral.

64J218

OTE:irst, push in and turn the switch to theark (1) at the left of the “N” position, andold the switch in this position for 5 sec-nds until the “N” indicator blinks, then turne switch to the “N” position.hen you turn the transfer switch to the” position, “N” indicator will come on withe buzzer sound.

) Make sure the “N” light on the instru-ment cluster comes on.

) Shift the manual transmission lever into2nd gear or the automatic transmissionlever into “P” (Park).

) Turn the ignition key to the “ACC” posi-tion to unlock the steering wheel.

Wtdamino

Aw

Dfoins

(1)


V

Before towing

64J147

Vehicles equipped with a transfer switchmay be towed from the front with all fourwheels on the ground. Be sure to useproper towing equipment designed for rec-reational towing and make sure that towingspeed does not exceed 90 km/h (55 mph).

Tfeg1

2

3

NFmhothW“Nth

4

5

6

WARNINGhen you tow your vehicle, follow

he instructions below to avoid acci-ents and damage to your vehicle. Inddition, be sure to observe govern-ent and local requirements regard-g vehicle lighting and trailer hitches

r tow bars.

WARNING safety chain should always be usedhen you tow your vehicle.

CAUTIONo not tow your vehicle with either

ront wheels or rear wheels directlyn the ground (and the transmission neutral). If you do, the transmis-

ion will be damaged fatally.

8-

VE

66J22-03E

7)

Stmitramatraab(if ca

64J148


9


Release the parking brake.

op towing the vehicle every 300 km (200les). Start the engine. With the manualnsmission lever in 2nd gear (or the auto-tic transmission lever in “D”) and thensfer switch in neutral, rev the engine forout one minute with the clutch engagedequipped), to circulate oil in the transferse.

TOWING METHOD A

FOUR WHEELS ON THE GROUND

8-10


66J22-03E

4WSw

WD Vehicle) Secure the rear wheels on a towing

dolly according to the instructions pro-vided by the dolly manufacturer.

) Turn the ignition key to the “ACC” posi-tion to unlock the steering wheel.

) Make sure the front wheels are facingstraight forward and secure the steeringwheel with a steering wheel clampingdevice designed for towing.

CAUTIONThe steering column is not strongenough to withstand shocks trans-mitted from the front wheels duringtowing. Always unlock the steeringwheel before towing.


V

D Vehicle Without a Transfer itch

54G586

54G585

64J234

You can not tow your vehicle behindanother vehicle using recreational towingmethods.

21

2

3

CAUTIONNever tow your vehicle using recre-ational towing methods. If you do, thetransmission will be permanentlydamaged.

8-

VE

66J22-03E

T

FA


11

52D082


OWING METHOD B

RONT WHEELS ON THE GROUND ND REAR WHEELS ON A DOLLY.

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

9

66J22-03E

60G410

INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCEMaintenance Schedule ....................................................... 9-2Periodic Maintenance Schedule ........................................ 9-3Maintenance Recommended under Severe Driving Conditions ........................................................................... 9-7Drive Belt ............................................................................. 9-9Engine Oil and Filter ........................................................... 9-9Gear Oil ................................................................................ 9-13Automatic Transmission Fluid ........................................... 9-15Engine Coolant .................................................................... 9-17Windshield Washer Fluid ................................................... 9-19Air Cleaner ........................................................................... 9-20Spark Plugs ......................................................................... 9-20Brakes .................................................................................. 9-21Steering Wheel .................................................................... 9-23Clutch Pedal ........................................................................ 9-24Tires ...................................................................................... 9-24Battery .................................................................................. 9-35Fuses .................................................................................... 9-35Headlight Aiming ................................................................. 9-38Bulb Replacement ............................................................... 9-39Wiper Blades ....................................................................... 9-44Air Conditioning System .................................................... 9-47

9-

IN

66J22-03E

Ywacc•

WARNING(Continued)• Be careful not to cause accidental

short circuits between the positiveand negative battery terminals.

• Keep used oil, engine coolant andother fluids away from children andpets. Dispose of used fluids prop-erly; never pour them on theground, into sewers, etc.

1

SPECTION AND MAINTENANCE

60A187S

WARNINGou should take extreme care whenorking on your vehicle to preventccidental injury. Here are a few pre-autions that you should be espe-ially careful to observe:To prevent damage or unintendedinflation of the air bag system, besure the battery is disconnectedand the ignition switch has been inthe “LOCK” position for at least 90seconds before performing anyelectrical service work on yourSUZUKI. Do not touch air bag sys-tem components or wires. Thewires are wrapped with yellow tapeor yellow tubing, and the couplersare yellow for easy identification.

(Continued)

WARNING(Continued)• Do not leave the engine running in

garages or other confined areas.• When the engine is running, keep

hands, clothing, tools and otherobjects away from the moving fanand fan belt.

• When it is necessary to do servicework with the engine running, makesure that the parking brake is setfully and the transmission is inNeutral (for manual transmissionvehicles) or Park (for automatictransmission vehicles).

• Do not touch ignition wires or otherignition system parts when startingthe engine or when the engine isrunning, or you could receive anelectric shock.

• Be careful not to touch a hotengine, exhaust manifold andpipes, muffler, radiator and waterhoses.

• Do not allow smoking, sparks orflames around gasoline or the bat-tery. Flammable fumes are present.

• Do not get under your vehicle if it issupported only with the portablejack provided in your vehicle.

(Continued)

9-2


66J22-03E

NOMathtebiusunAc

WARNINGThe shock absorbers are filled withhigh pressure gas. Never attempt todisassemble it or throw it into a fire.Avoid storing it near a heater or heat-ing device. When scrapping theabsorber, the gas must be releasedfrom the absorber safely. Ask yourdealer for assistance.

Maintenance Schedule: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10

IN

TICE (for U.S.A.)intenance, replacement or repair of

e emission control devices and sys-ms may be performed by any automo-le repair establishment or individualing any part which has been certifiedder the provisions in the Clean Airt sec. 207. (a) (2).

Maintenance ScheduleThe following table shows the times whenyou should perform regular maintenanceon your vehicle. This table shows in miles,kilometers and months when you shouldperform inspections, adjustments, lubrica-tion and other services. These intervalsshould be shortened if driving is usuallydone under severe conditions (refer to“Maintenance Recommended UnderSevere Driving Conditions”).

WARNINGSUZUKI recommends that mainte-nance on items marked with an aster-isk (*) be performed by yourauthorized SUZUKI dealer or a quali-fied service technician. If you arequalified, you may perform mainte-nance on the unmarked items byreferring to the instructions in thissection. If you are not sure whetheryou can successfully complete any ofthe unmarked maintenance jobs, askyour authorized SUZUKI dealer to dothe maintenance for you.

CAUTIONWhenever it becomes necessary toreplace parts on your vehicle, it isrecommended that you use genuineSUZUKI replacement parts or theirequivalent.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

PR:I :

Intrea

37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 7562.5 75 87.5 100 112.5 12537.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75

EN

– – – R – –– – – I – –R R R R R R– – – I – –– – – R – –– – – I&(R) – –

iles) or 180 months– – – I – –– – – R – –

* – – – I – –* – – – I – –

– – – R – –* – – – – – –* – – – I – –* iles) or 180 months

Periodic Maintenance Schedule: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10

3


eriodic Maintenance ScheduleReplace or changeInspect, clean, adjust, lubricate or replace as necessary

erval: This interval should be judged by odometerding or months, whichever comes first.

miles (x 1000) 7.5 15 22.5 30km (x 1000) 12.5 25 37.5 50months 7.5 15 22.5 30

GINE & EMISSION CONTROL1. Drive belt

Tension check, *adjustment, *replacement – – – I*2. Valve lash (clearance) – – – I3. Engine oil and oil filter R R R R

*4. Cooling system hoses and connections – – – I5. Engine coolant – – – R

*6. Exhaust pipes and mountings – – – I*7. EVAP canister Replace every 250000 km (150000 m*8. Emission-related hoses & tubes – – – –9. Spark plugs – – – –

10. Ignition coil (Plug cap) – – – I11. Fuel tank & cap – – – I12. Air cleaner filter element – – – R13. Fuel filter – – – –14. Fuel lines and connections – – – I15. Canister air suction filter Replace every 250000 km (150000 m

9-4


66J22-03E

R:I :

#1

NOThIte

Intrea

12.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 15087.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 25012.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

EN

– R – – – I– I – – – IR R R R R R– I – – – I– R – – – R– I&(R) – – – I

es) or 180 months– I – – – I– R – – – –

* – I – – – I* – I – – – I (#1)

– R – – – R* – – – – – R* – I – – – I (#1)* es) or 180 months

T mined that the failure to perform recom-m limit recall liability prior to the completiono ices be performed at the indicated inter-v


IN

Replace or changeInspect, clean, adjust, lubricate or replace as necessary

: Inspect at 250000 km (150000 miles) or 180 months.

TE:e maintenance services enclosed with rectangle are recommended maintenance items.m 6 (R) is applicable to the exhaust mounting rubber only.


miles (x 1000) 82.5 90 97.5 105 1km (x 1000) 137.5 150 162.5 175 1months 82.5 90 97.5 105 1

GINE & EMISSION CONTROL1. Drive belt

Tension check, *adjustment, *replacement – I – –*2. Valve lash (clearance) – I – –3. Engine oil and oil filter R R R R

*4. Cooling system hoses and connections – I – –5. Engine coolant – R – –

*6. Exhaust pipes and mountings – I – –*7. EVAP canister Replace every 250000 km (150000 mil*8. Emission-related hoses & tubes – – – –9. Spark plugs – – – –

10. Ignition coil (Plug cap) – I – –11. Fuel tank & cap – I – –12. Air cleaner filter element – R – –13. Fuel filter – – – –14. Fuel lines and connections – I – –15. Canister air suction filter Replace every 250000 km (150000 mil

he U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the California Air Resources Board has deterended maintenance items enclosed with a rectangle will not nullify the emission warranty or f the vehicle’s useful life. SUZUKI, however, urges that all recommended maintenance servals and the maintenance recorded.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

R:I :

Intrea

37.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 7562.5 75 87.5 100 112.5 12537.5 45 52.5 60 67.5 75

CH

– I – I – I– I – I – I– I – I – I– I – I – I– I – R – I– I – I – I

– I – I – II I I I I II I I I I I– I – *I – I

* – I – I – I* – I – I – I* – I – R – I

– I – I – Iiles)-----5-speed A/T

– I – – – –* – I – R – I* – I – I – I

I I I I I I* I I I I I I

I I I I I I– I – R – I


5





ASSIS AND BODY1. Clutch (for manual transmission)

Pedal and fluid level – I – I*2. Brake discs and pads (front) – I – I

Brake drums and shoes (rear) – I – I*3. Brake hoses and pipes – I – I4. Brake fluid level check, *replacement – I – I5. Brake pedal stroke check, *adjustment – I – I6. Parking brake lever and *cable

Lever movement check, *adjustment – I – I7. Tires (including tire rotation) I I I I

*8. Wheel discs I I I I*9. Wheel bearings – I – *I10. Suspension system – I – I11. Propeller shafts/Drive shafts – I – I12. Manual transmission oil I – – R13. Automatic transmission (A/T) Fluid level – I – I

*Fluid change Replace every 175000 km (105000 m*Fluid hose – – – –

14. Transfer oil I – – I15. Differential & Extension (for 2WD) oil R – – I16. Steering system

Steering wheel movement, *linkage I I I I17. Power steering (if equipped) I I I I18. All Latches, Hinges and Locks I I I I19. Air conditioner filter (if equipped) – I – R

9-6


66J22-03E

R:I :

NOThBe the chart.Be quired.Ite

Intrea

112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150187.5 200 212.5 225 237.5 250112.5 120 127.5 135 142.5 150

CH

– I – I – I– I – I – I– I – I – I– I – I – I– R – I – I– I – I – I

– I – I – II I I I I II I I I I I– *I – I – I

* – I – I – I* – I – I – I* – R – I – R

– I – I – Iiles)-----5-speed A/T

– – – I – –* – R – I – I* – I – I – I

I I I I I I* I I I I I I

I I I I I I– R – I – R


IN


TE:is table shows the service schedule up to 250000 km (150000 miles).yond 250000 km (150000 miles), perform the same services at the same intervals shown inyond 250000 km (150000 miles), the maintenance services enclosed with a rectangle are rem 9 *I - inspect for wear.



ASSIS AND BODY1. Clutch (for manual transmission)

Pedal and fluid level – I – I*2. Brake discs and pads (front) – I – I

Brake drums and shoes (rear) – I – I*3. Brake hoses and pipes – I – I4. Brake fluid level check, *replacement – I – I5. Brake pedal stroke check, *adjustment – I – I6. Parking brake lever and *cable

Lever movement check, *adjustment – I – I7. Tires (including tire rotation) I I I I

*8. Wheel discs I I I I*9. Wheel bearings – *I – I10. Suspension system – I – I11. Propeller shafts/Drive shafts – I – I12. Manual transmission oil – R – I13. Automatic transmission (A/T) Fluid level – I – I

*Fluid change Replace every 175000 km (105000 m*Fluid hose – I – –

14. Transfer oil – I – I15. Differential & Extension (for 2WD) oil – I – I16. Steering system

Steering wheel movement, *linkage I I I I17. Power steering (if equipped) I I I I18. All Latches, Hinges and Locks I I I I19. Air conditioner filter (if equipped) – R – I

9-

IN

66J22-03E

MIf t given below, it is recommended that appli-ca

SeABCDEH

Maintenance Interval

A very 5000 km (3000 miles) r 3 months


–

very 5000 km (3000 miles) r 3 months


– very 100000 km (60000 miles) r 60 months




Maintenance Recommended under Severe Driving Condi-tions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10

7


aintenance Recommended under Severe Driving Conditionshe vehicle is usually used under the conditions corresponding to any severe condition code ble maintenance operation be performed at the particular interval shown in the chart below.

vere condition code– Repeated short trips– Driving on rough and/or muddy roads– Driving on dusty roads– Driving in extremely cold weather and/or on salted roads– Repeated short trips in extremely cold weather– Towing a trailer

Severe Condition Code Maintenance Maintenance

Operation

– C D E H Engine oil and oil filter R Eo

B – D – H Exhaust pipes and mountings I Eo

– C – – – Air cleaner filter element *1I E

o

R Eo

– C – – – Canister air suction filter R Eo

B C – – H Brake discs and pads (front)Brake drums and shoes (rear) I E

o

B – D E H Propeller shafts/Drive shafts I Eo

B – – E H Manual transmission oil R Eo

9-8


66J22-03E

NOITRL*1*2

Maintenance Interval





–



Maintenance Recommended under Severe Driving Condi-tions: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 9, 10

IN

TE:– Inspect, clean, adjust, lubricate or replace as necessary– Tighten to the specified torque– Replace or change– Lubricate Inspect more frequently if the vehicle is used under dusty conditions. Clean more frequently if the air flow from the air conditioner decreases.

Severe Condition Code Maintenance Maintenance

Operation

B – – E H Automatic transmission (A/T) fluid R Eo

B – – E H Transfer, Differential and Extension oil R Eo

B – – – – Bolts and nuts on suspension T Eo

B C – – – Drive belt I Eo

– C D – – Air conditioner filter element *2I E

o

R Eo

9-

IN

66J22-03E

D

MaIf chstebebepuac

Then

If ha

ngine Oil and Filterpecified Oil

52D083

(1) Preferred

se engine oil with the American Petro-um Institute Certified For Gasolinengines “Starburst” symbol.

elect the appropriate oil viscosity accord-g to the above chart.

e highly recommend you use SAE 5W-0 oil.

Whf

CAUTIONFailure to use the recommended oilcan result in engine damage.

CFo

o -30-22

-20-4

-1014 32 50 68 86 104

0 10 20 30 40

10W-30(1)

5W-30

Temperature

EXAMPLE “Starburst”

Drive Belt: 1, 2Engine Oil and Filter: 1, 2

9


rive Belt

ke sure the drive belt tension is correct.the belt is too loose, insufficient batteryarging, engine overheating, poor powerering, poor air conditioning or excessivelt wear can result. When you press thelt with your thumb midway between thelleys, there should be a deflectioncording to the following chart.

e belts should also be examined tosure that they are not damaged.

you need to replace or adjust the beltve it done by your SUZUKI dealer.

52D029

ES

UleE

Sin

W3

WARNINGhen the engine is running, keep

ands, hair, clothing, tools, etc. awayrom the moving fan and drive belts.

DEFL: 4 – 7 mm (0.16 – 0.28 in.)

DEFL: 9 – 11 mm (0.35 – 0.43 in.)

PS

GEAC

→: 100 N (22 lbs, 10 kg) pressGE: GeneratorDEFL: DeflectionPS: Power steering pumpAC: Air conditioner compressor

9-10


66J22-03E

OiEn

It icovetheindis choren

efilling

81A147

emove the oil filler cap and pour oil slowlyrough the filler hole to bring the oil level the upper limit on the dipstick. Be carefulot to overfill. Too much oil is almost asad as too little oil. After refilling, start thengine and allow it to idle for about ainute. Stop the engine, wait about 5 min-tes and check the oil level again.

CloseOpen

EXAMPLE

Engine Oil and Filter: 1, 2

IN

l Level Checkgine oil dipstick

52D030

s important to keep the engine oil at therrect level for proper lubrication of yourhicle’s engine. Check the oil level with vehicle on a level surface. The oil levelication may be inaccurate if the vehicleon a slope. The oil level should be

ecked either before starting the engine at least 5 minutes after stopping thegine.

52D084

The handle of the engine oil dipstick is col-ored yellow for easy identification.Pull out the oil dipstick, wipe oil off with aclean cloth, insert the dipstick all the wayinto the engine, then remove it again. Theoil on the stick should be between theupper and lower limits shown on the stick.

If the oil level indication is near the lowerlimit, add enough oil to raise the level to theupper limit.

R

Rthtonbemu

EXAMPLE FULLADD

9-

IN

66J22-03E

Ch

Drwa1)2)3)4)

eplace the Oil Filter

60A198

) Remove the engine under cover.) Using an oil filter wrench, turn the oil fil-

ter counterclockwise and remove it.) Using a clean rag, wipe off the mount-

ing surface on the engine where thenew filter will be seated.

) Smear a little engine oil around the rub-ber gasket of the new oil filter.

) Screw on the new filter by hand until thefilter gasket contacts the mounting sur-face.T

hwut

E

CAUTIONTo tighten the oil filter properly, it isimportant to accurately identify theposition at which the filter gasketfirst contacts the mounting surface.


11


anging Engine Oil and Filter

60G306

ain the engine oil while the engine is stillrm.Remove the oil filler cap.Remove the engine under cover.Place a drain pan under the drain plug.Using a wrench, remove the drain plugand drain out the engine oil.

5) Reinstall the drain plug and gasket.Tighten the plug with a wrench to thespecified torque.

6) Reinstall the engine under cover.

R

12

3

4

5WARNINGhe engine oil temperature may beigh enough to burn your fingershen the drain plug is loosened. Waitntil the drain plug is cool enough toouch with your bare hands.

XAMPLEWARNING

New and used oil and solvent can behazardous. Children and pets may beharmed by swallowing new or usedoil or solvent. Repeated, prolongedcontact with used engine oil maycause skin cancer. Brief contact withused oil or solvent may irritate skin.• Keep new and used oil and solvent

away from children and pets.• Wear a long-sleeve shirt and water-

proof gloves.• Wash with soap if oil or solvent

contacts your skin.

Tightening torque specification

35 Nm (25.3 lb-ft, 3.5 kg-m)

9-12


66J22-03E

(((

6)

7)

83E010

T

Tto

CAUTIONOil leaks from around the oil filter ordrain plug indicate incorrect installa-tion or gasket damage. If you find anyleaks or are not sure that the filterhas been properly tightened, havethe vehicle inspected by your SUZUKIdealer.

EXAMPLE


IN

52D086

1) Oil filter2) Oil filter wrench3) 3/4 turn

Tighten the filter 3/4 turn from the pointof contact with the mounting surface (orto the specified torque) using an oil filterwrench.Reinstall the engine under cover.

Refill with Oil and Check for Leaks1) Pour oil through the filler hole and

install the filler cap. For the approximate capacity of the oil,refer to the “Capacities” item in the“SPECIFICATIONS” section.

2) Start the engine and look carefully forleaks at the oil filter and drain plug. Runthe engine at various speeds for at least5 minutes.

3) Stop the engine and wait about 5 min-utes. Check the oil level again and addoil if necessary. Check for leaks again.

ightening torque specification

14 Nm (10.1 lb-ft, 1.4 kg-m)

CAUTIONo prevent oil leakage, make surehat the oil filter is tight, but do notvertighten it.

CAUTIONWhen replacing the oil filter, it is rec-ommended that you use a genuineSUZUKI replacement filter. If you usean after-market filter, make sure it isof equivalent quality and carefully fol-low the manufacturer’s instructionsand precautions.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

GSpWtheshom(Sdif

Tr

Di

anual transmission

52D087

ransfer case

66J005

(1) Oil filler and level plug(2) Oil drain plug

(1)

(2)

Gear Oil: 6, 10

13


ear Oilecified Gear Oil

hen replacing gear oil, use gear oil with appropriate viscosity and grade as

own in the charts below. We highly rec-mend you use SAE 75W-90 gear oil

AE 80W-90 for front differential oil, rearferential oil and transfer gear oil).

ansmission/Extension case

54G095

fferential/Transfer case

65D594

M

T

API GRADE

Transmission/Extension case GL-4

Transfer caseGL-5

(Hypoid gear oil)DifferentialFront

Rear

9-14


66J22-03E

Ex

((

ear Oil Level Checkhe manual transmission, transfer gears,xtension case and differentials (front andar) are lubricated with gear oil. To checke gear oil level in any of the above loca-

ons, use the following procedure:

) Park the vehicle on a level surface. Setparking brake and stop the engine.

) Remove the oil filler plug (1).) Check the inside of the hole with your

finger. If the oil level comes up to thebottom of the plug hole, the oil level iscorrect. If so, reinstall the plug.

) If the oil level is low, add gear oilthrough the filler plug hole (1) until theoil level reaches the bottom of the fillerhole, then reinstall the plug.

Gear Oil: 6, 10Automatic Transmission Fluid: 10

IN

tension case (2WD)

66J165

1) Oil filler and level plug2) Oil drain plug

Front differential

66J006

Rear differential

66J007

(1) Oil filler and level plug(2) Oil drain plug

GTerethti

1

23

4

(2)

(1)

(1)

(2)

(1)

(2)

9-

IN

66J22-03E

GeTomidif

1)2)

3)

4)

utomatic Transmission luidpecified Fluidse an automatic transmission fluidUZUKI ATF 3317 or Mobil ATF 3309.

luid Level Check

ou must check the fluid level with theutomatic transmission fluid at normalperating temperature.

o check the fluid level:) To warm up the transmission fluid, drive

the vehicle or idle the engine until thetemperature gauge indicates normaloperating temperature.

) Then drive for ten more minutes.

Apychg

WsNthts

CAUTIONDriving with too much or too littlefluid can damage the transmission.

CAUTIONBe sure to use the specified auto-matic transmission fluid. Using auto-matic transmission fluid other thanSUZUKI ATF 3317 or Mobil ATF 3309may damage the automatic transmis-sion of your vehicle.

Automatic Transmission Fluid: 10Engine Coolant: 1, 2

15


ar Oil Replacement change the gear oil in the manual trans-ssion, transfer case, extension case orferential(s), use the following procedure:

Remove the oil filler plug (1).Remove the drain plug (2), drain the oiland reinstall the drain plug.Pour new gear oil of the specified typethrough the filler hole until the oil levelreaches the bottom of the filler hole.Reinstall the filler plug.

Tightening torque AFSUS

F

Yao

T1

2

WARNINGfter driving the vehicle, gear oil tem-erature may be high enough to burnou. Wait until the oil filler plug isool enough to touch with your bareands before inspecting or replacingear oil.

CAUTIONhen tightening these plugs, apply

ealing compound “SUZUKI Bondo. 1215” or equivalent to the plugreads to prevent oil leakage and

ighten them to the specified torquehown below.

Oil Filler Plug

Oil Drain Plug

Manual transmission

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

Transfer23 Nm

(17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

Extensioncase

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

Front differential

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

Rear differential

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

23 Nm (17.0 lb-ft) (2.3 kg-m)

9-16


66J22-03E

NODodrsphoing(atio

3)4)

5)

The fluid level should be between thetwo marks in the “HOT” range on thedipstick.

) Add just enough specified fluid throughthe dipstick hole to fill the transmissionto the proper level.

hanging Oilince special procedures, materials andols are required to change the automaticansmission oil, it is recommended thatou trust this job to your authorizedUZUKI dealer.

Bwth

CAUTIONAfter checking or adding oil, be sureto insert the dipstick securely.

Engine Coolant: 1, 2

IN

TE: not check the fluid level if you have just

iven the vehicle for a long time at higheed, if you have driven in city traffic int weather, or if the vehicle has been pull- a trailer. Wait until the fluid cools down

bout 30 minutes), or the fluid level indica-n will not be correct.

Park your vehicle on level ground.Apply the parking brake and then startthe engine in “P” (Park). Let it idle fortwo minutes and keep it running duringthe fluid level check.With your foot on the brake pedal, movethe gearshift lever through each gear,pausing for about three seconds ineach range. Then move it back to the“P” (Park) position.

52D032

The handle of the A/T fluid dipstick is col-ored red for easy identification.

65D109

6) Remove the dipstick, clean it and pushit back in until the cap seats. Pull outthe dipstick and read the fluid level.

7

CStotryS

WARNINGe sure to depress the brake pedalhen moving the gearshift lever, ore vehicle can move suddenly.

FULL HOT

LOW HOT

9-

IN

66J22-03E

E

ngine Coolant Level Checkheck the engine coolant level at theserve tank, not at the radiator. With the

ngine cool, the engine coolant levelhould be between the “FULL” and “LOW”arks.

dding Engine Coolant the engine coolant level is below theOW” mark, more engine coolant should

e added. Remove the reserve tank capnd add engine coolant until the reservenk level reaches the “FULL” mark. Never

ll the reserve tank above the “FULL” mark.

E

CAUTION(Continued)• Do not add extra inhibitors or addi-

tives. They may not be compatiblewith your cooling system.

• Do not mix different types of basecoolants. Doing so may result inaccelerated seal wear and/or thepossibility of severe overheatingand extensive engine/automatictransmission damage.

Engine Coolant: 1, 2Windshield Washer Fluid: 3

17


ngine Coolant

64J151

60A208

Selection of CoolantTo maintain optimum performance anddurability of your engine, use SUZUKIGenuine Coolant or equivalent.This type of coolant is best for your coolingsystem as it:• Helps maintain proper engine tempera-

ture.• Gives proper protection against freezing

and boiling.• Gives proper protection against corro-

sion and rust.Failure to use the proper coolant can dam-age your cooling system. Your authorizedSUZUKI dealer can help you select theproper coolant.

ECreesm

AIf“Lbatafi

XAMPLE

FULL

LOW

CAUTIONTo avoid damaging your cooling sys-tem:• Always use a high quality ethylene

glycol base phosphate type coolantdiluted with distilled water at thecorrect mixture concentration.

• Make sure that the proper mix is 50/50 coolant to distilled water and inno case higher than 70/30. Concen-trations greater than 70/30 coolantto distilled water will cause over-heating conditions.

• Do not use straight coolant norplain water.

(Continued)

9-18


66J22-03E

66J191

) Remove the reservoir by lifting it up,and drain the reservoir completely.

•

•

•

Esalodcmtfchtc

WARNINGIt is hazardous to remove the radiatorcap when the engine coolant temper-ature is high, because scalding fluidand steam may be blown out underpressure. Wait until the engine cool-ant temperature has lowered beforeremoving the cap.

Windshield Washer Fluid: 3Air Cleaner: 1, 2

IN

Engine Coolant Replacement

66J151

1) When the engine is cool, remove theradiator cap by turning it slowly to theleft until a “stop” is felt. Do not pressdown while turning the cap. Wait untilany pressure is released, then pressdown on the cap and continue turning itto the left.

2

CAUTIONThe mixture you use should con-tain 50% concentration of anti-freeze.If the lowest ambient temperaturein your area is expected to be –35°C (–31°F) or below, use higherconcentrations up to 60% followingthe instructions on the antifreezecontainer.When putting the cap on thereserve tank, line up the arrow onthe cap and the arrow on the tank.Failure to follow this can result incoolant leakage.

WARNINGngine coolant is harmful or fatal ifwallowed or inhaled. Do not drinkntifreeze or coolant solution. If swal-wed, do not induce vomiting. Imme-iately contact a poison controlenter or a physician. Avoid inhalingist or hot vapors; if inhaled, remove

o fresh air. If coolant gets in eyes,lush eyes with water and seek medi-al attention. Wash thoroughly afterandling. Solution can be poisonouso animals. Keep out of the reach ofhildren and animals.

Open Close

9-

IN

66J22-03E

3)

4)

5)

6)

7)

uid tank. If the fluid level is near empty,fill it.

se a good quality windshield washeruid, diluted with water as necessary.

Tw

E

WARNINGDo not use “anti-freeze” solution inthe windshield washer reservoir. Thiscan severely impair visibility whensprayed on the windshield, and alsodamage your vehicle’s paint.

CAUTIONDamage may result if the washermotor is operated with no fluid in thewasher tank.

Spark Plugs: 1, 2Brakes: 6

19


64J191

Loosen the drain plug attached to thelower part of the radiator and drain theengine coolant into a suitable container.Reinstall the reservoir and fill it withengine coolant to the “FULL” line.Tighten the drain plug on the radiator,fill the radiator with engine coolant andinstall the radiator cap.After filling, let the engine idle for about2 – 3 minutes to get rid of air in thecooling system. Then, stop the engine.Check the engine coolant level in theradiator again. If the level has gonedown, add more engine coolant.

Windshield Washer FluidFront and rear (if equipped)

66J008

66J116

Check that there is washer fluid in the tankby looking at the washer fluid level gaugewhich is attached to the cap of the washer

flre

Ufl

CAUTIONhe engine coolant must be replacedith the vehicle on level ground.

XAMPLE

(or opposite side)

EXAMPLE

9-20


66J22-03E

A

If twiin fue

Chthe1)

2)

3)

park Plugs

66J009

65D434

ou should inspect spark plugs periodicallyr carbon deposits. When carbon accu-ulates on a spark plug, a strong sparkay not be produced. Remove carbon

Brakes: 6

IN

ir Cleaner

66J167

he air cleaner is clogged with dust, therell be greater intake resistance, resultingdecreased power output and increasedl consumption.

eck and clean periodically according to following procedure: Take off the air cleaner case cover.Remove the element from the aircleaner case cover.This air cleaner element is of dry type.Remember that it needs cleaningaccording to the following method.Blow off dust on cleaner element bycompressed air from inside the ele-ment, or replace the element as neces-sary.

S

Yfomm

CAUTIONThe air cleaner element should bereplaced every 50000 km (30000miles). More frequent replacement isnecessary when you drive underdusty conditions.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

desp

To1)2)

3)4) 65D477

Wsff“ebsd

1.(0

WARNINGFailure to follow the guidelines belowcan result in personal injury or seri-ous damage to the brake system.• If the brake fluid in the reservoir

drops below a certain level, thebrake warning light on the instru-ment panel will come on (theengine must be running with theparking brake fully disengaged.)Should the light come on, immedi-ately ask your SUZUKI dealer toinspect the brake system.

• A rapid fluid loss indicates a leak inthe brake system which should beinspected by your SUZUKI dealerimmediately.

• Brake fluid can harm your eyes anddamage painted surfaces. Use cau-tion when refilling the reservoir.

(Continued)

Brakes: 6

21


posits with a wire or pin and adjust theark plug gap.

access the spark plugs:Remove the engine cover.Disconnect the coupler (1) while push-ing the release lever.Remove the bolt.Pull the ignition coil out.

80G093

BrakesBrake Fluid

64J154

Check the brake fluid level by looking atthe reservoir in the engine compartment.Check that the fluid level is between the“MAX” and “MIN” lines. If the brake fluidlevel is near the “MIN” line, fill it up to the“MAX” line with DOT3 brake fluid.

CAUTIONhen replacing spark plugs, you

hould use the brand and type speci-ied for your vehicle. For the speci-ied plugs, refer to theSPECIFICATIONS” section at thend of this book. If you wish to use arand of spark plug other than thepecified plugs, consult your SUZUKIealer.

0 – 1.1 mm .039 – 0.043 in.)

9-22


66J22-03E

easured above is less than the minimumistance required, have your vehiclespected by your SUZUKI dealer.

OTE:hen measuring the distance between the

rake pedal and floor wall, push in the floorarpet as far as it goes and measure theistance between the carpet surface ande brake pedal.

(C•

Blotdcpfchtc

Tauy

Steering Wheel: 6Clutch Pedal: 6

IN

NOTE:With disc brakes, the fluid level can beexpected to gradually fall as the brakepads wear.

Brake Pedal

65D345

With the engine running and the parkingbrake set, measure the distance betweenthe brake pedal and floor carpet when thepedal is depressed with approximately 300N (66 lbs, 30 kg) of force. The minimumdistance required is as specified. Sinceyour vehicle’s brake system is self-adjust-ing, there is no need for pedal adjustment.If the pedal to floor carpet distance as

mdin

NWbcdth

WARNINGontinued)Do not use any fluid other thanDOT3 brake fluid. Do not usereclaimed fluid or fluid that hasbeen stored in old or open contain-ers. It is essential that foreign parti-cles and other liquids are kept outof the brake fluid reservoir.

WARNINGrake fluid is harmful or fatal if swal-wed, and harmful if it comes in con-

act with skin or eyes. If swallowed,o not induce vomiting. Immediatelyontact a poison control center or ahysician. If brake fluid gets in eyes,lush eyes with water and seek medi-al attention. Wash thoroughly afterandling. Solution can be poisonouso animals. Keep out of the reach ofhildren and animals.

CAUTIONhe brake fluid should be replacedccording to the maintenance sched-le. Have the brake fluid replaced byour SUZUKI dealer.

Pedal to floor carpet minimum distance“a”

70 mm (2.8 in.)

“a”Floor carpet

9-

IN

66J22-03E

teering Wheel

66J233

heck the play of the steering wheel byently turning it from left to right and mea-uring the distance that it moves beforeou feel slight resistance. The play shoulde between the specified values. Checkat the steering wheel turns easily and

moothly without rattling by turning it all theay to the right and to the left while drivingery slowly in an open area. If the amountf free play is outside the specification orou find anything else to be wrong, anspection must be performed by yourUZUKI dealer.

Ifpsim••

••••

Steering wheel play “c”

0 – 30 mm (0.0 – 1.2 in.)

“c”

EXAMPLE

Tires: 6

23


60G104

Parking Brake Lever

60A226

Check the parking brake for proper adjust-ment by counting the number of clicksmade by the ratchet teeth as you slowlypull up on the parking brake lever to thepoint of full engagement. The parkingbrake lever should stop between the speci-fied ratchet teeth and the rear wheelsshould be securely locked. If the parkingbrake is not properly adjusted or thebrakes drag after the lever has been fullyreleased, have the parking brake inspectedand/or adjusted by your SUZUKI dealer.

S

CgsybthswvoyinS

WARNING you experience any of the followingroblems with your vehicle’s brakeystem, have the vehicle inspected

mediately by your SUZUKI dealer.Poor braking performanceUneven braking (Brakes not work-ing uniformly on all wheels.)Excessive pedal travelBrake draggingExcessive noise(Except ABS equipped vehicle)Pedal pulsation (Pedal pulsateswhen pressed for braking.)

Ratchet tooth specification “b”

5th – 7th

200 N (44 lbs, 20 kg)

“b”

EXAMPLE

9-24


66J22-03E

Po

((

Chan

PoCherflu

ChanlinmaDEDE

iresor safe operation of your vehicle, it isportant that the tires be the correct type

nd size, in good condition, and properlyflated. Be sure to follow the requirementsnd recommendations in this section.

ire Sidewall Labelingseful information about a tire is moldedto its sidewall. The example below shows typical passenger car tire.

ypical Passenger Car Tire Sidewall

67D027

A. Tire Manufacturer The name of the tire manufacturer isshown here.

B. Tire Name/Model The tire name or model is shownhere.

A

HB

G

EF

D

J

IC

EXAMPLE

Tires: 6

IN

wer Steering (if equipped)

64J155

1) UPPER2) LOWER

eck the steering box case, vane pumpd hose connections for leaks or damage.

wer Steering Fluideck the fluid level by looking at the res-

voir in the engine compartment when theid is cold (about room temperature).

eck that the fluid level is between the (1)d (2) lines. If the fluid level is near the (2)e, fill it up to the (1) line with an auto-tic transmission fluid equivalent to ATFXRON®-II (Esso JWS 2326) orXRON®-III. Do not overfill.

Clutch Pedal

64J154

Check the clutch pedal for smooth opera-tion and clutch fluid level from time to time.If clutch dragging is felt with the pedal fullydepressed, have the clutch inspected byyour SUZUKI dealer. If the clutch fluid levelis near the “MIN” line, fill it up to the “MAX”line with DOT3 brake fluid.

TFimaina

TUina

T

(1)

(2)

9-

IN

66J22-03E

G

J. M+S Marking This marking indicates the tire hassome mud and snow capabilities andis designed for all-season use.

ire Sizehe following illustration shows an exam-le of a typical passenger car tire size.

67D028

A. Tire Type This letter code indicates the primaryintended use of the tire. The letter “P”identifies a tire primarily intended foruse on a passenger vehicle.

B. Tire Width This three-digit number indicates thetire section width in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

C. Aspect Ratio This two-digit number represents thetire section height divided by the tiresection width.

A B C D E

EXAMPLE

Tires: 6

25


C. Tire Size The tire size code is a combination ofletters and numbers used to define aparticular tire’s width, height, aspectratio, construction type, and servicedescription. See the “Tire Size” expla-nation later in this section for moredetails.

D. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number The Department of Transportation(DOT) marking indicates that the tireis in compliance with the U.S. Depart-ment of Transportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards. The letters andnumbers following the DOT markingis the Tire Identification Number(TIN). The TIN identifies the tire man-ufacturer and plant, tire size, and datethe tire was manufactured.

E. Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG) Tire manufacturers are required tograde tires based on three perfor-mance factors: treadwear, tractionand temperature resistance. Refer tothe “Uniform Tire Quality Grading”section for more details.

F. Load Rating Load rating is the maximum weight atire is designed to support in normalservice.

. Max Inflation Pressure Max inflation pressure is the maxi-mum inflation pressure a tire isdesigned for.

H. Tire Ply Material These tire markings describe the type

of cord and number of plies in thesidewall and under the tread.

I. Load Index and Speed Rating The two- or three-digit number is thetire’s load index, the maximum load atire can carry at the speed indicatedby its speed symbol at the maximuminflation pressure. The higher thenumber is, the greater the load carry-ing capacity. The letter symboldenotes the speed at which a tire isdesigned to be driven for extendedperiods of time. (Ratings are listedbelow.)

*The letters ZR may be used on tires with amaximum speed capability over 149 mphand will always be used on tires with amaximum speed capability over 186 mph.

TTp

Letter Rating Speed Rating

Q 99 mph

R 106 mph

S 112 mph

T 118 mph

U 124 mph

H 130 mph

V 149 mph

W 168 mph*

Y 186 mph*

9-26


66J22-03E

OTE:he tire inflation pressure will change due changes in atmospheric pressure, tem-erature or tire temperature when driving.o reduce the chance that the low tireressure warning light will come on due toormal changes in temperature and atmo-pheric pressure, it is important to checknd adjust the tire pressures when theres are cold. Tires that appear to be at thepecified pressure when checked afterriving, when the tires are warm, couldave pressure below the specificationhen the tires cool down. Also, tires thatre inflated to the specified pressure in aarm garage may have pressure below thepecification when the vehicle is drivenutside in very cold temperature. If youdjust the tire pressure in a garage that isarmer than the outside temperature, youhould add 1 psi to the recommended coldre inflation pressure for every 10°F differ-nce between garage temperature andutside temperature.

YwTsNtcloleoatm

Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures

Front Tires 220 kPa32 psi

Rear Tires 220 kPa32 psi

Spare 220 kPa32 psi

Tires: 6

IN

D. Construction Code This letter code is used to indicate thetype of ply construction in the tire. Theletter “R” means radial ply tire con-struction, the letter “D” means diago-nal or bias ply construction, and theletter “B” means belted-bias ply con-struction.

E. Rim Diameter This two-digit number is the wheel orrim diameter in inches.

Tire Inflation PressureTire inflation pressure should be checkedwhen the tire is cold. “Cold tire inflationpressure” is the pressure in a tire that hasbeen driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) orhas been standing for three hours or more.

54G307

The front, rear and spare tire pressurespecifications for your vehicle are shownbelow and are listed on the Tire and Load-ing Information Label, which is located onthe driver’s door lock pillar. The Tire andLoading Information Label contains the fol-lowing information:• Seating Capacity• Maximum Allowed Combined Weight of

Occupants and Cargo• Original Tire Size• Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pres-

sure of Original Tires

NTtopTpnsatisdhwawsoawstieo

WARNINGour SUZUKI is equipped with tireshich are all the same type and size.his is important to ensure properteering and handling of the vehicle.ever mix tires of different size or

ype on the four wheels of your vehi-le. Mixing tires could cause you tose control while driving which mayad to an accident. The size and typef tires used should be only thosepproved by SUZUKI Motor Corpora-ion as standard or optional equip-ent for your vehicle.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

MeUstire1)

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

ire Inspectionspect your vehicle’s tires at least once aonth by performing the following checks: ) Measure the air pressure with a tire

gauge. Adjust the pressure if neces-sary. Remember to check the sparetire, too. Refer to the “Measuring AirPressure” section.

54G136

(1) Tread wear indicator(2) Indicator location mark

) Check that the depth of the treadgroove is more than 1.6 mm (0.06 in.).To help you check this, the tires havemolded-in tread wear indicators in thegrooves. When the indicators appearon the tread surface, the remainingdepth of the tread is 1.6 mm (0.06 in.)or less and the tire should be replaced.

) Check for abnormal wear, cracks anddamage. Any tires with cracks or other

Tires: 6

27


asuring air pressuree the following steps to achieve proper inflation:Identify the recommended tire pressureon the vehicle’s Tire and Loading Infor-mation Label or in the owner’s manual.Remove the valve cap from the tirevalve stem.Using a reliable pressure gauge, mea-sure the tire inflation pressure by press-ing the tire gauge firmly onto the valveto get a pressure measurement.Remember that inflation pressuresshould be checked when the tires are“cold”, meaning before they have beendriven one mile or after sitting for threehours or more allowing the tire to coolto ambient air temperature.If the air pressure is too high, slowlyrelease the air by pressing on the tirevalve stem with the edge of the tiregauge until you reach the correct pres-sure.If the air pressure is too low, fill the tirewith air at a service station until itreaches the recommended pressure.Make sure all tires have the same airpressure (unless the owner’s manualindicates otherwise).

TInm1

2

3

WARNING• Air pressures should be checked

when the tires are cold or you mayget inaccurate readings.

• Check the inflation pressure fromtime to time while inflating the tiregradually, until the specified pres-sure is obtained.

• Never underinflate or overinflatethe tires. Underinflation can cause unusualhandling characteristics or cancause the rim to slip on the tirebead, resulting in an accident ordamage to the tire or rim. Underinflation can also cause tiresto overheat, leading to tire failure. Overinflation can cause the tire toburst, resulting in personal injury. Overinflation can also causeunusual handling characteristicswhich may result in an accident.

9-28


66J22-03E

4)5)

niform Tire Quality Gradinghe U.S. National Highway Traffic Safetydministration has developed a gradingystem for evaluating the performance ofassenger car tires. The following informa-on will help you understand the gradingystem, which applies to vehicles sold ine U.S. Consult your SUZUKI dealer or

re retailer for help in choosing the correctplacement tires for your vehicle.

uality grades can be found where appli-able on the tire sidewall between treadhoulder and maximum section width. Forxample:

readwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

OT Quality Gradesreadwearraction AA A B Cemperature A B Cll Passenger Car Tires Must Conform Toederal Safety Requirements in Additiono These Grades

readwearhe treadwear grade is a comparative rat-g based on the wear rate of the tire whensted under controlled conditions on a

pecified government test course. Forxample, a tire graded 150 would wear onend one-half (1 1/2) times as well on theovernment course as a tire graded 100.he relative performance of tires dependspon the actual conditions of their use,owever and may depart significantly from

Hcawb

YwTsNtcsSdv

Tires: 6

IN

damage should be replaced. If any tiresshow abnormal wear, have theminspected by your SUZUKI dealer.

Check for loose wheel nuts.Check that there are no nails, stones orother objects sticking into the tires.

UTAsptisthtire

Qcse

T

DTTTAFT

TTinteseagTuh

WARNINGitting curbs and running over rocksan damage tires and affect wheellignment. Be sure to have tires andheel alignment checked periodicallyy your SUZUKI dealer.

WARNINGour SUZUKI is equipped with tireshich are all the same type and size.his is important to ensure properteering and handling of the vehicle.ever mix tires of different size or

ype on the four wheels of your vehi-le. The size and type of tires usedhould be only those approved byUZUKI Motor Corporation as stan-ard or optional equipment for yourehicle.

WARNINGReplacing the wheels and tiresequipped on your vehicle with certaincombinations of aftermarket wheelsand tires can significantly change thesteering and handling characteris-tics of your vehicle. Oversized tiresmay also rub against the fender overbumps, causing vehicle damage ortire failure. Therefore, use only thosewheel and tire combinationsapproved by SUZUKI Motor Corpora-tion as standard or optional equip-ment for your vehicle. Forinformation regarding the specifiedtires, refer to the Tire InformationLabel located on the driver’s sidedoor pillar or the “SPECIFICATIONS”section.

CAUTIONReplacing the original tires with tiresof a different size may result in falsespeedometer or odometer readings.Check with your SUZUKI dealerbefore purchasing replacement tiresthat differ in size from the originaltires.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

thesech

TrThesrepacosumama

TeThestanabcolabpeto extirelevca

chedule. After rotation, adjust front andar tire pressures to the specification

sted on your vehicle’s Tire and Loadingformation Label.

Ttininht

WARNINGRust or dirt on a wheel, or on theparts to which it is fastened, canmake wheel nuts become loose aftera time. The wheel could come off andcause an accident. When you changea wheel, remove any rust or dirt fromplaces where the wheel attaches tothe vehicle. In an emergency, you canuse a cloth or a paper towel to dothis; but be sure to use a scraper orwire brush later, if you need to, to getall the rust or dirt off.

Tires: 6

29


norm due to variations in driving habits,rvice practices and differences in roadaracteristics and climate.

action – AA, A, B, Ce traction grades, from highest to low-t, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades rep-sent the tire’s ability to stop on wetvement as measured under controllednditions on specified government testrfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tirerked C may have poor traction perfor-nce.

mperature – A, B, Ce temperature grades are A (the high-t), B and C, representing the tire’s resis-ce to the generation of heat and itsility to dissipate heat when tested underntrolled conditions on a specified indoororatory test wheel. Sustained high tem-rature can cause the material of the tiredegenerate and reduce tire life, and

cessive temperature can lead to sudden failure. The grade C corresponds to ael of performance which all passengerr tires must meet under the Federal

Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheelthan the minimum required by law.

Tire Rotation4-tire rotation

65D459

To avoid uneven wear of your tires and toprolong their life, rotate the tires as illus-trated. Tires should be rotated as recom-mended in the periodic maintenance

sreliIn

WARNINGhe traction grade assigned to thisire is based on straight-ahead brak-g traction tests, and does notclude acceleration, cornering,

ydroplaning or peak traction charac-eristics.

WARNINGThe temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properlyinflated and not overloaded. Exces-sive speed, underinflation or exces-sive loading, either separately or incombination, can cause heat buildupand possible tire failure.

9-30


66J22-03E

ChToce

1)

NOHo

64J180

2. Pull out the lock cover (B) fitted onthe lock nut of the spare wheel whileinserting the key full into the key holeof the lock cover (B).

3. Remove the lock nut and wheel nutsof the spare wheel, then remove thespare wheel with both hands.

) Loosen, but do not remove the wheelnuts.

) Jack up the vehicle (follow the jackinginstructions in the “EMERGENCY SER-VICE” section in this manual).

) Remove the wheel nuts and wheel.) Install the new wheel and replace the

wheel nuts with their cone shaped endfacing the wheel. Tighten each nutsnugly by hand until the wheel issecurely seated on the hub.

(B)

Tires: 6

IN

anging Wheels change a wheel, use the following pro-dure:

Remove the jack, tools and spare wheelfrom the vehicle.

TE:w to remove the spare wheel:

64J178

1. (Full cover type) Release the lock at the underneathof the spare wheel full cover (A) asshown in the illustration, thenremove the outer cover of the sparewheel full cover.

64J179

(Half cover type) Remove the center bolt (1), thenremove the outer cover (2) of thespare wheel half cover.

2

3

45

(A)(2)

(1)

9-

IN

66J22-03E

6)

NOHoWveof

WARNINGVehicle equipped with P225/65R17tires have a spare wheel and tire thatare a different size than the wheelsand tires on the vehicle. The sparewheel and tire on these vehicles areintended for temporary emergencyuse only. The wheel is painted yellowto remind you that the wheel and tireare for temporary use only. Continu-ous use of this spare can result in tirefailure and loss of control. Alwaysobserve these precautions whenusing this spare:• Be aware that your vehicle will han-

dle differently with this temporaryspare.

• Do not exceed 80 km/h (50 mph)speed.

• Replace the temporary spare with astandard tire and wheel as soon aspossible.

• Do not operate your vehicle in “4HLOCK” or “4L LOCK” with this tem-porary spare.

• Do not use tire chains on the sparetire. If you must use tire chains,rearrange the wheels so standardtires and wheels are fitted to therear axle.

(Continued)

Tires: 6

31


81A057

Tightening torque for wheel nut100 Nm (72.3 lb-ft, 10.0 kg-m)

Lower the jack and fully tighten the nutsto the specified torque in a crisscrossfashion with a wrench as shown in theillustration.

TE:w to install the spare wheel:

hen you install the spare wheel to thehicle again, handle it in the reverse orderremoval.

64J196

EXAMPLE

CAUTIONTo avoid the removal of the sparewheel full cover while driving, besure to fit the claws (3) of the outercover of the spare wheel full cover toeach hole (4) of the inner cover of thespare wheel full cover.

(3)

(4)

9-32


66J22-03E

SnYotireantraSUsnmutiresayo

ehicle capacity weight (total load capac-y), and production options weight.

ormal Occupant Weight – 68 kilogramsmes the number of occupants specified ine second column of Table 1 (shownelow).

ccupant distribution – distribution ofccupants in a vehicle as specified in theird column of Table 1 (shown below).

roduction Options Weight – the combinedeight of those installed regular productionptions weighing over 2.3 kilograms inxcess of those standard items which theyplace, not previously considered in curbeight or accessory weight, includingeavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack,eavy duty battery, and special trim.

ecommended Inflation Pressure – theold tire inflation pressure recommendedy a manufacturer.

im – metal support for a tire or tire andbe assembly upon which the tire beadsre seated.

ehicle Capacity Weight – the rated cargond luggage load plus 68 kilograms (150s) times the vehicle’s designated seating

apacity.

ehicle Maximum Load on the Tire – thead on an individual tire that is determinedy distributing to each axle its share of theaximum loaded vehicle weight and divid-g by two.

(C•

•

Battery: 9Fuses: 7

IN

ow Tiresur vehicle is equipped with all-seasons which are designed for use in summerd most winter conditions. For improvedction in severe winter conditions,ZUKI recommends mounting radial

ow tires on all four wheels. Snow tiresst be the same size as the standards. Also be sure to use the tires of the

me type and brand on all four wheels ofur vehicle.

GLOSSARY OF TIRE TERMINOL-OGYAccessory Weight – the combined weight(in excess of those standard items whichmay be replaced) of automatic transmis-sion, power steering, power brakes, powerwindows, power seats, radio, and heater,to the extent that these items are availableas factory-installed equipment (whetherinstalled or not).

Cold Tire Inflation Pressure – the pressurein a tire that has been driven less than 1mile or has been standing for three hoursor more.

Curb Weight – the weight of a motor vehi-cle with standard equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant,and, if so equipped, air conditioning andadditional weight optional engine.

Intended Outboard Sidewall – (1) the side-wall that contains a whitewall, bears whitelettering or bears manufacturer, brand,and/or model name molding that is higheror deeper than the same molding on theother sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outwardfacing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that must always faceoutward when mounted on a vehicle.

Maximum Inflation Pressure – the maxi-mum cold inflation pressure a tire isdesigned to support in normal service.Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight – thesum of curb weight, accessory weight,

vit

Ntithb

Ooth

Pwoerewhh

Rcb

Rtua

Valbc

Vlobmin

WARNINGontinued)Replace the spare tire with a newone as soon as the tread wear indi-cator appears.When replacing the spare tire, usea replacement tire with the exactsame size and construction.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

Veondiscuocwi2.

TAtriVa

OTE:ven though the number of occupants isithin the seating capacity, you still mustake sure that you do not exceed the totalad capacity of the vehicle.

otal Load Capacity – Maximum permissi-le weight a vehicle can carry including theeight of all the occupants, accessories,argo, plus trailer tongue weight (if towing trailer).

he weight of any accessories alreadystalled on your vehicle at the time of pur-

hase, or that you or the dealer install afterurchase, must be subtracted from thetal load capacity to determine how much

apacity remains available for occupants,argo, and trailer tongue weight (if towing aailer). Contact your dealer for furtherformation.

ctual weight of the loaded vehicle andctual loads at the front and rear axles cannly be determined by weighing the vehiclesing a vehicle scale. To measure theeight and load, try making your vehicle to highway weighing station, shipping com-any or inspection station for trucks, etc.ompare these weights to the GVWR andAWR (front and rear) listed on the Safetyertification Label. If the gross vehicleeight or the load on either axle exceedsese ratings, you must remove enougheight to bring the load down to the ratedapacity.

Dseityoc

5

Fuses: 7

33


hicle Normal Load on the Tire – the load an individual tire that is determined bytributing to each axle its share of therb weight, accessory weight, and normalcupant weight (distributed in accordanceth Table 1 shown below) and dividing by

BLE 1 – Occupant Loading and Dis-bution For Vehicle Normal Load Forrious Designated Seating Capacities

Vehicle LoadingYour vehicle was designed for specific loadcapacities. The load capacities of yourvehicle are indicated by the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR), the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR, front and rear), andthe total load capacity, the seating capac-ity, and the cargo load capacity. TheGVWR and GAWR (front and rear) arelisted on the Safety Certification Labelwhich is located below the driver’s sidedoor latch striker. The total load capacityand seating capacity are listed on the Tireand Loading Information Label which islocated below the Safety CertificationLabel. The cargo load capacity can bedetermined as described below.

Cargo Load Capacity – Maximum weightof cargo and luggage that the vehicle cansafely carry. Cargo load capacity is the dif-ference between the total load capacity ofthe vehicle and the total combined weightof all vehicle occupants. Refer to “Steps forDetermining Correct Load Limit” for detailson how to determine cargo load capacity.

GVWR – Maximum permissible overallweight of the fully loaded vehicle (includingall the occupants, accessories and cargoplus the trailer tongue weight if towing atrailer).

GAWR – (Front and Rear) Maximum per-missible weight on an individual axle.

Seating Capacity – Maximum number ofoccupants the vehicle is designed to carry.

NEwmlo

Tbwca

Tincptocctrin

AaouwapCGCwthwc

esignated ating capac-, number of cupants

Vehicle nor-mal load, num-ber of occupants

Occupant distribution in a normally loaded vehicle

2 through 4 2 2 in front

through 10 3 2 in front, 1 in second seat

9-34


66J22-03E

StLi1)

ggage capacity of your vehicle would be00 lbs (950 – 350 = 600 lbs). you later added 2 more passengers, hav-g a combined weight of 325 lbs, the

argo and luggage capacity of your vehicleould be reduced from 600 lbs to 275 lbs00 – 325 = 275 lbs). As you can see, ase number and combined weight of vehi-

le occupants increase, the vehicle’s cargond luggage capacity decreases.uppose again, that you were to take a trip your vehicle with the same three pas-

engers described above, and you decided tow a trailer having a trailer tongueeight of 75 lbs. The cargo and luggageapacity would be reduced again, to 200s (275 – 75 = 200 lbs).

etermining Compatibility of Tire andehicle Load Limitshe tires on your vehicle, when they areflated to the recommended tire inflationressure, have a load-carrying capacityat is greater than the load that will be one tires when the vehicle is at its GVWRr GAWR limit. Never use replacementres that have a load-carrying capacityss than the original tires on your vehicle.ire load-carrying capacity information isolded into the tire sidewall typically

hown as “Max. Load”. Use of replacementres with a lower load-carrying capacityan the original tires, or failure to keep the

res inflated to recommended tire pres-ure, may reduce the GVWR or GAWRmit of your vehicle.

NloasinwlogVoatrWS

••

•

Fuses: 7

IN

eps for Determining Correct LoadmitLocate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargo should

never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” onyour vehicle’s placard.

2) Determine the combined weight of thedriver and passengers that will be ridingin your vehicle.

3) Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4) The resulting figure equals the availableamount of cargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the “XXX”amount equals 1400 lbs and there willbe five 150 lb passengers in your vehi-cle, the amount of available cargo andluggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1400– 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

5) Determine the combined weight of lug-gage and cargo being loaded on thevehicle. That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargo and luggageload capacity calculated in Step 4.

6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer,load from your trailer will be transferredto your vehicle. Consult this manual todetermine how this reduces the avail-able cargo and luggage load capacity ofyour vehicle.

Vehicle Loading ExampleAs an example, suppose that the Tire andLoading Information label on your vehicleindicates that your vehicle’s total loadcapacity is 950 lbs. If you were to driveyour vehicle with one passenger, and thetotal combined weight of you and your pas-senger was 350 lbs, then the cargo and

lu6Ifincw(6thcaSinstowclb

DVTinpththotileTmstithtisli

WARNINGever overload your vehicle. Over-ading your vehicle can cause dam-

ge to your tires and lead to poorteering and braking which can result an accident. The gross vehicleeight (sum of the weights of theaded vehicle, driver and passen-ers) must never exceed the Grossehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) listedn the Safety Certification Label. Inddition, never distribute a load sohat the weight on either the front orear axle exceeds the Gross Axleeight Rating (GAWR) listed on theafety Certification Label.

WARNINGAlways distribute cargo evenly.To avoid personal injury or damageto your vehicle, always securecargo to prevent it from shifting ifthe vehicle moves suddenly.Place heavier objects on the floorand as far forward in the cargo areaas possible. Never pile cargohigher than the top of the seat-backs.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

NOUsloatirehigprGA

our vehicle is equipped with a battery thatquires infrequent maintenance. You will

ever have to add water. You should, how-ver, periodically check the battery, batteryrminals and battery hold-down bracketr corrosion. Remove corrosion using a

tiff brush and ammonia mixed with water,r baking soda mixed with water. Aftermoving corrosion, rinse with clean water.

he test indicator on the top of the batteryrovides information on the condition ofe battery.

your vehicle is not going to be driven for month or longer, disconnect the cableom the negative terminal of the battery toelp prevent discharge.

WARNINGTo avoid harm to yourself or damageto your vehicle or battery, follow thejump starting instructions in the“EMERGENCY SERVICE” section ofthis manual if it is necessary to jumpstart your vehicle.

WARNINGBattery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds. Wash hands after han-dling.

Fuses: 7Headlight Aiming: Bulb Replacement: 7

35


TE:e of replacement tires with a higherd-carrying capacity than the originals, or using a tire inflation pressureher than the recommended tire inflation

essure, will not increase the GVWR orWR limit of your vehicle.

Battery

60A269

Yrenetefosore

Tpth

Ifafrh

WARNINGBatteries produce flammable hydro-gen gas. Keep flames and sparksaway from the battery or an explosionmay occur. Never smoke when work-ing near the battery.

WARNINGWhen checking or servicing the bat-tery, disconnect the negative cable.Be careful not to cause a short circuitby allowing metal objects to contactthe battery posts and the vehicle atthe same time.

EXAMPLE

9-36


66J22-03E

FuYode

Madir

Prthefor

Indvid

FotheCU

he main fuse, primary fuses and some ofe individual fuses are located in thengine compartment. If the main fuselows, no electrical component will func-on. If a primary fuse blows, no electricalomponent in the corresponding loadroup will function. When replacing theain fuse or a primary fuse, use a genuineUZUKI replacement.

(11) 50A ABS 1 ABS actuator fuse

(12) 20A FI Main fuse

(13) – – Blank

(14) 10A H/L L Head light high beam fuse, left

(15) 10A H/L R Head light high beam fuse, right

(16) 10A H/L Head light fuse

(17) 40A ST Starter motor fuse

(18) 40A IGN Ignition fuse

(19) 15A H/L LO L Head light low beam fuse, left

(20) 15A H/L LO R Head light low beam fuse, right

Bulb Replacement: 7

IN

sesur vehicle has three types of fuses, asscribed below:

in Fuse – The main fuse takes currentectly from the battery.

imary Fuses – These fuses are between main fuse and individual fuses, and are electrical load groups.

ividual Fuses – These fuses are for indi-ual electrical circuits.

r details on protected circuits, refer to “FUSES AND PROTECTED CIR-ITS” section in this manual.

Main Fuse Box

64J157

TthebticgmS

Main Fuse / Primary Fuse

(1) 15A CPRSR A/C compressor fuse

(2) 20A O2 HTR O2 sensor heater fuse

(3) 15A THR MOT Throttle motor fuse

(4) 20A AT Automatic transmis-sion fuse

(5) 25A RR DEF Rear defogger fuse

(6) 15A HORN Horn fuse

(7) 20A FR FOG Front fog light fuse

(8) 20A MRR HTR Mirror heater fuse

(9) 40A FR BLW Front blower motor fuse

(10) 30A ABS 2 ABS actuator fuse

9-

IN

66J22-03E

PF

6

5

4

3

3

Ifbindrsfia

(A) 15A STOP Stop lamp fuse

(B) – – Blank

(C) 15A ACC 3 Accessory socket fuse

(D) 10A CRUISE Cruise control fuse

(E) 15A ACC 2 Cigar or Accessory socket fuse

(F) 20A WIP Wiper fuse

(G) 15A IG2 SIG Ignition signal & Seat heater fuse

(H) 10A BACK Back lamp fuse

(I) 10A ABS/ESP ABS or ESP control-ler fuse

(J) 15A A/B Air bag fuse

(K) – – Blank

(L) 15A HAZ Hazard light fuse

(M) 7.5A ST SIG Starter signal fuse

(N) 20A RR BLOW Blank

(O) 25A S/R Sun roof motor fuse

(P) 15A DOME Dome lamp fuse

(Q) 10A TAIL Tail light fuse

(R) 20A D/L Door lock actuator fuse

(S) 15A ACC Radio, Remote door mirror fuse

Bulb Replacement: 7

37


Fuse under the Dash BoardFuse box

64J192

64J158

RIMARYUSE INDIVIDUAL FUSE

0A LAMP Head light, Accessory, Dome light, Sunroof, Hazard light, Door lock, Rear fog light, Stop lamp, Tail light

0A IGN 2 Wiper/Washer, Power window, Seat heater

0A 4WD 4WD actuator

0A RDTR 1 Radiator fan

0A RDTR 2 Radiator fan

WARNING a fuse in the main fuse box blows,e sure to have your vehiclespected by an authorized SUZUKIealer. Always use a genuine SUZUKIeplacement. Never use a substituteuch as a wire even for a temporaryx, or extensive electrical damagend a fire can result.

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

US

E T

HE

DE

SIG

NAT

ED

FU

SE

S A

ND

RE

LA

YS

ON

LY

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

(A)(B)(C)(D)(E)(F)(G)(H)(I)(J)

(L)(M)(N)(O)(P)(Q)(R)(S)(T)(U) (K)

(V)(W)

9-38


66J22-03E

Thsidusbo

60A243

81A283

(

(U

(V

(W

BLOWN

OK

BLOWNOK

Bulb Replacement: 7

IN

65D045

e fuse box is located under the driver’se of the dashboard. To remove a fuse,e the fuse puller provided in the fusex.

NOTE:Make sure that the fuse box cover alwayscarries spare fuses.

T) 10A METER Meter fuse

) 20A IG COIL Ignition coil fuse

) 20A P/W T Power window fuse

) 30A P/W Power window fuse

WARNINGAlways be sure to replace a blownfuse with a fuse of the correct amper-age. Never use a substitute such asaluminum foil or wire to replace ablown fuse. If you replace a fuse andthe new one blows in a short periodof time, you may have a major electri-cal problem. Have your vehicleinspected immediately by yourSUZUKI dealer.

9-

IN

66J22-03E

HSireSU

enter Interior Light (if equipped)

64J159

ull down the lens by using a plain screwriver covered with a soft cloth as shown.o install it, simply push it back in.

he bulb can be removed by simply pulling out. When replacing the bulb, make sureat the contact springs are holding the

ulb securely.

Bulb Replacement: 7Wiper Blades: 3

39


eadlight Aimingnce special procedures are required, wecommend you take your vehicle to yourZUKI dealer for headlight alignment.

Bulb Replacement

NOTE:If it is difficult to replace headlight bulbs orclearance light bulbs due to under-hoodcomponents trust this job to your dealer.

C

PdT

Titthb

WARNING• Light bulbs can be hot enough to

burn your finger right after beingturned off. This is true especiallyfor halogen headlight bulbs.Replace the bulbs after theybecome cool enough.

• The headlight bulbs are filled withpressurized halogen gas. They canburst and injure you if they are hitor dropped. Handle them carefully.

CAUTIONThe oils from your skin may cause ahalogen bulb to overheat and burstwhen the lights are on. Grasp a newbulb with a clean cloth.

CAUTIONFrequent replacement of a bulb indi-cates the need for an inspection ofthe electrical system. This should becarried out by your SUZUKI dealer.

9-40


66J22-03E

Re

PudrTo

Thit o

eadlightsow beamalogen headlamp)

66J036

66J108

Wiper Blades: 3

IN

ar Interior Light (if equipped)

64J160

ll down the lens by using a plain screwiver covered with a soft cloth as shown. install it, simply push it back in.

e bulb can be removed by simply pullingut.

Spot Light (if equipped)Pull down the lens by using a plain screwdriver covered with a soft cloth as shown.

Ceiling-mount type (if equipped)

66J010

Remove the bulb holder by turning it coun-terclockwise. Pull out the bulb.

HL(H

9-

IN

66J22-03E

Opco

Puunne

Hi

OpcoTure

ther General Lightsulb holder

54G123

(1) Removal(2) Installation

o remove a bulb holder from a light hous-g, turn the holder counterclockwise andull it out. To install the holder, push theolder in and turn it clockwise.

(1)

(1)

(2)

(2)

EXAMPLE

Wiper Blades: 3

41


en the engine hood. Disconnect theupler. Remove the sealing rubber.

sh the retaining spring forward andhook it. Then remove the bulb. Install aw bulb in the reverse order of removal.

gh beam

78F072

en the engine hood. Disconnect theupler while pushing the lock release.rn the bulb holder counterclockwise tomove it.

Front Fog Light

78F072

Open the engine hood. Disconnect thecoupler while pushing the lock release.Turn the bulb holder counterclockwise toremove it.

OB

Tinph

9-42


66J22-03E

Bu

((

Thtyp

To(1

Toa copu

Yoho

icense plate light

75F087

oor illumination light

64J165

E

Wiper Blades: 3

IN

lb

54G124

3) Removal4) Installation

ere are two types of bulb, “Full glasse” (1) and “Glass/metal type” (2).

remove and install a full glass type bulb), simply pull out or push in the bulb.

remove a glass metal type bulb (2) frombulb holder, push in the bulb and turn itunterclockwise. To install a new bulb,sh it in and turn it clockwise.

u can access the individual bulb or bulblders as follows.

Parking/Turn signal light

64J163

Trust this replacement job to your dealer asthe front grille and the headlight housingmust be removed for this job.

Rear combination light

64J164

L

D

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

XAMPLE

EXAMPLE

9-

IN

66J22-03E

Lu

64J182

) Release the claws of the light housingby the flat head etc. through the serviceholes as shown in the illustration.

Air Conditioning System: 4

43


ggage compartment light

64J166

High-mount stop light (if equipped)

64J181

To remove a high-mounted stop light hous-ing the following procedure:

1) Open the tailgate, and remove the trim(1) as shown in the illustration.

2

(1)

9-44


66J22-03E

3)

iper Blades

54G129

the wiper blades become brittle or dam-ged, or make streaks when wiping,place the wiper blades.

o install new wiper blades, follow the pro-edures below.

OTE:ome wiper blades may be different frome ones described here depending on

ehicle specifications. If so, consult yourUZUKI dealer for proper replacementethod.

CAUTIONTo avoid scratching or breaking thewindow, do not let the wiper armstrike the window while replacing thewiper blade.

IN

64J183

Close the tailgate. Remove a high-mounted stop light housing (2) from thetailgate.

64J184

4) Remove the each bulb.5) Replace the bulbs.

To install a high-mounted stop lighthousing in the reverse order of removal.

W

Ifare

Tc

NSthvSm

(2)

9-

IN

66J22-03E

Fo

1)

60A260

) Pull the locked end of the wiper bladefirmly to unlock the blade and slide theblade out as shown.

45


r windshield wipers:

70G119

Hold the wiper arm away from the win-dow.

52D102

2) Squeeze lock lever (1) towards wiperarm (2) and remove the wiper framefrom the arm as shown.

3

9-46


66J22-03E

(

4)

or rear wipers:

80G146

) Hold the wiper arm away from the win-dow.

) Remove the wiper frame from the armas shown.

) Slide the blade out as shown.

IN

52D124

3) Retainer

If the new blade is provided without thetwo metal retainers, move them fromthe old blade to the new one.

Installation

52D125

(4) Locked end

5) Install the new blade in the reverseorder of removal, with the locked endpositioned toward the wiper arm. Makesure the blade is properly retained byall the hooks. Grasp the blade near thelocked end and pull in the direction ofthe arrows to lock the end into place.

6) Reinstall wiper frame to arm, makingsure that the lock lever is snappedsecurely into the arm.

F

1

2

3

9-

IN

66J22-03E

NODomobr

ir Conditioning System you do not use the air conditioner for ang period, such as during winter, it mayot give the best performance when youtart using it again. To help maintain opti-um performance and durability of your air

onditioner, it needs to be run periodically.perate the air conditioner at least once aonth for one minute with the engineling. This circulates the refrigerant and oilnd helps protect the internal components.

47


65D151

TE: not flex the wiper blade frame endre than necessary. If you do, it can

eak off.

54G135

(1) Retainer

4) If the new blade is provided without thetwo metal retainers, move them fromthe old blade to the new one.

5) Install the new blade in the reverseorder of removal. Make sure the blade is properlyretained by all the hooks.

6) Reinstall wiper frame to arm in thereverse order of removal.

AIflonsmcOmida

EMERGENCY SERVICE

10

66J22-03E

60G411

EMERGENCY SERVICEJacking Instructions ........................................................... 10-1Jump Starting Instructions ................................................ 10-3Towing a Disabled Vehicle ................................................. 10-4If the Starter Does Not Operate .......................................... 10-4If the Engine is Flooded ...................................................... 10-5If the Engine Overheats ...................................................... 10-5If You Can Not Shift Automatic Transmission Gearshift Lever Out of “P” (PARK) .................................................... 10-6

10

EM

66J22-03E

Ja

64J194

(1) Jacking point

64J250

(2) Upper flat surface(3) Lower flat surface(4) flange of the body

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

Jacking Instructions: 5

-1

ERGENCY SERVICE

cking Instructions

64J124

75F062

1) Place the vehicle on level, hard ground.2) Set the parking brake firmly and shift

into “P” (Park) if your vehicle has anautomatic transmission, or shift into “R”(Reverse) if your vehicle has a manualtransmission.

3) Turn on the hazard warning flasher ifyour vehicle is near traffic.

4) Block the front and rear of the wheeldiagonally opposite of the wheel beinglifted.

5) Place the spare wheel near the wheelbeing lifted as shown in the illustrationin case that the jack slips.

10-2

EMERGENCY SERVICE

66J22-03E

6)

Fr

((((

(

WARNING• Use the jack only to change wheels

on level, hard ground.• Never jack up the vehicle on an

inclined surface.• Never raise the vehicle with the

jack in a location other than thedesignated jacking point near thewheel to be changed.

• Make sure that the jack is raised atleast 51 mm (2 inches) before itcontacts the flange. Use of the jackwhen it is within 51 mm (2 inches)of being fully collapsed may resultin failure of the jack.

• Never get under the vehicle when itis supported by the jack.

• Never run the engine when thevehicle is supported by the jackand never allow passengers toremain in the vehicle.

Jacking Instructions: 5

Position the upper flat surface (2) of thejack at the inside of the underbodyflange as shown in the illustration.

ont

64J251

5) Designated jacking point6) Jack handle7) Raise8) Lower

Rear

64J252

7) Position the jack vertically and raise thejack by turning the jack handle clock-wise until the jack head recess fitsaround the flange at the designatedjacking point as shown in the illustra-tion.

8) Continue to raise the jack slowly andsmoothly until the tire clears theground. Do not raise the vehicle morethan necessary.

(5)

(8)

7)

(6)

10

EM

66J22-03E

Ju ) Turn off all vehicle accessories, exceptthose necessary for safety reasons (forexample, headlights or hazard lights).

60A270

52D129

) Make jumper cable connections as fol-lows:

•

•

•

•

•

•

EXAMPLE Engine Hook

Charged Battery

Discharged Battery

EXAMPLE

Jump Starting Instructions: 7

-3

ERGENCY SERVICE

mp Starting Instructions

When jump starting your vehicle, usethe following procedure:

60A269

1) Use only a 12 volt battery to jump startyour vehicle. Position the good 12V bat-tery close to your vehicle so that thejumper cables will reach both batteries.When using a battery installed onanother vehicle, DO NOT LET THEVEHICLES TOUCH. Set the parkingbrakes fully on both vehicles.

2

3

WARNINGNever attempt to jump start yourvehicle if the battery appears to befrozen. Batteries in this conditionmay explode or rupture if jumpstarting is attempted.When making jumper cable con-nections, be certain that yourhands and the jumper cablesremain clear from pulleys, belts orfans.Batteries produce flammablehydrogen gas. Keep flames andsparks away from the battery or anexplosion may occur. Never smokewhen working near the battery.If the booster battery you use forjump starting is installed in anothervehicle, make sure the two vehiclesare not touching each other.If your battery discharges repeat-edly, for no apparent reason, haveyour vehicle inspected by an autho-rized SUZUKI dealer.To avoid harm to yourself or dam-age to your vehicle or battery, fol-low the jump starting instructionsbelow precisely and in order. If youare in doubt, call for qualified roadservice.

CAUTIONYour vehicle should not be started bypushing or towing. This startingmethod could result in permanentdamage to the catalytic converter.Use jumper cables to start a vehiclewith a weak or run-down battery.

12V BATTERY

10-4

EMERGENCY SERVICE

66J22-03E

4)

5)

6)

the Starter Does Not perate

) Try turning the ignition switch to the“START” position with the headlightsturned on to determine the battery con-dition. If the headlights go excessivelydim or go off, it usually means thateither the battery has run down or bat-tery terminal contact is poor. Rechargethe battery or correct battery terminalcontact if necessary.

) If the headlights remain bright, checkthe fuses. If the reason for failure of thestarter is not obvious, there may be amajor electrical problem. Have the vehi-cle inspected by your authorizedSUZUKI dealer.N

dts

Jump Starting Instructions: 7Towing a Disabled Vehicle: 6If the Starter Does Not Operate: 2, 9

1. Connect one end of the first jumpercable to the positive (+) terminal ofthe discharged battery (1).

2. Connect the other end to the positive(+) terminal of the booster battery(2).

3. Connect one end of the secondjumper cable to the negative (–) ter-minal of the booster battery (2).

4. Make the final connection to anunpainted, heavy metal part (i.e.engine hook (3)) of the engine of thevehicle with the discharged battery(1).

If the booster battery you are using isinstalled on another vehicle, start theengine of the vehicle with the boosterbattery. Run the engine at moderatespeed.Start the engine of the vehicle with thedischarged battery.Remove the jumper cables in the exactreverse order in which you connectedthem.

Towing a Disabled VehicleEmergency TowingIf your vehicle is disabled, it may be towedby a tow truck using one of the followingmethods:1) Tow the vehicle with two wheels lifted

by the tow truck and the other twowheels on a towing dolly.

2) Use the appropriate towing methodspecified for your vehicle in the “TowingYour Vehicle (recreational towing)” sec-tion, but with the wheels lifted by thetow truck instead of on a towing dolly.Be sure to carefully follow the specificinstructions provided in the “TowingYour Vehicle (recreational towing)” sec-tion.

IfO1

2

WARNINGever connect the jumper cableirectly to the negative (–) terminal ofhe discharged battery, or an explo-ion may occur. CAUTION

If vehicle damage (such as steeringor drivetrain damage, inability tooperate free axle mechanism, etc.)prevent normal use of the towing pro-cedures for your vehicle described inthe “Towing Your Vehicle (recre-ational towing)” section, have yourvehicle towed with two wheels liftedby the tow truck and the other twowheels on a towing dolly.

10

EM

66J22-03E

If If mathefloenfor

the temperature indication does notome down to within the normal, accept-ble range:

) Turn off the engine and check that thewater pump belt and pulleys are notdamaged or slipping. If any abnormalityis found, correct it.

) Check the coolant level in the reservoir.If it is found to be lower than the “LOW”line, look for leaks at the radiator, waterpump and radiator and heater hoses. Ifyou locate any leaks that may havecaused the overheating, do not run theengine until these problems have beencorrected.

) If you do not find a leak, carefully addcoolant to the reservoir and then theradiator, if necessary. (Refer to “EngineCoolant” in the “INSPECTION ANDMAINTENANCE” section.)

If the Engine is Flooded: 2, 9If the Engine Overheats: 2, 9

-5

ERGENCY SERVICE

the Engine is Floodedthe engine is flooded with gasoline, ity be hard to start. If this happens, press accelerator pedal all the way to the

or and hold it there while cranking thegine. (Do not operate the starter motor more than 15 seconds).

If the Engine OverheatsThe engine could overheat temporarilyunder severe driving conditions. If theengine coolant temperature gauge indi-cates overheating during driving:

1) Turn off the air conditioner, if equipped.2) Take the vehicle to a safe place and

park.3) Let the engine run at normal idle speed

for a few minutes until the indicator iswithin the normal, acceptable tempera-ture range shown by the white bandbetween “H” and “C”.

Ifca

1

2

3WARNINGIf you see or hear escaping steam,stop the vehicle in a safe place andimmediately turn off the engine to letit cool. Do not open the hood whensteam is present. When the steamcan no longer be seen or heard, openthe hood to see if the coolant is stillboiling. If it is, you must wait until itstops boiling before you proceed.Also, be careful not to touch hotengine parts (radiator, water hoses,engine etc.).

10-6

EMERGENCY SERVICE

66J22-03E

) Make sure the key is in the “ON” or“ACC” position.

) Remove the cover (1) on the hole.) With inserting the key or the flat end rod

into the slot in the hole, shift the gear-shift lever to the desired position.

his procedure is for emergency use only. repeated use of this procedure is neces-ary, or the procedure does not work asescribed, take the vehicle to your dealerr repair.

•

•

If the Engine Overheats: 2, 9If You Can Not Shift Automatic Transmission Gearshift Lever Out of “P” (PARK): 2, 9

66J191

If You Can Not Shift Automatic Transmission Gearshift Lever Out of “P” (PARK)

64J216

Vehicles with an automatic transmissionhave an electrically operated park-lock fea-ture. If the vehicle’s battery is discharged,or there is some other electrical failure, theautomatic transmission cannot be shiftedout of Park in the normal way. Jump start-ing may correct the condition. If not, followthe procedure described below. This pro-cedure will permit shifting the transmissionout of Park.

1) Be sure the parking brake is firmlyapplied.

2) If the engine is running, stop theengine.

3

45

TIfsdfo

WARNINGIt is hazardous to remove the radia-tor cap when the water temperatureis high, because scalding fluid andsteam may be blown out underpressure. The cap should only betaken off when the coolant temper-ature has lowered.To prevent personal injury, keephands, tools and clothing awayfrom the engine cooling fan and air-conditioner fan (if equipped). Theseelectric fans can automatically turnon without warning.

(1)

10

EM

66J22-03E

M

-7

ERGENCY SERVICE

EMO

APPEARANCE CARE

11

66J22-03E

60G412

APPEARANCE CARECorrosion Prevention ......................................................... 11-1Vehicle Cleaning ................................................................. 11-3

11

AP

66J22-03E

CIt ve

LismaPlca

ImsiCo1)

2)

Ener1)

2)

3)

4)

you frequently drive on salted roads, yourehicle should be washed at least once aonth during the winter. If you live near thecean, your vehicle should be washed atast once a month throughout the year.

ash your vehicle immediately after using off-road. For washing instructions, refer the “Vehicle Cleaning” section.

emove foreign material depositsoreign material such as salts, chemicals,ad oil or tar, tree sap, bird droppings anddustrial fall-out may damage the finish of

our vehicle if it is left on painted surfaces.emove these types of deposits as quicklys possible. If these deposits are difficult toash off, an additional cleaner may bequired. Be sure that any cleaner you use not harmful to painted surfaces and ispecifically intended for your purposes.ollow the manufacturer’s directions whensing these special cleaners.

WARNINGForeign material can lodge betweenthe fuel tank of your vehicle and theskid plate which covers it. You shouldperiodically clean out any foreignmaterial which has accumulated inthis area, since it could create a firehazard.

Corrosion Prevention: 5

-1

PEARANCE CARE

orrosion Preventionis important to take good care of yourhicle to protect it from corrosion.

ted below are instructions for how tointain your vehicle to prevent corrosion.

ease read and follow these instructionsrefully.

portant Information About Corro-onmmon causes of corrosionAccumulation of road salt, dirt, moistureor chemicals in hard to reach areas ofthe vehicle underbody or frame.Chipping, scratches and any damage totreated or painted metal surfacesresulting from minor accidents orimpact from stones and gravel.

vironmental conditions which accel-ate corrosionRoad salt, dust control chemicals, seaair or industrial pollution will all acceler-ate the corrosion of metal.High humidity will increase the rate ofcorrosion particularly when the temper-ature range is just above the freezingpoint.Moisture in certain areas of a vehiclefor an extended period of time may pro-mote corrosion even though other bodysections may be completely dry.High temperatures will cause an accel-erated rate of corrosion to parts of the

vehicle which are not well ventilated topermit quick drying.

52D151

This information illustrates the necessity ofkeeping your vehicle (particularly theunderbody) as clean and dry as possible. Itis equally important to repair any damageto the paint or protective coatings as soonas possible.

How to Help Prevent CorrosionWash your vehicle frequentlyThe best way to preserve the finish on yourvehicle and to help avoid corrosion is tokeep it clean with frequent washing.

Wash your vehicle at least once during thewinter and once immediately after the win-ter. Keep your vehicle, particularly theunderside, as clean and dry as possible.

Ifvmole

Witto

RFroinyRawreissFu

11-2

APPEARANCE CARE

66J22-03E

ReCato usscimstagoqu

KemMounsiomadrthewe

Ceerrobespar

UsThprquFuthefittro

over your vehicle

50G203

you can not regularly park your vehicle in garage, we recommend you use a vehi-le cover. Years of exposure to midday sunan cause the colors in paint, plastic partsnd fabrics to fade. Covering your vehicleith a high-quality, “breathable” vehicleover can help protect the finish from thearmful UV rays in sunlight, and canduce the amount of dust and air pollutionaching the surface. Your SUZUKI dealer

an help you select the right cover for yourehicle.

Corrosion Prevention: 5

pair finish damagerefully examine your vehicle for damagethe painted surfaces, especially if it ised off-road. Should you find any chips orratches in the paint, touch them upmediately to prevent corrosion fromrting. If the chips or scratches havene through to the bare metal, have aalified body shop make the repair.

ep passenger and cargo compart-ents cleanisture, dirt or mud can accumulateder the floor mats and may cause corro-n. Occasionally, check under thesets to ensure that this area is clean and

y. More frequent checks are necessary if vehicle is used off road or in wetather.

rtain cargo such as chemicals, fertiliz-s, cleaners, salts, etc. are extremely cor-sive by nature. These products should transported in sealed containers. If aill or leak does occur, clean and dry theea immediately.

e mud and gravel shieldse use of mud and gravel shields will helpotect your vehicle, especially if you fre-ently drive on gravel or salted roads.ll-size shields, which extend as close to road as is practical, are the best. The

ings for such shields should also be cor-sion resistant. Please check with your

authorized SUZUKI dealer for informationon these shields.

Store your vehicle in a dry, well-venti-lated areaDo not park your vehicle in a damp, poorlyventilated area. If you often wash yourvehicle in the garage or if you frequentlydrive it in when wet, your garage may bedamp. The high humidity in the garagemay cause or accelerate corrosion. A wetvehicle may corrode even in a heatedgarage if the ventilation is poor.

C

Ifaccawchrerecv

WARNINGDo not apply additional undercoatingor rust preventive coating on oraround exhaust system componentssuch as the catalytic converter,exhaust pipes, etc. A fire could bestarted if the undercoating substancebecomes overheated.

11

AP

66J22-03E

V

ClViPrgesocloloo

elp loosen dirt. After dirt is loosened,nse the mat thoroughly with water andry it in the shade.

arpetsemove dirt and soil as much as possibleith a vacuum cleaner. Using a mild soapolution, rub stained areas with a cleanamp cloth. To remove soap, rub the areasgain with a cloth dampened with water.epeat this until the stain is removed, orse a commercial carpet cleaner forugher stains. If you use a carpet cleaner,

arefully follow the manufacturer’s instruc-ons and precautions.

strument panel and console

OTE:ipe up spills containing chemicals, alco-

ol, etc., immediately with a soft, damploth. Use a mild soap solution if neces-ary. Do not use cleaners or polishes con-ining strong solvents or acidic solutions.hese chemicals may stain and discolore instrument panel and console.

leaning the Exterior

Wososhcth

CAUTIONIt is important that your vehicle bekept clean and free from dirt. Failureto keep your vehicle clean may resultin fading of the paint or corrosion tovarious parts of the vehicle body.

Vehicle Cleaning: 5

-3

PEARANCE CARE

ehicle Cleaning

76G044S

eaning Interiornyl upholsteryepare a solution of soap or mild deter-nt mixed with warm water. Apply thelution to the vinyl with a sponge or softth and let it soak for a few minutes tosen dirt. Rub the surface with a clean,

damp cloth to remove dirt and the soapsolution. If some dirt still remains on thesurface, repeat this procedure.

Fabric upholsteryRemove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.Using a mild soap solution, rub stainedareas with a clean damp cloth. To removesoap, rub the areas again with a clothdampened with water. Repeat this until thestain is removed, or use a commercial fab-ric cleaner for tougher stains. If you use afabric cleaner, carefully follow the manu-facturer’s instructions and precautions.

Leather upholsteryRemove loose dirt with a vacuum cleaner.Using a mild soap or saddle soap solution,wipe dirt off with a clean damp soft cloth.To remove soap, wipe the areas again witha soft cloth dampened with water. Wipe theareas dry with a soft dry cloth. Repeat thisuntil the dirt or stain is removed, or use acommercial leather cleaner for tougher dirtor stains. If you use a leather cleaner, care-fully follow the manufacture’s instructionsand precautions. Do not use solvent typecleaners or abrasive cleaners.

Seat beltsClean seat belts with a mild soap andwater. Do not use bleach or dye on thebelts. They may weaken the fabric in thebelts.

Vinyl floor matsOrdinary dirt can be removed from vinylwith water or mild soap. Use a brush to

hrid

CRwsdaRutocti

In

NWhcstaTth

C

WARNINGhen cleaning the interior or exterior

f the vehicle, NEVER USE flammableolvents such lacquer thinners, gas-line, benzene or cleaning materialsuch as bleaches and strong house-old detergents. The materials couldause personal injury or damage toe vehicle.

11-4

APPEARANCE CARE

66J22-03E

W

Wins

1)

) Check carefully for damage to paintedsurfaces. If there is any damage,“touch-up” the damage following theprocedure below:1. Clean all damaged spots and allow

them to dry.2. Stir the paint and “touch-up” the

damaged spots lightly using a smallbrush.

3. Allow the paint to dry completely.

axing

60B211S

fter washing the vehicle, waxing and pol-hing are recommended to further protectnd beautify the paint.

Only use waxes and polishes of goodquality.When using waxes and polishes,observe the precautions specified by themanufacturers.

•

•

•

•

•

Vehicle Cleaning: 5

ashing

hen washing the vehicle, follow thetructions below:

Flush the underside of body and wheelhousings with pressurized water toremove mud and debris. Use plenty ofwater.

2) Rinse the body to loosen the dirt.Remove dirt and mud from the bodyexterior with running water. You mayuse a soft sponge or brush. Do not usehard materials which can scratch thepaint or plastic. Remember that theheadlight covers or lenses are made ofplastic in many cases.

3) Wash the entire exterior with a milddetergent or car wash soap using asponge or soft cloth. The sponge orcloth should be frequently soaked in thesoap solution.

4) Once the dirt has been completelyremoved, rinse off the detergent withrunning water.

5) After rinsing, wipe off the vehicle bodywith a wet chamois or cloth and allow itto dry in the shade.

6

W

Aisa

•

•

WARNINGNever attempt to wash and waxyour vehicle with the engine run-ning.When cleaning the underside of thebody and fender, where there maybe sharp-edged parts, you shouldwear gloves and a long-sleevedshirt to protect your hands andarms from being cut.After washing your vehicle, care-fully test the brakes before drivingto make sure they have maintainedtheir normal effectiveness.

CAUTIONWhen washing the vehicle, avoiddirecting steam or hot water ofmore than 80°C (176°F) on plasticparts.To avoid damaging engine compo-nents, do not use pressurizedwater in the engine compartment.

CAUTIONTo avoid damage to the paint or plas-tic surface, do not wipe the dirt offwithout ample water. Be sure to fol-low above procedure.

CAUTIONWhen using a commercial car washproduct, observe the cautions speci-fied by the manufacturer. Never usestrong household detergents orsoaps.

11

AP

66J22-03E

M

-5

PEARANCE CARE

EMO

GENERAL INFORMATION

12

66J22-03E

54G072

GENERAL INFORMATIONIdentification Numbers ....................................................... 12-1Safety Certification Label ................................................... 12-2Emission Compliance Label (for U.S.A.) ........................... 12-2Warranties ............................................................................ 12-2On-Board Vehicle Computers and Event Data Recorders ............................................................................ 12-3Reporting Safety Defects ................................................... 12-4

12

G

66J22-03E

IdVe

ngine Serial Number

66J160

he engine serial number is stamped one cylinder block as shown in the above

lustration.

E

Identification Numbers: 2, 5

-1

ENERAL INFORMATION

entification Numbershicle Identification Number

60G152

64J197

The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)may be found in the two locations shown inthe above illustrations. This number isused to register the vehicle. It is also usedto assist your dealer when ordering partsor referring to special service information.

E

Tthil

XAMPLE (for some vehicles)

12-2

GENERAL INFORMATION

66J22-03E

S

Threlablar

arrantieshe warranties covering your vehicle arexplained in a separate New Vehicle War-nty Information booklet given to you ate time of sale. Please read this booklet

arefully so you can understand your rightsnd responsibilities.

or U.S.A.he following warranties are provided withour vehicle:New Vehicle Limited WarrantyLimited Warranty For SUZUKI Parts orAccessoriesEmission Components Defect WarrantyEmission Performance Warranty

Safety Certification Label: 6Emission Compliance Label (For U.S.A.): 1, 2Warranties: NO

afety Certification Label

52D059

is label contains important safety-lated information about your vehicle. Theel is located on the driver’s door lock pil-.

Emission Compliance Label (for U.S.A.)

60A412

The EPA emission compliance label islocated under the hood.

WTerathca

FTy••

••

12

G

66J22-03E

OanYococofo•

•

•

Soth

addition, once SUZUKI collects orceives data, SUZUKI may use the

ata for research conducted byUZUKI, make the data available forutside research if need is shown andonfidentiality is assured, or makeummary data which does not identifypecific vehicles available for outsidesearch.

thers, such as law enforcement per-onnel, may have access to the spe-ial equipment that can read theformation if they have access to the

ehicle or storage device.

Reporting Safety Defects: NO

-3

ENERAL INFORMATION

n-Board Vehicle Computers d Event Data Recorders

ur vehicle is equipped with on-boardmputer systems which monitor andntrol several aspects of vehicle per-rmance, including the following:Emission-related components andengine parameters such as enginespeed and throttle position are moni-tored to provide emissions controland to provide optimum fuel econ-omy. Your vehicle also has an on-board diagnostic system which mon-itors and records information aboutemission-related malfunctions.Signals from various sensors aremonitored to provide air bag deploy-ment.If your vehicle is equipped withantilock brakes, conditions such asvehicle speed and brake perfor-mance are monitored, so that theABS system can provide effectiveantilock braking. If your vehicle hasan Electronic Stability Program(ESP®) system, conditions such asyaw rate, lateral acceleration, andbrake fluid pressure are monitored,so that the ESP® system can helpthe driver control the vehicle in diffi-cult driving situations.

me information may be stored bye on-board computers during normal

operation of the vehicle. This storedinformation can assist technicians inrepairing the vehicle when malfunc-tions occur. Other information is storedonly in the event of crash, by computersystems that are commonly calledEvent Data Recorders (EDRs).

In a crash event, EDRs such as theAirbag Sensing and Diagnostic Mod-ule (SDM) in your vehicle may recordinformation about the condition of thevehicle and how it was operated, suchas data related to airbag readiness,airbag performance, safety belt usage,and the severity of the collision. Thesedata can help provide a better under-standing of the circumstances in whichcrashes and injuries occur and lead tothe designing of safer vehicles. TheSDM in your vehicle does not collector store personal information.

To read the stored information, specialequipment is needed and access tothe vehicle or storage device isrequired. SUZUKI will not access infor-mation about a crash event or share itwith others other than with the consentof the vehicle owner or lessee, inresponse to an official request fromthe police or similar government office,as part of SUZUKI’s defense of litiga-tion through the discovery process, oras required by law.

InredSocssre

Oscinv

12-4

GENERAL INFORMATION

66J22-03E

RIf decoshNaAdno

If it fingranNHinddeCo

ToVe88gotoen20mfro

eporting Safety Defectsyou believe that your vehicle has afect which could cause a crash oruld cause injury or death, youould immediately inform thetional Highway Traffic Safetyministration (NHTSA) in addition totifying American Suzuki Motor Corp.

NHTSA receives similar complaints,may open an investigation, and if itds that a safety defect exists in aoup of vehicles, it may order a recalld remedy campaign. However,TSA cannot become involved inividual problems between you, youraler, or American Suzuki Motorrp.

contact NHTSA, you may call thehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-8-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); to http://www.safercar.gov; or write

: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Sev-th Street, SW., Washington, D.C.590. You can also obtain other infor-

ation about motor vehicle safetym http://www.safercar.gov.

To contact American Suzuki, ownersin the continental United States cancall toll-free 1-800-934-0934, or writeto:

American Suzuki Motor CorporationAutomotive Customer Relations3251 East Imperial HighwayBrea, CA 92821-6795

For owners outside the continentalUnited States, please refer to the dis-tributor’s address listed in your War-ranty Information booklet.

For vehicles registered for use andprincipally operated in Canada pleasecontact Suzuki Canada Inc. at 1-905-889-2677 extension 2254 or write to:

Suzuki Canada Inc.Customer Relations100 East Beaver Creek RoadRichmond Hill, OnL4B 1J6

12

G

66J22-03E

M

-5

ENERAL INFORMATION

EMO

13-1

ES AND PROTECTED CIRCUITS

66J22-03E

13

F

64J157

MB

In engine compartment

Fuses and Protected Circuits: 7

FUS

USES AND PROTECTED CIRCUITS

FUSES

AIN FUSE OX

No. COLOR (AMPS) PROTECTED CIRCUIT(1) BLUE (15) CPRSR A/C compressor fuse(2) YELLOW (20) O2 HTR O2 sensor heater fuse(3) BLUE (15) THR MOT Throttle motor fuse(4) YELLOW (20) AT Automatic transmission fuse(5) CLEAR (25) RR DEF Rear defogger fuse(6) BLUE (15) HORN Horn fuse(7) YELLOW (20) FR FOG Front fog light fuse(8) YELLOW (20) MRR HTR Mirror heater fuse(9) GREEN (40) FR BLW Front blower motor fuse

(10) PINK (30) ABS 2 ABS actuator fuse

13

FU

66J22-03E

64J157

MB

In engine compartment

Fuses and Protected Circuits: 7

-2

SES AND PROTECTED CIRCUITS

FUSES

AIN FUSE OX

No. COLOR (AMPS) PROTECTED CIRCUIT(11) RED (50) ABS 1 ABS actuator fuse(12) YELLOW (20) FI Main fuse(13) – – Blank(14) RED (10) H/L L Head light high beam fuse, left(15) RED (10) H/L R Head light high beam fuse, right(16) RED (10) H/L Head light fuse(17) GREEN (40) ST MTR Starter motor fuse(18) GREEN (40) IGN Ignition fuse(19) BLUE (15) H/L LO L Head light low beam fuse, left(20) BLUE (15) H/L LO R Head light low beam fuse, right

13-3

ES AND PROTECTED CIRCUITS

66J22-03E

64J158

USES IN FUSE BOX

( T SIG Starter signal fuse

( R BLOW Blank

( /R Sun roof motor fuse

( OME Dome lamp fuse

( IL Tail light fuse

( /L Door lock actuator fuse

( CC Radio, Remote door mirror fuse

( ETER Meter fuse

( COIL Ignition coil fuse

( /W T Power window fuse

( /W Power window fuse

(

FUS

FUSES IN FUSE BOX F

A) BLUE (15) STOP Stop lamp fuse (M) RED (7.5) S

B) – – Blank (N) YELLOW (20) R

C) BLUE (15) ACC 3 Accessory socket fuse (O) CLEAR (25) S

D) RED (10) CRUISE Cruise control fuse (P) BLUE (15) D

E) BLUE (15) ACC 2 Cigar or Accessory socket fuse (Q) RED (10) TA

F) YELLOW (20) WIP Wiper fuse (R) YELLOW (20) D

G) BLUE (15) IG2 SIG Ignition signal & Seat heater fuse (S) BLUE (15) A

H) RED (10) BACK Back lamp fuse (T) RED (10) M

I) RED (10) ABS/ESP ABS or ESP controller fuse (U) YELLOW (20) IG

J) BLUE (15) A/B Air bag fuse (V) YELLOW (20) P

K) – – Blank (W) PINK (30) P

L) BLUE (15) HAZ Hazard light fuse

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

US

E T

HE

DE

SIG

NAT

ED

FU

SE

S A

ND

RE

LA

YS

ON

LY

SPA

RE

SPA

RE

(A)(B)(C)(D)(E)(F)(G)(H)(I)(J)

(L)(M)(N)(O)(P)(Q)(R)(S)(T)(U) (K)

(V)(W)

13

FU

66J22-03E

M

-4

SES AND PROTECTED CIRCUITS

EMO

14-1

SPECIFICATIONS

66J22-03E

14

SNOSpou

/T: Manual transmission/T: Automatic transmission

ITO

O

O

W

T

M

ITG

abel and the tire information label whichor lock pillar.G

V

ITT

NB

S

P cc)C

Specifications: 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11

PECIFICATIONSTE:ecifications are subject to change with-t notice.

4WD: 4-wheel drive2WD: 2-wheel drive

MA

EM: Dimensions UNIT: mm (in.)verall length 4470 (176.0)

verall width 1810 (71.3)

verall height 4WD 1695 (66.7)2WD 1683 (66.3)

heelbase 2640 (103.9)

read front 1540 (60.6)rear 1560 (61.4)

inimum running ground clearance 4WD 200 (7.9)

2WD 188 (7.4)

EM: Weightross axle weight rating

See the safety certification lare located on the driver’s doross vehicle weight rating

ehicle capacity weight

EM: Engineype H27A (24V DOHC)

umber of cylinders 6ore 88.0 mm (3.46 in.)

troke 75.0 mm (2.95 in.)

iston displacement 2736 cm3 (167.1 cu.in, 2736ompression ratio 9.5 : 1

14

SP

66J22-03E

ITIgS IFR6J11 (highly recommended)

B

F INTENANCE” and “FUSES AND PRO-s

IT BULB No.H H7

HB3F H11

T WY21W

WY21WP WY5W

B 7443

L W5WR 7440

H W5W

D –D –

–

–L W5W

Specifications: 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11

-2

ECIFICATIONS

EM: Electricalnition timing 5° B.T.D.C.tandard spark plug DENSO SK20PR11 or NGK

attery 12V GP24

uses See “INSPECTION AND MATECTED CIRCUITS” section

EM: Lights WATTAGEeadlight Low beam Halogen 12V 55W

High beam 12V 60Wront fog light 12V 55W

urn signal light front 12V 21W

rear 12V 21Warking light 12V 5W

rake/tail light 12V 21/5W

icense plate light 12V 5Weversing light 12V 21W

igh mount stop light 12V 5W

oor illumination light 12V 5Wome light Spot light 12V 8W

Center light 12V 10W

Rear light 12V 10Wuggage compartment light 12V 5W

14-3

SPECIFICATIONS

66J22-03E

ITTT e, see the Tire Information Label located

r.

ITT

C

C

ITC

F

ET

ed)

D

T

E

Specifications: 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 10, 11

EM: Wheelire size, front and rear P225/70R16, P225/65R17ire pressure For the specified tire pressur

on the driver’s door lock pilla

EM: Steeringoe-in front 0 ± 2 mm (0 ± 0.08 in.)

rear 6 ± 2 mm (0.24 ± 0.08 in.)

amber angle front 0° 00’

rear –1° 15’ ± 30’aster angle front 2° 30’

EM: Capacities (approx.)oolant 8.2 L (17.3 US pt)

uel tank 66 L (17.4 US gal)

ngine oil (replaced with filter) 4.8 L (10.1 US pt)ransmission oil M/T 1.9 L (4.0 US pt)

A/T 2.5 L (5.2 US pt) (when drain

ifferential gear oil front 0.95 L (2.0 US pt)

rear2WD 0.9 L (1.9 US pt)

4WD 0.8 L (1.7 US pt)

ransfer gear box oil with a transfer switch 1.5 L (3.2 US pt)without a transfer switch 1.6 L (3.4 US pt)

xtension case oil 0.47 L (1.0 US pt)

14

SP

66J22-03E

M

-4

ECIFICATIONS

EMO

15-1

INDEX

15

66J22-03E

IN

Sy“A“C“E“E“E“E“P“SNu5-AA/AcAcAdAdAdAiAiAnAnAnArAsAuAu(C

ractor (ALR) .................................. 2-22n Fluid .......................................... 9-15tem ................................................ 3-6

......................................................... 4-31

......................................................... 9-35

......................................................... 6-16

......................................................... 9-21

..................................................5-2, 9-22 Light ............................................. 4-5......................................................... 9-21......................................................... 6-15......................................................... 6-25......................................................... 4-11......................................................... 9-39

......................................................... 6-25nd Filter ......................................... 9-11......................................................... 9-30......................................................... 4-7r doors) ......................................... 2-13s ..................................................... 2-27shtray ........................................... 5-17

......................................................... 4-18

..................................................5-2, 9-24

......................................................... 5-11

......................................................... 11-1

......................................................... 3-10

DEX

mbolsIR BAG” Light ..................................................................4-8RUISE” Indicator Light ...................................................4-9SP OFF” Indicator Light .......................................... 4-6, 6-20SP OFF” Switch ...............................................................4-16SP” (Electronic Stability Program) Warning Light .......4-6SP” Warning Light ...........................................................6-20ASS AIR BAG OFF” Indicator .........................................4-14ET” Indicator Light ..........................................................4-9merics

Speed Automatic Transmission ......................................6-5

T Selector Position Indicator ..........................................4-11celerator Pedal ................................................................5-2cessory Socket ................................................................5-16ding Engine Coolant .......................................................9-17justing Seat Position ......................................................2-18justing Seatbacks ...........................................................2-18

r Cleaner ...........................................................................9-20r Conditioning System .....................................................9-47ti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ..........................................6-16ti-Lock Brake System (ABS) Warning Light .................4-5ti-Lock Braking System (ABS) .......................................6-19mrest .................................................................................5-7sist Grips .........................................................................5-10dio Systems .....................................................................4-28tomatic Heating and Air Conditioning System

limate Control) .................................................................4-21

Automatic Locking RetAutomatic TransmissioAuto-On Headlight SysBBasic Operations .......Battery .........................Brake Assist System .Brake Fluid .................Brake Pedal ................Brake System WarningBrakes .........................Braking ........................Break-In .......................Brightness Control ....Bulb Replacement ......CCatalytic Converter ....Changing Engine Oil aChanging Wheels .......Charging Light ...........Child Lock System (reaChild Restraint SystemCigarette Lighter and AClock ...........................Clutch Pedal ...............Coat Hooks .................Corrosion Prevention Cruise Control ............

15

IN

66J22-03E

CuDDaDaDaDoDrDrEElEmEmEnEnEnEnEnEnEnExFFlFoFoFrFrFrFrFrFrFu

......................................................... 5-3

......................................................... 4-13

......................................................... 1-1 ....................................................... 1-1oard ............................................... 9-37......................................................... 9-36ED CIRCUITS ................................ 13-1

TBE ................................................ 1-1s .................................................... 1-1ds ................................................. 1-1

......................................................... 9-13

......................................................... 9-14

......................................................... 9-15

......................................................... 5-2ERMINOLOGY ............................... 9-32......................................................... 4-17

...................................................... 4-15......................................................... 2-19......................................................... 9-39ght ................................................. 4-10......................................................... 5-25......................................................... 3-12

....................................................... 12-1d ..................................................... 10-5 ...................................................... 10-5

Operate ......................................... 10-4tomatic Transmission Gearshift ) .................................................... 10-6

-2

DEX

p Holder and Storage Bin ...............................................5-14

ily Inspection Checklist ..................................................6-2ytime Running Light (D.R.L.) Indicator Light ...............4-10ytime Running Light (D.R.L.) System ............................3-7or Locks ...........................................................................2-2ive Belt ..............................................................................9-9iver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light .....................................4-7

ectronic Stability Program (ESP®) .................................6-18ergency Locking Retractor (ELR) .................................2-22ission Compliance Label (for U.S.A.) ...........................12-2

gine Block Heater ............................................................6-4gine Coolant ....................................................................9-17gine Coolant Level Check ..............................................9-17gine Coolant Replacement .............................................9-18gine Hood ........................................................................5-13gine Oil and Filter ............................................................9-9gine Serial Number .........................................................12-1haust Gas Warning .........................................................6-1

uid Level Check ................................................................9-15lding Rear Seats ..............................................................5-4lding Seats .......................................................................5-4ame Hooks ........................................................................5-17ont Air Bags ......................................................................2-39ont Fog Light Switch .......................................................4-16ont Passenger’s Seat Belt Reminder Light ...................4-3ont Seat Back Pocket ......................................................5-19ont Seat Heater .................................................................5-9el Consumption and Driving Range ..............................4-18

Fuel Filler Cap ............Fuel Gauge .................Fuel Pump Labeling ...Fuel RecommendationFuse under the Dash BFuses ...........................FUSES AND PROTECTGGasoline Containing MGasoline/Ethanol blendGasoline/Methanol blenGear Oil .......................Gear Oil Level Check .Gear Oil Replacement Gearshift Lever ...........GLOSSARY OF TIRE TGlove Box ...................HHazard Warning SwitchHead Restraints ..........Headlight Aiming .......High Beam Indicator LiHomeLink® .................Horn .............................IIdentification NumbersIf the Engine is FloodeIf the Engine OverheatsIf the Starter Does Not If You Can Not Shift AuLever Out of “P” (PARK

15-3

INDEX

66J22-03E

If IgIgIlluImImInInIn(CInInInInInJJaJuKKeKeKeKeKeKeLLaLiLiLiLi

an External CD Changer ......................................................... 4-46llite Radio (Option) ....................... 4-43AUX (Option) ................................. 4-45........................................................ 4-33t ..................................................... 4-8ning Light ...............................4-3, 6-21 Cover ........................................... 5-20 Light ............................................. 5-9ps ................................................... 5-19

nded under Severe Driving ......................................................... 9-7 ....................................................... 9-2ight ................................................ 4-8......................................................... 6-7......................................................... 2-16

ic Safety Administration ......................................................... 12-4

......................................................... 4-11

......................................................... 7-4

......................................................... 9-10

......................................................... 4-7puters and Event Data ......................................................... 12-3......................................................... 7-2ht .................................................. 4-9rs .................................................. 2-17 ...................................................... 5-15

Your Vehicle Gets Stuck ..................................................7-4nition Key Reminder ........................................................2-1nition Switch .....................................................................3-1mination Indicator Light ................................................4-10portant Vehicle Design Features To Know ...................7-1proving Fuel Economy ....................................................6-26

formation Display .............................................................4-17side Rearview Mirror ........................................................2-16stallation with Lap-Shoulder Seat Belts hild Restraint with No Top Strap) ...................................2-29stallation with the LATCH System ..................................2-32stallation-Child Restraint with Top Strap .......................2-34strument Cluster ...............................................................4-2strument Panel .................................................................4-1terior Light Switch ............................................................5-7

cking Instructions ............................................................10-1mp Starting Instructions .................................................10-3

yless Entry System Transmitter (Type B) .....................2-10yless Start System Indicator Light ................................4-9yless Start System Remote Controller (Type A) ..........2-3yless Start System Remote Controller/yless Entry System Transmitter ....................................2-3ys ......................................................................................2-1

p-Shoulder Belt ................................................................2-22ghting Operation ..............................................................3-6ghting/Turn Signal Control Lever ...................................3-5ghts “On” reminder ..........................................................3-7stening to a CD .................................................................4-35

Listening to a CD from(Option) .......................Listening to a XM SateListening to Audio for Listening to the Radio Low Fuel Warning LighLow Tire Pressure WarLuggage CompartmentLuggage CompartmentLuggage Restraint LooMMaintenance RecommeConditions ..................Maintenance ScheduleMalfunction Indicator LManual Transmission Mirrors .........................NNational Highway Traff(NHTSA) ......................OOdometer ....................Off-Road Driving ........Oil Level Check ..........Oil Pressure Light ......On-Board Vehicle ComRecorders ...................On-Pavement Driving Open Door Warning LigOutside Rearview MirroOverhead Console Box

15

IN

66J22-03E

PPaPePePoPoPoPoPoPoRRaReDeReReReReReReRoSSaSeSeSeSeSeSeSeSh

t adjuster ....................................... 2-26 Curtain Air Bags ......................... 2-40......................................................... 2-2..................................................4-6, 6-19......................................................... 9-32......................................................... 2-1......................................................... 9-20......................................................... 14-1......................................................... 9-15......................................................... 9-13......................................................... 9-9......................................................... 4-11......................................................... 5-8m .................................................... 6-18......................................................... 6-2......................................................... 9-23......................................................... 5-7......................................................... 5-11t System (air bags) ....................... 2-37

......................................................... 4-13

......................................................... 2-14

......................................................... 4-14

......................................................... 4-21

......................................................... 4-18r ..................................................... 3-10......................................................... 7-5......................................................... 5-18........................................................ 9-26......................................................... 9-27g System (TPMS) ........................ 6-21

-4

DEX

rking Brake Lever .................................................... 5-1, 9-23dals ...................................................................................5-1riodic Maintenance Schedule .........................................9-3wer Assisted Brakes .......................................................6-16wer Door Locking System ..............................................2-2wer Mirror Control ...........................................................2-17wer Steering ....................................................................9-24wer Steering Fluid ...........................................................9-24wer Window Controls .....................................................2-14

dio Antenna .....................................................................4-35ar Window Defroster and Outside Rearview Mirrors froster Switch ..................................................................4-15ar Window Wiper/Washer Switch ..................................3-9fill with Oil and Check for Leaks ....................................9-12mote Audio Controls ............................................ 3-12, 4-49place the Oil Filter ...........................................................9-11placing Tires and/or Wheels ..........................................6-24porting Safety Defects ....................................................12-4of Rails or Roof Rack Anchors ......................................5-23

fety Certification Label ...................................................12-2at Adjustment ..................................................................2-17at Belt Extender ...............................................................2-35at Belt Inspection ............................................................2-27at Belt Pretensioner System ..........................................2-36at Belt Reminder ..............................................................2-24at Belts and Child Restraint Systems ...........................2-20lection of Coolant ............................................................9-17opping Hook ....................................................................5-19

Shoulder anchor heighSide Air Bags and SideSide Door Locks .........SLIP Indicator Light ...Snow Tires ..................Spare Tire Nut Lock ...Spark Plugs ................SPECIFICATIONS .......Specified Fluid ...........Specified Gear Oil ......Specified Oil ...............Speedometer ..............Spot Light ...................Stability Control SysteStarting the Engine ....Steering Wheel ...........Sun Visor ....................Sunroof .......................Supplemental RestrainTTachometer .................Tailgate .......................Temperature Gauge ...Theft Deterrent Light .Thermometer ..............Tilt Steering Lock LeveTire Chains .................Tire Changing Tool ....Tire Inflation Pressure Tire Inspection ...........Tire Pressure Monitorin

15-5

INDEX

66J22-03E

TiTiTiTiToToTrTrTrTrTrTrTuTuUUnUnUsUsVVeVeVeVeVeWWWWWW

id ................................................... 9-19Washer Lever ................................ 3-8......................................................... 9-44

re Rotation ........................................................................9-29re Sidewall Labeling .........................................................9-24re Size ................................................................................9-25res ......................................................................................9-24wing a Disabled Vehicle .................................................10-4wing Your Vehicle (recreational towing) .......................8-7action Control System .....................................................6-18ailer Towing ......................................................................8-2ansfer Position Indicator Light .......................................4-10ansfer Switch ....................................................................4-17ipmeter ..............................................................................4-11oubleshooting ..................................................................4-53rn Signal Indicators .........................................................4-9rn Signal Operation .........................................................3-7

derfloor Bins ...................................................................5-23iform Tire Quality Grading .............................................9-28ing the Transfer Switch ..................................................6-7ing the Transmission ......................................................6-5

hicle Cleaning ..................................................................11-3hicle Identification Number ............................................12-1hicle Loading ........................................................... 8-1, 9-33hicle With Keyless Start System ............................ 3-2, 6-3hicle Without Keyless Start System ..............................3-1

arning and Indicator Lights .............................................4-3arranties ............................................................................12-2ashing ................................................................................11-4axing ..................................................................................11-4indows ...............................................................................2-14

Windshield Washer FluWindshield Wiper and Wiper Blades ..............

15

IN

66J22-03E

M

-6

DEX

EMO

66J22-03E

Prepared by

June, 2007

Part No. 99011-66J22-03E

Printed in Japan

TP286

Part No. 99011-66J22-03EJuly, 2007

OWNER’S MANUAL

99011-66J22-03EG

RA

ND

VIT

AR

A

Printed in Japan

See page 1-1

12.5 mm

Keep With Vehicle At All Times.Contains Important InformationOn Safety, Operation & Maintenance.

SERVICE STATION INFORMATION

Fuel recommendation: Brake and clutch fluid:

Engine oil recommendation: Automatic transmission fluid:

Tire cold pressure:For further details, see “Engine Oil and Filter” in the“INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE” section.

DOT3

See the “Tire Information Label” located on thedriver’s door lock pillar.

2008Engine oil with “Starburst” symbol

Made from 100% recycled paper,except for cover.

ENGLISH

Suzuki Red: PANTONE 485Suzuki Blue: PANTONE 294

SUZUKI ATF 3317 or Mobil ATF 3309

english 12.5 mm engine oil recommendation: automatic … · 2018-01-03 · this owner’s manual...

Documents